Why is transforming your body this summer important to you? Why is it a MUST, not just a “should?” If you can give me a good enough answer to those questions, I can almost guarantee that you’re going to be in the best shape of your life before the summer is over. What’s more, if you’ll post your answer in the Burn the Fat blog comments below, you could win a whole bunch of free stuff – free ebooks and free inner circle memberships. Read on to get ALL the details about today’s blog contest… you’ll also hear about the amazing prize package we just announced for our upcoming body transformation contest..
The Summer 2010 Burn The Fat Challenge Contest opens Monday, May 24th
Why should you enter the Burn the Fat Challenge? After all, we’re surrounded by “weight loss” contests these days aren’t we?
Yes – and that’s exactly the problem!
In “weight loss” contests, people are rewarded even if they avoid weight training, lose muscle, drop buckets of water weight or even cheat by taking laxatives or diuretics… It’s all about the almighty scale. Hmpf! Big deal! I know wrestlers who can sweat out 20 pounds overnight!
This contest is different.
The Burn the Fat Challenge is the World’s First Body Composition Transformation Contest.
In the Burn the Fat Challenge, what matters most is burning the fat and feeding the muscle!
When you accept this challenge and enter the Burn the Fat contest, you will not only take before and after pictures, you will also measure your body fat percentage so you can be judged visually and numerically on your improvement in body composition !
“Skinny fat” people who starved and dehydrated themselves to “lose scale weight” are NOT very likely to win THIS contest, no sir!
The Burn the Fat Challenge Contest Details And Prize Package Have Just Been Announced!
We’ve just announced the AMAZING (and highly motivating) grand prize package, which includes two dream vacations to sunny Maui, Hawaii.
To see the resort in tropical paradise where you and your guest will be staying if you win the Burn the Fat 2010 Summer Challenge, click the photo or link below .
Click Here for Burn the Fat challenge contest details and prizes
Burn The Fat Blog Contest – Enter to Win Free e-books, Free Burn The Fat Memberships And Free Automatic Entry Into the Burn the Fat Challenge!
Today, in anticipation of the upcoming Burn The Fat Challenge fitness contest, we are running a pre-challenge BLOG CONTEST to find out WHY you want to transform your body in the next 98 days… and see how BAD you want it!
You see, a lot of people answered our challenge contest survey and said, “IM IN TOM!” And lots of people say they want to transform their body, give up old bad habits and start a new lifestyle. But in my experience, one of the reasons so few do is because so few have any idea WHY they want it
Most people, say “i should” this, “I should” that, but never turn their shoulds and coulds into MUSTS! They never make it a PRIORITY! It was just words… no action.
Why are so many people all talk and no action? Well, after more than 21 years as a fat loss coach and fitness trainer, I’ve learned that most people won’t change until the pain of staying the same becomes greater than the pain of changing
“I should” is not enough. You won’t change until change becomes a “MUST” and there’s a motivational and emotional REASON behind it. It’s too bad that for most people, the MUST is a heart attack, diabetes or becoming overweight to the point where one day, they can’t fit in an airplane seat or play with their kids. only THEN does it become a MUST for them.
The good news is, something bad doesn’t have to happen to make health and fitness a MUST. All it takes is for you to stop and examine your values, and your priorities in life.
To enter our blog contest today, what you need to do is tell me:
What are the REASONS WHY you want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than you are today?
Why is transforming your body NOW – in the next 98 days- an absolute MUST for you?
Answer these questions in the blog comments below – try to keep it under 500 words or less – and here’s what you could get:
THE BURN THE FAT SUMMER 2010 BLOG CONTEST PRIZES
We are going to pick 10 winners at random – so anyone has a chance to win
1st prize: one person will receive a one year membership to the Burn The Fat Inner Circle ($119 value) a free copy of the Burn The Fat, Feed The Muscle ebook (deluxe edition, download) and a free personally autographed copy of The Body Fat Solution hardcover book.
2nd prize: three people will receive a six month membership to the Burn The Fat Inner Circle and a free copy of the Burn the Fat, Feed the muscle ebook (download)
3rd prize: six people will receive a special four month “challenge” membership to the Burn The Fat Inner Circle.
All winners will be eligible to enter the Burn the Fat Challenge body composition transformation contest (optional).
If you can turn your shoulds into MUSTS… if you can get CRYSTAL CLEAR about the REASONS WHY you want to and must achieve your goals, not only “sometime in the future,” but starting right now, then your success is almost assured. You WILL be in the BEST shape of your life 98 days from now.
Now, start telling me all about your personal MUSTS and REASONS WHY in the comments below!
Train hard and expect success,
Your Friend and coach,
Tom Venuto
author of Burn The Fat, Feed The Muscle
www.BurnTheFat.com
Founder & CEO,
www.BurnTheFat.com/InnerCircle
Creator,
Burn The Fat 2010 Summer Challenge
You must answer the questions above and include your name to be entered in this free drawing. Entries must be received by Tuesday, May 25th, 2010 at 11:59 PM EST.
Terms/Rules/Restrictions: NO PURCHASE REQUIRED TO ENTER the blog contest. you must be 18 years of age or older, Contest subject to state and federal laws and void where prohibited. Answer must be provided by posting a comment in the blog comments below, including your name (include at least your first name and last initial). Entries must be received by Tuesday, May 25th, 2010 at 11:59 PM EST. Winners must contact Burn The Fat support at www.BurnTheFat.com/contact.html to redeem prizes by providing postal address for hardcover book delivery and email address for digital book/membership delivery. Contest sponsored by Fitness Renaissance, LLC doing business as Burn The Fat blog. All entries become property of contest sponsor.
Transforming my body this summer is important to me to put to rest that voice in my head that tells me I can’t. I am proving to myself that I can do this challenge and anything else I desire!
I love reading this burn the fat newsletter! It really keeps me motivated. I use to weigh 263 before I had kids! I had a horrible child hood dealing with my weight! After I had children I now weight 148 I am proud but I workout hard and eat great but I can always use more motivation!
I am the queen of evasion. Ironically enough, as I am sitting here reading my email I am eating peanut butter out of the jar because my parents were supposed to call me to let me know if I could come over for a visit, and didn’t call. I realize peanut butter does not numb the heartbreak and have been trying for four years to put into action the principles I have read and re-read in Tom’s books. I have finally had enough of feeling inadequate and invisible, and despite the fear of taking a bathing-suit clad photograph realize this is my opportunity to break the bad habit of using food as anesthetic and once and for all developing healthy eating habits and regaining the lean fit body I once had.
I ended an abusive marriage a year and a half ago. During that time I let my body run to fat as I used sugar as my drug of choice to get me through the misery.Now I am single and trying to undo the damage. My mother was only a few years older than I am now when she had her first stroke caused by undiagnosed diabetes. She was very overweight. She died 5 years later from complications from diabetes. I have 3 children a 22 year old son and 11 year old twin daughters. I owe it to them to get back into shape so that I can watch their children grow up.So, it is not that I should lose fat, it is that I must lose it.
Transforming my body this summer is important because having kids is just around the corner (in another year or two) and it’s very very important to me to be in as good a shape as I possibly can before pregnancy.
Why is transforming my body important to me this summer?Well, where do I start??!! The last few years I have been too self conscious to really be able to enjoy the nice weather. So that is one reason to just be able to go out and not worry about how I look now that I can no longer hide behind cardigans and coats. To improve my health, lower my risk of disease and increase my energy and self confidence. To believe in myself and my main reason…. I have had a dream for many years to get on stage in bikini and heels and I want to do that by October 23rd 2010….. I have a long way to go but have the desire to make it happen!!!Just a “few” of my reasons!!!
I want to look and feel physically like I feel emotionally. and I don’t want to do it for the summer…I want it for life.
i once had that body until i retired from sport i played a comeback game last year and hated what i saw i have volunteered for another game and i must get that body back
Time to get in shape and stay in shape!
Hi, Over the years I’ve yo-yo’d with my weight and the ways I have lost weight is either through huge amounts of cardio or dieting. Of course when I stop the cardio but continue to eat the same the weight comes back and the same with the diet. Now I’ve finally managed to ‘get into’ weight training and combining the other aspects I’m expecting some lasting results!
What are the reasons why I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than I’m today?To prove MYSELF that I can!.. that i can do anything i put my mind on!Why is transforming my body now an absolute MUST?Because summer time’s coming, and i need to look fabulous at the beach!!
I want to look and feel physically like I feel emotionally. and I don’t want to do it for the summer…I want it for life.
This is going to be the beginning of Chapter 2 of my life. Chapter 1 has been way, Way, WAY too long, and it’s time for some better, healthier and happier times waiting to be found in Chapter 2.
My boyfriend dumped me on March 21. On March 31 I was diagnosed with Cyclothymia, a bipolar mini-me, and withdrew from classes at the university level. I am getting in better shape to prove to myself that I can succeed and that I am not limited by a chronic mental illness.
I MUST do this challenge! I have to continue on my journey to meet my goals and transform myself. Just coming off a 6 week recuperation from surgery. I’ll be ready to begin…slow but steady will win the race!
I must continue to work toward my goal of having a ripped body. When I exercise and eat clean, I improve my health, my looks and my overall outlook on life. I am a teacher and a single mother. Being in the best shape that I possibly can, gives me the energy to do the jobs that people depend on me to do. I must maintain a healthy weight and I must do it by following The Holy Grail this summer.
I must transform my body because i have lost 40 kilos (on my own without diets, a gym,without a lot of support) by researching information on the internet and in books within a year but i still haven’t managed to finalise my journey.I turned 35 this today and i believe it is time for me to complete my journey from fat to fab and be in the best health/shape for the rest of my life from this day forward.
Thanks, Tom, for teaching me that I needed to eat MORE often, not less. Wednesday I will win the Biggest Loser contest at work. But I’m only halfway to my goal. I need to keep going, and it needs to happen NOW. I can’t risk going backwards. I have a trip coming up later this summer. By then, I hope to be close enough to my goal that my sleep apnea is gone. I’m grateful that CPAPs were invented, but I’m really hoping to be free of mine THIS SUMMER.
I want to set up the rest of my life as a healthy, active, fit individual. This is not only for myself, but family and future families. To feel strong, proud and good about yourself- knowing that you worked hard and earned it, is so rewarding.
I absolutely MUST…well, no time better than now! My goal is to tryout for the Minnesota Vikings cheerleaders next April so got to start now! I want to be the strongest and leanest of them all!! Plus, I can try out my new bikini (in a smaller size) on my vacation to Hawaii!!! Keeping my eye on the prize (all of them)!!! Thank you for everything you do.
I’m in love. Hopelessly. Madly. Overwhelmingly. With the woman of my dreams. With a woman who I can’t have. Can’t, that is, have right now. Almost had. Can’t have. Who has flirtations with a bunch of athlete-types, and seems to be attracted to that sort of thing. I think the thing keeping her from being with me is my being fat. It’s time to change that.
I must transform my body for several reasons. Here are the two most important ones. Reason #1: I have had type I diabetes for 15 years now. It is not enough just to be skinny (which I am not) it is important to be healthy if I want to have a full life when I am old. Reaon #2: I must win the war with the time! I refuse to grow old. To win this war, I must be strong and healthy and therefore this summer transformation challenge is my weapon, which I am using to win my war with aging.
I MUST be in better shape by the end of the Summer because I want to set an example for those around me. I MUST make myself a priority so that I can better serve others. I MUST make changes that will make my life worth living. I MUST end the cycle. I WILL!
I am slowly and surely eating my way to a slow death and on the way to a life full of injuries and ill health and not much to look forward to. All because I can’t control what passes my lips. That all stops today. I am the only person who can do anything about this but once your over 50 it’s not going to be easy.
I used to be in shape. Now I can barely run on the treadmill five minutes without losing breath. I want to be back in shape. I want to be able to jog more than a few feet. I want to be able to go on a hike in the woods and enjoy it. I want to be able to ride a bike a minimum of five miles without it taking all day.I do not have access to an exercise room (and am unemployed right now) but I do have an exercise bike and a hula hoop. Getting the motivation to exercise is hard. I feel dejected from the rejection calls and letters but I know this is for my own good.I want to feel good about myself again. I want to be able to look in the mirror and be happy.
I must transform my body this summer because i have been trying to do so for the past summers. And this summer will be the summer that i will be successful. I’ve been through all fad diets – starving myself,living on lemon juice cleansing,laxative based detox… Name it i’ve tried it. It’s time now to do something for myself that would give me lasting results,to finally be able to wear the swimsuit i have always dreamed of wearing, to be able to feel a sense of security that i am not in any fat- related health risk and to be able to finally start and live a healthy lifestyle.
Hi Tom,I am ready to lose that baby fat (my youngest is 4) and finally be healthy and energetic.Most of all… I’m looking to lose the weight so I am not embarrassed when I meet my half-brother and his wife for the first time. (I am 37 and he is 34 and he only learned of me this year) I have read that they are both basketball coaches and the wife coaches on healthy eating. I would be quite embarrassed for them to meet me while I am 50 lbs overweight.Thank you
Enter me to win free stuff! See u guys in Maui!
I’m tired of being the fat sister. I want to drop jaws at my sister’s wedding. Then I want to drop jaws at my English camp in Korea. Then I want to drop jaws when I come back from Korea even fitter than I was before!Once Tom asked, “What would you attempt to do if you knew you could not fail?” This is it. I’ve finally accepted the fact that I can change my body, and I don’t have to be the fat sister any longer. I am going to be hot along with the rest of them.
I am 51 and just had a double hip replacement. I have signed up for a sprint triathlon in August as a goal. I believe that at my age and even with my hip replacements I can still be active and fit. I think the first step is telling yourself you can do it and I can!
I’ve decided to replace my ever expanding waist line by an ever expansion of my well-being.
I’m so stoked to participate in this BFFM challenge – I’ve been powerlifting for a couple of years, but I believe now, that I used that as an excuse to not eat completely clean & truly push myself & be accountable to get the physique I truly dream of. So, I now BELIEVE in myself & am transfiguring my body becasue I will stand on a stage to compete in figure or BB before I turn 40 on 2 years. THere’s a lot of hard work ahead, but If my mind can conceive it, my body can achieve it!!
Turning 53 this summer and all I’ve done is talk, talk and talk some more about what I need to do to stay healthy and fit. It is time to do away with the Summertime Blues and get into the Summertime Lose……..
Why is transforming my body so important to me?Over the past years, I have done a lot of damage to my body starving it from 176lbs to 88lbs and then back to 130 – 140 lbs, which I have been maintaining for a few years. I realized that my body is much more than a mere “house” of my soul. Both my physical and mental states have to be in harmony for this is a key factor for success in life! This harmony in my sense is not only transformation of my body and fat loss, but a change in lifestyle which I feel Tom’s books are offering, unlike various crash-diets. After having joined the inner circle and seen how many people share my sentiments. Those who fight can lose, but not in this battle!
Your site motivates one to get off one’s butt and do the right thing to lose weight and be healthy. My family history includes Heart problems, High Blood Pressure and Diabetes and it’s vital that I control these factors in my life. The only way to do it is your way. Controlled eating and exercise. I want to extend my lifespan for my grandchild Cole, as I am extremely involved with his sport (Cricket) and would like to see him achieve his dreams of becoming an international cricketer. He is only 8 years old, but is so focused on his dream. I would like to be around for my children as well, as I am an extremely positive role model in their lives. I would also like to live a happy and extremely healthy life going forward. Thank you for this opportunity to share my dreams and aspirations with you.
Wow what a great contest. I follow your online news letters and they have helped in the past. I was working out and eating right for 2years lost over 100 lbs and started to getting tone and muscular. then one thing lead to another I had a car accident etc… and I fell off the waggon so to speak. now i’m back where i started. I would love to win the burn the fat feed the muscle book I think it would be something to help me get restarted.
I am ready to get back in shape. I had a baby 9 months ago and i am just now starting to exercise and eat right! I did Burn the Fat before my pregnancy and it helped me to have a healthy one without gaining too much weight.I am so ready to look great in a bikini this summer and to feel energetic and confident.
Being from Pakistan, I’ve never grown up in an environment that tells you that you need to be a certain size to have a good social life, so that is never part of my dream body. At the same time, though, nobody in my huge family, ever given exercise or health any priority. After learning so much about healthy eating and healthy habits from so many blogs and books, including The Body Fat Solution, I have been trying to live healthier, so when I am fifty (I am 20 right now), I will be proud of how I used the greatest gift I have–my body! I want to be independent when I am old, independent and happy. I don’t want to regret how I used my body or how I treated it.All this became even more important to me after I lost my mother last year at age 50, to a sudden heart attack. She was the closest person to me and I would have never thought that she would leave us this early. I respect and love her dearly, but I have decided that I will change my habits and of those around me for the better. I turn 21 in January and it has been my promise to myself that at age 21, I will have my ‘dream’ body–healthy and fit (and toned!), with a plan that is healthy, no gimmicks and no shortcuts. I must live up to my promise and do all I can to get there.
I’ve already lost 40 pounds and 8% body fat since November using the BFFM principles. My weight is where I’d like it to be (6’3″ and 195 pounds), just want to get the body fat down so the six-pack comes out. Debating whether to join the contest, since I’ve come so far. Just turned 52, so far, so good!Adam
Hi Tom, if I had a credit card I would of already purchased your e books and joined the inner circle. I am turning 51 this summer and I am 5’8″ and about 240lbs. I need to focus on your challenge to obviously lose weight and gain muscle but for me it is more of a life altering experience that I am looking for. I am just starting another new business and I need the energy and focus to succeed! I want to be a part of your challenge to have the drive and commitment that your notes and newsletters help inspire in me! Thanks
I am going to be in better shape at the end of this summer!! Not because I want to shock my friends and family when they come back from vacation. Not because I feel unattractive. Not because I want to impress the ladies. Not because of people nagging that I “should” lose weight. But because I started caring for my body and soul. At this moment I am NOT healthy. My parents have type 2 diabetes so if I keep on going the same path they did, I know what’s waiting for me.It’s a must because I deserve to have a great, lean healthy body. It’s my right!! But a right I will have to work hard for. I hope I win this but if I don’t, I still win ;-)
I must do this, because I have been struggling with my weight and self-esteem for years now. Although I’m of “average” body fat for a woman of my age, I am not happy with my body. I want to be muscular, lean and fit! I have tried, and succeeded, at losing most of my weight several times, but I always gained it back. With BFFM I now have both the MENTAL plan, and the NUTRITIONAL plan to succeed. I will do this, make this a lifestyle, and show myself that I am strong and can accomplish anything I set my mind to!
I am 52 years old and been with my toy boy (13 years younger) for 14 years now, when i met him i weighed 10stone 7 and after 14 years of contentment i am now at least 14stone 7 could be even more as i am afraid of weighing myself. Last april in the bahamas he asked me to marry him, even at this weight.. My ex husband was always on at me for losing weight so i now know this is real love. So this time i want to do this for me….
I must transform my body this summer because I have always been the one full of excuses for why it doesn’t happen, and I know that it will benefit my health if I can once and for all get to my goal weight and then stay there instead of bouncing up and down in the close but no cigar zone.
This contest is important to me because I simply owe it to myself to challenge my body get to know it better and meet the me I am destined to be. I will embrace a fear with this contest that will lead to success in other areas of my life.
Hi Tom! I am getting ready to participate in the summer contest for another challenge on my way to getting in the best shape of my life. I have a huge motivation already, two beautiful twin baby girls, 4 and my wife of 20 years but every little bit helps. A year ago, my wife made me go get a checkup. Thank God! After some testing and a heart catheterization, I ended up with a stent in an artery. The doc told me that if I wanted to see my babies grow up, graduate, get married and have children of their own that I had better change my lifestyle. He also mentioned that DIET was a four letter word. I took him at his word. When the hospital weighed me prior to the procedure, I was 372 lbs. and I have shed 65 lbs. through sensible eating and gradual increases in exercise. Your e-book and newsletters have given me some of the tools to succeed and I am ready now to take it a higher level. Thanks for all of the motivation.
I MUST commit myslef to a life change, I must transform my mentality regarding exercise. I miss being active naturally as well as pushing myself to the limits! Where did my youth go? How has growing up done this to my mentality, why is exercise now a ‘chore’?! My body image is chipping away at my self esteem. I am unhappy and know I need to change, I want this. I must get off my butt and stop making excuses, tomorrow is NOW.
i am soon resigning from my job of 4 years. i have tried to lose weight thru various means ..and failed. starting another phase in my life is significant and losing weight is a top priority to prove to my self & my family that i can do it.I MUST DO THIS.
I have been trying to get into perfect shape for ages. I never really exercised when I was thin and beautiful and I would always use diets to lose weight. I have been trying to exercise and eat healthy for a couple of years but my binge eating brings me back all the time.This time I am working on my emotional health and going to get into best shape in my life because I deserve it and my beautiful body deserves it! I will also be a personal trainer in a few weeks and will be filmed for my website. So no excuses:)
The reason it’s a must for me to get in shape by the summer is because I am a personal trainer and I want to set a good example for my clients. I’ve committed to participate in a fitness competition in 2011 and I am already training for it. It’s exciting and I love my job! Also, I’m training my mom to win the fat loss challenge. We’re going to work hard so she can finally be the woman she wants to be! woo hoo!!!
as a over 70-years young dutch guy, i have to pay attention to my physical condition, because of my goal to go with my grandsun to switzerland for skiing. i hope he will have his first ski lessons in 2 years, so i have the time, reason not to participate in a contest during next summer. i will continue my training in the gym and keep doing specific ski-workouts in the winterseason.with a little help of yours and from gabriel cousens (conscious eating) i hope to be succesfull.kind regards and good luck in your business.nico
Last year I competed in my first figure competition and it was an elating experience. After a big (but I now understand not all-together uncommon) rebound, I am prepping for contests this season.The goal I have set for myself is 2 fold and different this time.#1) Perform with a better body than I’ve had before.#2) Enjoy that this is my new lifestyle, do not resurrect the evil sugar monster and lead the way in living lean for my friends and family.* They saw me do it once, now I want my life to inspire them to live at their personal best, what ever improvements that may mean – for life!
I’ve cleared the lot and put up the posts marking the foundation for my new house. I have dug the foundation footings by losing 27 lbs. on BFFM. Now I am ready to start building my house. The Summer Challenge will motivate me to cement my new healthy lifestyle into a healthy house I can live in for the rest of my life.Last night my wife told me that this is the first time in our 27 year marriage that I have really been in shape. I want her to keep on saying that, and the Summer Challenge is how I will get there. We will celebrate our 28th anniversary in late August in great shape and with the knowledge of how to live a healthy life as we get older.
I MUST transform my body this summer to prove to myself that a 33 year old mother of two can still be smokin hot :)
I’ve been thankfully following the recommendations in your book and have had a lot of success. You are different than other guru’s of fitness in that you debunk myths, have done the research, are motivating and comprehensive in your writings. I love getting the email updates. this challenge sounds exciting!!
As a piece of the nature I am most responsible for, I need to be physically as perfect as I can so that I function thoroughly as a human. I’m sure not even my body but also my brain would work differently without all these fat cells all over my body. Besides I’m burning with the desire of discovering the basic physical style I have been awarded.
Hi Tom,I certainly do have MUSTS for the summer contest. I’m 28 years old and in the worst shape of my life. I was a competitive swimmer throughout highschool and have a naturally muscular (for a girl) physique. However, when I was in my early 20s I was overwhelmed with my undergraduate studies and became pretty sedentary. Then, in the year leading up to my wedding (2005/2006), I obsessively dieted and dropped to 130 pounds (losing muscle along with the fat), which was quite thin seeing as I am 5’10 and big boned (literally). I’ve been studying ever since, am still sedentary, and because I lost fat AND muscle mass in exchange for fitting into a tiny silk wedding dress, I’ve since put on much MORE fat than I ever had to begin with. I’m now 172 pounds and just found out from my doctor how incredibly unhealthy I have become, particularly in terms of my heart. I have a family history of genetically high cholesterol and heart disease (my dad had his first episode in his 40s) and it’s showing. I have therefore had to make a deal with my doctors. Simply put, if I don’t lose weight within the next 3 months, they are going to put me on cholesterol and blood pressure medication for the rest of my life. Can you believe that? A 28 year old?Therefore, I MUST lower my body fat percentage and improve my cardiovascular fitness within the next 3 months.If health isn’t enough (but it is!) my husband is also desperate to start a family. I’ve been putting it off but couldn’t work out why I was thinking that way. I recently took a good look at myself and managed to admit the truth: I’m not the strong, athletic youth I used to be and I’m scared my body won’t cope with the demands of pregnancy and that it will be an ordeal rather than a joy. Quite likely if it’s in this state! I MUST become stronger and fitter in the three months so I can overcome the fear and stop being held back from one of life’s most amazing experiences.And finally, now that my body fat percentage is so high, it just keeps getting worse – I keep having to buy new clothes. Yep, a downward spiral to a size bigger every year or so. My jeans wear out every few months because my thighs rub together (when did THAT start happening?). Even if it didn’t make me feel ashamed, I simply can’t afford to be buying new stuff all the time. I MUST transform my body shape back to it’s naturally strong, healthy state within three months so that I don’t have to fork out the cash for new clothes when the summer ends and the cool weather arrives.So, I bought your BFFM e-book and will join the Summer Challenge.Here goes….
At 5’5″, I was 183 and got down to 152…my blood pressure was high, cholesterol was high and I was 49. It wasn’t until my daughter gave me a hug and said, “Daddy, I can’t touch my fingers – you need to lose weight because I don’t want you to die” that it hit me. Something “clicked” and I knew I had to do something. All my “numbers” improved tremendously…BMI, cholesterol, weight, blood pressure, etc.I am now 170 pounds and I need to transform my body for good…NOW. In the next 98 days I must get back to my old routine of working out, both strength and cardio, logging what I eat so I know how many calories are being taken in and burned and I need to do it in a way that is sustainable.Thanks for all the great tips and support on this site…it has helped me in the past and will help me NOW!
Sooooo freakin true….”skinny fat people” who lose weight for “right now”…. yeah that hit home. I don’t want to be one of those people again this year. I must not become enslaved to the scale, I must trust that there is no substitute for hard work and must encourage others too…..it’ll come pay off and pay back to me.Thnx Tom You rock!
Transforming my body using this Challenge is my starting point to get myself in the mindset of a lifestyle change–not just for a specific number of days. and to make significant changes to my current body. I know if I follow what you (Tom) say then I will be very successful at the end of the Challenge. It will create the first major hurdle that will be conquered and allow me to continue to my ultimate goal and then maintain. I am carrying way too much body fat for my height of 4’11” and I have finally realized–AND accepted!! that I am NOT doing myself, my health, my family, etc. any favors by not doing something–now is the time–no more procrastination. Oh, I have known I need to get in better shape, but I have come up with excuses–no more! The Challenge is great motivator and the very critical steps of accountability and setting/writing/frequent review of goals will make me successful. I am accountable to myself first, then others so that I do not wander off. To put it all in a long sentence: I Must lose body fat so that I can improve my health,decrease the potential for any health problems, feel better, look GREAT, increase my self-esteem, set a good example for my family, add years to my life and recognize it is possible especially because the “how to do the Challenge” is practically spoon fed–just need to follow directions and take it one day at a time. Last part–Being Healthy is Being Wealthy.
After losing 160lbs, I was ‘skinny fat’. Had lots of people telling me I was too small and looked sick. Granted, I thought they were crazy since I still weighed over 160lbs at the time? But I started having health issues about 4 yrs ago (undiagnosed thyroid problems) and over the course of 2 yrs, regained about 25 lbs. At that point, joined the gym and started working with a personal trainer so I would have the accountability to get my butt in there. That stopped any further weight gain and also resulted in a lot more muscle development (I now love weight training!). I recently started treating my thyroid and the weight is slowly starting to come back off (12 lbs so far!) and more importantly, my energy is rebounding. I must do this, because I’m so close to my personal goals, I can taste it! A lot of people are watching me these days as well, so my ‘real-life’ success also helps encourage and keep them motivated, which is great. I’ll be interested to see what 160 looks like this time ‘with’ muscle. Can’t wait!
This is a continuation of the new lifestyle (not a diet) I chose in January. It’s not an option, it’s not a “should” or “if only” or “when I” or “I want to,” it simply IS. I’m below what was my goal weight, my body fat is a respectable 19%, but I want more. (Or less, as it were!) I will get more. I WILL see my abs completely, not just partially as I do now… I have dialed in the BFFM eating and while my results will not be huge in terms of size, etc., my goals will be reached and I’ll be rockin’ more muscle, less fat and some nice abs on this 50 yr old gal.Actually, for me it’s been simple. I made a DECISION to get fit, I’ve done that and now will take it to the next level. Don’t confuse simple, with easy. It’s not easy, it’s just worth it.My Decision=My results.
I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer because I like the challenge of trying new things, of pushing myself to do something I didn’t think I could do. I have always struggled with being able to do pull ups. My challenge to myself is to do finally do a pullup (hopefully more than 1 ) I had a really hard fall and winter with injuries, and I know my strength and fittness declined, I need to get back to where I was before I got hurt.I’m turning 40 at the end of the year. I have always wanted to be in better shape at 40 then I was at 20, (ok, I am already in better shape now) but I love the fact that people don’t believe how old I am and that I have teenage kids. I need this to be the year to show myself that yes, I can do it. I’m not too old, I’m not too tired, or lazy. That when I set my mind to it anything is possible.
How long can I sit on the sidelines always waiting for someone else to tell me how to fix my own personal issues? and we are not just talking about weight!The problem I want is no self accountability that’s way too much pressure in case I fail. It’s much easier to pay someone else who can fail in my place, like a “Trainer” or “lame” workout program, then I can blame them.The transformation contest provides me the self-accountabilty in front of everyone to change all that. Loosing weight which has always been a “must do” but a”never do” it’s a task only I can achieve myself. I’m on my own island and only I can get off. I have 98 days and counting down.
I am in my 50th year of life (that means 49 and counting). I plan to live life as long and strong as possible. I do not want to use my age as an excuse to be fat and out of shape. In fact, I would like to be in the best shape of my life. I did not become a mother until I was in my late 30s. Since I am not going to get any younger, by participating in this challenge I can prove to myself, and show my children, that getting older does not mean giving up on fitness. Burn the Fat, Feed the Muscle already changed how I think about food, and affected how my body looks. Since in 49+ years I have not participated in a challenge like this, and I really look forward to finding out what kind of results I can acheive.
Frustrated when i could not get into my cloths and had to Get size 40’s . I googled weight loss and when i read the info on your website it made a lot of sense so i purchased your ebook in january and now i’m wearing 34’s and have loss 45 pounds. Body fat went from 30% to 16% at present. My goal is single digit Body fat. Thanks for the knowledge.Rex Grizzle
I have already made a decision to change this summer. Part of it is for me and my attitude, my confidence and self-esteem. The majority is for my family. I want my wife to see a fit husband and I want my kids to see a fit dad who can keep up with them and model healthy habits for them.
What are the REASONS WHY you want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than you are today?i dont want to die the way my mom did: diabetic, overweight, unhealthy, heart attackWhy is transforming your body NOW – in the next 98 days- an absolute MUST for you? the longer i wait the harder it gets
its a must to me because im fed up of looking at people and thinking i wish i could look like them well now its time to shape up because i CAN do it and i will
This is the last step in a lifelong journey to reach a healthy body fat %age/body weight after many years of yo yo dieting. Can’t wait to get started on Monday!
I will be 50 in August and have always been thin. However, over the past several years, my weight and fat percentage has slowly been increasing. I have been trying to lose the weight with no success. I want to have the best body of my life and to transform myself from the inside out with this BFFM system. I am excited to see what is possible at this stage of life and am thrilled that you are offering this challenge!
I want to be in better shape by the end of the summer and transform my body NOW because i used to think going lower in calories and exercising as much as possible would work until i stopped losing weight doing this.. I want to be in better shape, forget that number on the scale, and eat better. I WANT A HEALTHIER BODY composition definitely before i start having kids.
Hey Tom,I want to lose the remaining 15 kilo because I have a 5K race coming up after summer that I want to ace – and I can’t ace it with 33 lbs excess weight.Next up is a 13K race in October that I want to do better than when I was a teenager.Lastly I want to prove to myself and to everybody my age that a great physique is just as given at the age of 41 as it was when I was 18.
I want to get in the best shape of my life this summer because…For one it is all the usual reasons of course, look better, feel better, be healthy and fit, And to be the envy of all my friends around my age..HAHA.The more I think on this leads me to decide that another good reason is to be the image of someone that CAN help others. My sister is begging me to help her get fit and healthy and she has a significant amount to lose. I want to help others, and to do this I MUST be practicing what I want to preach….I must be able to show them that with work and dedication…it IS possible to change your life and your body!!
I must finish what I started and achieve the body I never thought I could have. I have what it takes to get the body of my dreams and accomplish anything I put my mind to. I look smokin hot in a bikini this summer!
I purchased BFFM a few years ago and read through the entire thing three times with the intentions of doing it. I knew I should! I know what i “should” do. I will be turning 54 this year. I have 2 grandchildren and one on the way. I love them so much I can hardly contain myself. I want to be able to be there when they get married. I want to see their children. I MUST! I have a loving wife and three grown sons with families of their own. I have been blessed beyond anything I could ever have asked for yet I have put my health and physical fitness on a very low priority and because of this I am flabby, tired, and at this rate I will not be able to enjoy what I have much longer. The next 98 days of my life are going to be the change I have been wanting to make and putting off for far too long! By the end of this summer I am going to be ready to teach my grandson how to ski. I am going to enjoy my grandkids, my great grandkids and my great great grandkids, and they are going to remember me as that energetic, enthusiastic, strong happy and encouraging old man. I AM going to transform my body and my lifestyle into the best I have ever been. I AM going to be able to look in the mirror and be impressed with what I see. I am excited, encouraged, pumped and beyond ready to blow through any and all challenges. Absolutely NOTHING will stand in my way. I can, I must, I will! I know what to do and I AM starting right now!
I MUST do this for myself, first and foremost, to CEMENT into my consciousness a “no excuses” attitude toward my fitness goals. After the holiday challenge, life for my family got hectic and downright crazy. In trying to achieve wonder-mom-super-wife status, I had let slip away my hard core training that I zoned in on during that 50 days. In trying to maintain all of the rest of my life, I lost any focus on myself… which I am not saying is a totally bad or wrong thing. Anyone with kids and jobs and spouses, etc, knows there are, at times, necessary compromises, but I am ready to take a stand and stake my claim to the vibrant health and freedom within my own skin that I deserve to achieve. Time to make no excuse for sleeping in or neglecting a single day, nor moment for that matter, to bring my mind back in focus to the peace I enjoy during exercise and the empowerment I feel in achieving each small goal!!!
When one’s life seems out of control, anxiety is off the charts, and any hope for a better future seems way off in the distance of impossibilities… an email arises from the horizon of fear, an invitation to “burn the Fat” contest. I’ve stuffed food and work over the past few years to the point of driving more than my family away. I’ve crushed my will to a million pieces of tiny resentments. I must change now. I’m 52. I have to get it together. There isn’t much time left to play out my life’s hand, but one good card (and I believe this is it), must be delt, and I can’t wait to play it. I don’t want to fold.
I have always been unsatisfied with my body since elementary school. I wasn’t the fat kid, but I had a stomach and big legs. I never felt comfortable in high school or college. I always wore sweatshirts to cover my stomach, even in the summer. I’ve been signed up to with gyms since I was 16 and never lost any weight. Im 20 years old now & have met who loves to work out & he motivates me and helps me with errors that I do in the gym. At my heaviest Thanksgiving 2008 I was 198lbs (5’6″). I weighed 161 Jan 17, 2010. And now I’m down to 141! I haven’t been at this weight in 6 YEARS! Now I wanna focus on getting toned, and lose a little more fat. I can’t wait til I reach my goal!!!
I must change my body now before it’s too late. This is my chance to turn around my high blood fasting glucose before I am diagnosed with diabetes following my Mam and Nan. Or have a heart attack just like many members of my family. I have got to the point where I am waking tired in the mornings and I just can’t shake it all day. I am at my heaviest ever. I have 2 beautiful sons to look after and enjoy my life with and I need to be a healthy happy Mother for them as well as myself so this is my time and I am going to do it .I need to feel good. No more excuses!
Wishing and wanting are no longer part of my personality. I will burn enough fat this spring and summer to get under that ten percent body fat level. Tom’s words resonate day in and day out in my head ” won’t allow my body fat to rise above ten percent ” . That’s an excellent mission statement and one I also choose to implement. OK YEA YEA ! Been there at morbid obesity. Waging war since 2001. 322 pounds to a weight loss champ at 197. Not enough! This 27 percent body fat is holding me hostage as life goes bye bye. The fat chapters are coming to a close. Success exists and is simultaneously happening. More on that later. Looking forward to the competition and comparisons and vast array of tools that will surely emerge as milestones are encountered on the ” Burn the Fat challenge” .
Transforming my body this summer is important to me to because I want walk the walk. I profess to want to be a personal trainer and to be all about fitness, but my body doesn’t show it. I injured and re-injured a tendon in my elbow last fall and used that as an excuse to just sit idly by, even from aerobics! It is a MUST to do it this summer because I’m tired of sitting and only studying fitness and not actually DOING something about it. I MUST walk the walk. If I don’t, I won’t be taken seriously in my career by my friends or by my clients.
I MUST transform my body this summer, because I have two daughters, and I adore them. I want to be around to enjoy them, and give them the guidance of a father, for years to come.
Transforming my body this summer is important to me because I am important to myself and having CONTROL and MANAGEMENT of my own body and life is important. My life is in a state of equilibrium on many fronts, but my bodyfat% and body image has been a never ending rollercoaster. In the past few years I let the effects of stress get to me thus my bodyfat bounced out of control. What pisses me off more than anything isn’t so much that I put on a great deal of bodyfat%, but that its not the first time I have been thru this, and once and for all I am now in a position and MINDSET to mangement my body despite what may be occurring all around me. I believe life is from within out and never from without in, and I feel good about myself, so its a MUST that the outside reflect the inside, I deserve it and worthy to give it to myself. After years of listening to horrible so called fitness advice from greedy experts, I was thrilled to have discovered Tom V’s honesty and dedication to delivering the TRUTH about what it really takes to get and stay in shape for life, without all the sugarcoating and lies. FINALLY armed with this information and my self-discipline and determination, there is no way that I can fail, even if I don’t win the contest. I WIN as long as I maintain control of my thoughts and actions. Getting in shape is a MUST because I no longer want to be obsessed with my body although I can think of worst things to be obsessed about. Getting in shape is important to me so that the outside visual person reflects the inner thoughts.
I’m tired of thinking that some future date I’ll be in shape. I’m tired of how my body aches from the pain of inactivity and poor food choices. I’m tired of looking like a loser. I want to look as good as my body will allow. I want to be in control. I want to be a good role model to my kids. I want to be strong in mind, body, and soul.
Why get into better shape? To live the life I want. To be strong and fit and capable. Looking good doesn’t hurt either!Being strong means conquering the obstacles before me. Powering up a hill on my mountain bike, pounding out more reps in my conditioning class, hiking those extra miles that make all the difference, living without boundaries.What about being Fit? That’s dropping my cholesterol from 220 to 140 without the help of any medication or supplements. Using the power of my own body to transform itself internally: better circulation, better digestion, better sleep and much better days! Did I mention I don’t snore anymore?How about being capable? Why say no when you can say YES. Yes, I can enjoy a more active lifestyle without pain, without discomfort. No more constant back and knee pain.And yes I want look better and there is nothing more attractive than lean mass. Lean, strong and slender is the goal and as I slowly achieve that, I find myself becoming more content and more confident.Why now? That’s simple. When you start to get a taste of the life you can have, you don’t want to put it off any longer. I went from 300 lbs and over 30% body fat to 220 lbs and 16% through food logging, careful consumption and exercise, I got a taste of the life I could have and should have and I want more of those results.And I want it as soon as humanly possible!
I’m 5’3″, and turned 30 last year. I weighed 149 pounds and was disgusted. I spent the next 12 weeks after I turned thirty losing 30 pounds. I’ve kept it off (plus-minus a few) for a year, and turned 31 this month. Losing that weight last year set me in motion to fix many other things in my life that weren’t right, and today, even though there’s a lot that isn’t going right in my life, I am HAPPY. Now I want to take what I started last year to the next level. For me that means becoming FIT. I must do this because even though I am thin right now, I am not fit– and I need to get there– to be healthier– and happier.
– am a 25 year old single mom of one. I am 50 lbs over weight. I have tried everything to lose weight the good and bad ways. I overcame eating disorders and very unhealthy habits such as abusing laxatives to lose. I want to finally lose this weight the right way. I want to be healthy for myself and my daughter. I have a personality disorder and depression. I believe that being healthy will not only help me physically but also mentally. I want to b proud of myself for once and I want my 2 year old to b proud of her mommy. I want to b able to ran and play with my little one and no longer b ashamed of my appearance.
I have a lot of reasons why – family history of heart disease, family history of weight management problems, a desire to live to see my own grand children, etc… The question for me is why must it happen now? I got in the best shape I’ve been in for 10 plus years a year and a half ago following the concepts in Tom’s ebook – lost inches off my waist, gained strength and lean muscle and lost pounds. After people really noticed and my clothes didn’t fit I had some of them altered to fit, got rid of those that were simply too big, and moved into “maintenance” mindset. I didn’t revert completely to old, bad habits, but still found reasons not to hit the gym as regularly, and not to eat quite as well. I’ve not backtracked completely but those clothes are getting a bit snug and I know that those who keep it off know when to tighten things up rather than giving up. But the reality is that while I made a lot of headway, during my first body transformation I never really accomplished the kind of composition change I really wanted. Once I got to a certain point I found it hard to keep my motivation up … but now I’m focused on the brass ring, of taking what I’ve accomplished and really ramping it up to the next level, and it has to start now because I can’t afford and won’t let myself slide any further backwards!
I have been working with physiological exercise machines for the last 9 months to improve my back health (lower back and sciatic nerve problems). I have lifted progressively more weight and it feels great. I have eaten a more healthy diet for the last year, but wanted to lose the weight slowly through true life style changes and building muscle rather than just losing fat. I have lost about 15 pounds this way and reshaped my body, but I have much more to do. I have your book, The Body Fat Solution, and have read all your newsletters, website info. etc. for the last few months. Thank you for providing a sane way to become more healthy. I want to continue to reshape my body and lose weight the Tom Venuto way. These changes are of primary importance to my back, heart, and emotional health so that I can remain healthy and do the things that I want to do. I want to fit into clothes that have become too small and walk with my dog without hurting. This challenge will give me the emotional and physical boost I need to stay healthier and happier. I am a woman in my mid-60’s so it is very empowering to be able to improve my health.
I live the definition of insanity: doing the same thing over and over again but expecting different results! I know better but it’s time to walk the walk. I want to be a healthy role model for my 10 year old son. Thanks for the inspiration, information and encouragement!
Why must I transform my body this summer? I MUST because doing anything less would be, at the worst denying and even at the best, excusing myself from the ability to discover what is possible within me.All of my major life’s goals – being a good mom, enjoying time with friends and family, servicing others through work, honoring my Creator – necessitate good health and require ample amounts of energy. Eating and exercising right are things that we can control in this seemingly unpredictable world and give us the advantage physically and mentally over those who choose to let the world control them. In this light, not focusing on one’s health would be ridiculous.I want to live a long, healthy, happy, fun, crazy, action packed, adventure seeking life that includes loads of laughter and great times shared with loved ones. Being the healthiest I can be gives me the best shot I’ve got at doing this!
When you wake up and look in the mirror and finally decide that you hate what you see…when you decide that enough is enough…when you realize you missed out on so much in life because of procrastination, laziness and fear…That is why I ordered BFFM to get up and try again.
I am registered to run a marathon this fall, and this is my ticket to a PR! I am super excited to start on Monday!! Thank you for the education and inspiration.
I am 54 and have not been able to pull the trigger on a program like this. I run,bike,swim, but have not been able to get my body fat under control. I believe in my heart that keeping body fat under control will prolong my life to enjoy my wife and grandkids that much longer. Your program could make an older mans dream come true…A longer healthier life.
I want to have a muscular, strong body that looks and feels better. I worked hard to lose 70 pounds. Now I need to build up!I’m also a college student. Summer is the most opportune time for me to make big changes.
All my life I’ve been a chubby and it’s just didn’t set right with me. I remember asking god to make me more slim. Wich obviously didn’t happen.(well in away it did) When i was a Child i just had the fat and just frail and short. As i grew older my body changed into a more taller and Athletic looking. I decided that i must finish what god starting for me. Also what drives ne the most. For december im going back to my old home town and in thier mind im still a fatso in thier awe faces. Ive already started since january the 12 i gained 12 pounds of muscle an list 20 pounds of fat.
The next three months are vitally important to me. I’ve been on a fat loss journey for a year now and the end is finally insight. I’ve lost over 40 pd.s of fat while gaining lean muscle. Right now I’m sitting at 21% body fat. My goal is to have 12% by the end of the summer. Your contest is the icing on the cake for keeping me motivated. (Maybe I should have said fruit on my oatmeal?) I have to burn the fat. I want to be the best me I can. I am going set a great example for my children, friends, and family. I am going to prove to myself that I can achieve all my goals. I have to get in the best shape of my life, so I can live the life I want to live. God bless you Tom, because of you I’m going to do it. Thanks.
I am new to BFFM, but I am not new to trying to constantly improve myself. I know that if I have ‘competition’ and/or deadlines, I perform much better. When I swim at the gym, I love having someone in the lane next to me to push me to work harder. I want to take the next step on my transformation; not just to be lean, but to be healthily muscular as well. Working alongside others on the same task will inspire me to achieve far more than what I could alone.
My personal “MUST” reason is for health reasons. I have yo-yo’d all my life and I must learn and put into action healthly eating habits. I must make it a lifestyle change. I must and I will learn and continue to do everything I learn in the burn the fat ebook I just purchased.The reason “WHY” I should win is because I am 46yrs old, I have 5 grandsons and I deserve a vacation!!! I have never had one because I cannot afford one!!! I am going to enter this contest, I am going to learn so much about health and fitness and I am going be healthy the rest of my life so I can enjoy my grandsons and live forever!!! (and go to Maui!!) Thank you for the opportunity!!!
I began my journey to seriously making a conscious effort to alter my exercise regimen, eating habits and diet to be the best that I can be on 7-21-09. I started at 215 pounds with a BMI of 32.7, Body Fat of 50.4%, Body Muscle of 34.9% and Bone Mass of 3.4%. With determination, I trained with a Personal Trainer 5-6 days a week, did cardio at least one hour a day and managed to keep up with my 2 small children. I modified my diet completely. I stayed accountable to myself every day. My trips to the gym were set up on my Blackberry calendar with reminders. I entered my diet in a daily log on my computer. In 8 months, I have changed my body composition dramatically. My weight dropped to 139 pounds, BMI to 21.1, Body Fat to 26.2%, Body Muscle to 42.0% and Bone Mass of 4.2%. I feel healthier and stronger in my 40’s than I did in my 20’s. I am now ready to take the next step to transform my body further and take it to the next level.
This is my last chance to have a real woman’s life. By that I mean, I have recently met a good man, who wants me in spite of my weight. BUt he is active and what joy can I bring his life if my obese, fllabby body keeps me from full sharing with him? Secondly, I have a good job and next year, I will be in a new school..new colleagues, new students and before I retire, I want to walk confidently out with my class for fire drills, walk in museums with them without feeling as if I’m the “Charity Case”..So, although I am 60 years old and I first dieted at 14, this is my last chance…And if needeing a loving relationship to share joy with my man and a healthy daily experience with my kids is’t enough to win…I’ll do it anyway…
I like what you said about “action”….I have made great strides (285lbs w/ 48″ waist, ~35% bodyfat down to a more lean 215, 34” waist and ~15% bodyfat…oh, by the way, I’m 51yo). No heart attact, or anything like that..just wanted to get healthier. Now, here’s the rub..the voices in my head tell me it’s ok. Half a pack of Oreo’s, no prob! Work out 3 days/week…better than before. It has been this way for a year, more or less.You see. NOT ENOUGH ACTION, besides in my brain, rationalizing the progress. I think I will set my goal to reduce body fat by another third, down to 10%.THAT WILL REQUIRE ACTION (and, of course, fewer Oreo’s)!I’m up to the challenge…I’ll keep you posted….
At age 50, I watched my mother suffer from congested heart failure and succumb to the disease on a ventilator. My 3 older brothers also suffered from heart problems having stents put in. I looked in the mirror and realized I was going on the same route. Since January 2008, I’ve lost 136 lbs. Although that’s a great accomplishment, I am not at where I want to be. I have another 50-60 lbs to go. I work out 6 days a week, doing cardio and weight training. I’ve been on a plateau now for about 5 months. I’ve been training heavily since December upping weights and adding in extra cardio. While I’ve gained strength and muscle, I haven’t seen much change in my body. I want to take it up to a new level and get to the place I want to be. I am so much healthier and fitter than I ever was in the past, even when I was an athlete. I attribute so much to this program. I’ve followed the principles of Burn the Fat and have changed my diet and my focus. Now I want to get to my goal and burn more fat yet retain all the muscle I’ve built. I’m more determined than ever!
I want to loss the extra body fat I am carrying around so that I can do the things that I love. With a previous ankle injury the weight is a big hinderence to trainning for and finishing a marathon.
I Am Not An Option Anymore!I am fully responsible for being in this state of “un”health and I am fully responsible for getting myself healthy. I am excited about this new journey!That said – I have noticed something this week that was quite astonishing. Being a person who devotes herself to the people she cares about – I have done all I can to provide nourishment, nurturing, and love to my family and friends. Almost, if not to, a fault! In most people, that ability is balanced with a little bit of “me-time!” But, not for me.I watched myself throughout this week give up my aspirations (as minimal as time to read a book to as important as to achieve a financial goal) for others. Sounds noble? I really don’t think so when it is unbalanced. That is where I am. I end the day with an aching back, a tired brain, and an empty shell.Pitiful – but, don’t feel sorry for me. I did this to myself. I was a born enabler. I have learned to “swallow” my thoughts, my feelings, my dreams, my arguments – and, replace them with everyone elses’. And, now I have the hard task of breaking this chain of dependency. And, I will.What does this have to do with health and BFFM? Well, since I can remember – I have not fed my soul, spirit, and dreams. And, in the place of nurturing that part of myself – I have fed my “flesh” for that was a part of me that I could control and that would not “take time” from others. And, honestly, it felt good. So – now, at 44, I am 65 pounds overweight in the flesh and enormously underweight in achieved dreams.Well, that has changed this week. You can imagine the look on people when they see me say “no!” or not to agree or not to be the “nice person” that I have always been. It is time for me to read that book, take that long bath, study those books that have gathered dust, set some goals, pick friends who want me as a friend – not someone who makes them feel good – and, basically to say “No!”I am not an option anymore –It is my life –It is my journey –I must be courageous!
I must succeed in transforming my body this summer because I deserve it. I have always put others before me, but now it is my turn. I have put off making changes for too long. I have tried many diets and exercise plans in the past to become healthier, but never have I been as committed to getting into the best shape of my life as now. If I don’t do it now, when will I? We are not guranteed a tomorrow. I cannot continue to do what I have always done and expect different results. My time is now. A new life and healthier life begins today.
I grew up always wanting desperately to have the physique of a bodybuilder. Six years ago my dreams were shattered when I was hit by a car going 55+MPH! (Keep in mind, I was a pedestrian!….long story….anyway…….) After spending 2 months in a coma, I woke up, unable to talk or walk. I have a traumatic brain injury and at the time, my whole left side of my body was paralyzed (I couldn’t even stand up on my own.) After 6 years of therapy and never giving up; I can now do squats on a Smith machine, bench press, military press, pull-ups and ride a stationary bike 45 minutes at a good clip!After being disgusted with the physical condition of my body a year ago, I searched on the internet and found BFFM. I quickly became hooked and committed my life in to being in the best shape of my life by age 40 (which is September 2, 2010) This contest is absolutely perfect for me. Last year in May I made the commitment, (It’s as if this contest was made for me.)
This has become such a MUST for me that it seems nothing else is more important. Well, of course, my family and friends are more important, but there is nothing I want more in the world than to shed the fat and be happy again. I’ve lost a lot of weight in the past, but have yo-yo’d my way back to almost my highest weight ever. It seems that the more I have tried, the more weight I have gained and the unhappier I have become.Enough is enough! I must commit to the 98 day challenge, and beyond, to reach my goals and be happy again! No more excuses! I have not felt this motivated in a long time and I pledge to do everything I can to be successful this time!
I have just turned 55 & have been doing BFFM for a month now. I want to be in the best shape of my life by the time I reach the goals I have set for myself. I will be close to achieving my goals by the end of summer. And if I can use this competition to help with my motivation then so much the better. I have tried many variation on diet & exercise but the BFFM seems to me to be the one that doesn’t feed you a bunch of BS it takes hard work to loose weight there are no magic pills out there. So I feel if I can’t do this now with the info I have from BFFM then I may never succeed at loosing my excess baggage
I became overweight at age 8. I’ve dieted on/off throughout my life. Ten years ago I had a gastric bypass and lost a hundred pounds. I exercised daily and loved it. I stopped exercising when I met my spouse who didn’t like exercise or gyms and have since put on 60 lbs. At one point, we started exercising together and it lasted for 4 months and it was great and I was down to my desired weight, but then no more spousal commitment and no more exercise. I deplore being alone in any activity. My spouse is deployed in the middle east until the end of June and is scheduled for Haiti after that.I must take part in the challenge because I am at the end of my emotional rope. If I’m going to be alone, at least I can have exercise for company. The contest and participation with others online will be my opportunity for contact.I must take part because I am out of hope. Determination and purpose are going to carry me through the summer.
I suffered with anorexia/bulimia for a long time before i decided to get healthy and quit my deadly habit.i have always exercised but for the wrong reasons. But now i am healthy, i lift and run and quit smoking 3 1/2 years ago i am having a hard time tighting up my body and losing my body fat so for me i think this challenge would sort help me get into the habit of really keeping track of everything i eat and do to win this. I want to look the part of a healthy, fit and muscular woman and not hide myself but be proud of who i am and what i can do with my accomplishments.
As the saying goes, I am slowly digging my own grave with a spoon! I am 50, 6 ft. tall and weigh 276 lbs. At my most fit, I weighed around 175 lbs. I had a pacemaker put in 4 yrs ago due to an arrythmic heartbeat. No other heart disease problems yet but there is history of it on my father’s side of the family. Fortunately, I don’t smoke or drink. I am a late bloomer in that my wife and I have been married 10 yrs but have no kids yet but we would like to adopt some. This I know will take a LOT of energy. In the next 98 days I MUST get healthy again by losing a min. 30lbs. and be an example to my wife, family & future kids.
I want to prove that it can be done. I am approaching my 68th year, have lost 13 pounds last winter and came to a standstill. I am one of those skinny fat people Tom is referring to. There is a loss of 5 pounds of fat to lose!
Curves of Westfield MA is IN, losing fat every day.
I want to be in better shape so that I will feel and look better. Transforming my body is a must during the summer challenge because i have started these contests before and never completed them. I must get over this hurdle of not finishing what I start. I must find that six pack in the next 98 days that has been evading me for the last 20 years. The BFFM program has helped me do wonders with my body so far, but I must hit this pinnacle.
For way too long now I’ve been putting everyone else first. I am a single mother of 3 athletically gifted and wonderful children, ages 14, 12, and 6. All my time and energy is spent taxing children to track meets, soccer games and softball tournaments. I spend so much time making sure everyone else is healthy that there never seems to be anytime left for me. Recently my own Mom reminded me of how the captain of an airplane always instructs the passenger with children that in the event that there is an emergency you should always put your own oxygen mask on before putting the children’s on. You can’t take care of them if you don’t take care of yourself. I am tired of being exhausted and feeling crummy. I deserve to look and feel like one of the athletes rather than one of the chubby middle aged moms cheering from the sidelines. This summer I am putting myself first by committing one hundred percent to getting lean and healthy. This is so much more than a body transformation contest this is a gift to myself.
I have been on a fat loss, muscle building mission for a couple years now, and have had some success. However, I am all too aware that my physique goals cannot be achieved with haphazard, inconsistent training and nutrition. I know I have what it takes to take my fitness the next level, but need that extra “push” and expert guidance to point me in the right direction. Accountability for me is huge, and this challenge is exactly what I need to ensure that my actions align with my goals.
We are heading into winter here “Down under” & it’s a;ready showing in my weight. My stubborn lower body fat is increasing and it shows in the dimpling & cellulite everyday. I try so hard to exercise & eat ‘right’ but i am obviously doing something wrong. I am not following any ‘plan’ just winging it myself as i thought I had the answers. Clearly, I am wrong. It is so frustrating when you work so hard start to see results then go backwards. At 43 i feel if I don’t get my lifestyle right soon it will be too late. If it is already effecting my life now how will my future be. My goal is to have a hot,lean sexy body like a female fitness cover model with below 12% body fat & six pack abs. Right now it feels like a dream so i would be so grateful if you could help it become a reality. Thank you
I want to prioritize my health and reduce my body fat while increasing my muscle mass I want to get healthy and reduce my blood pressure and cholesterol. I want to develop a fit and healty lifestyle that I can maintain going forward rather than just losing weight.
Accepting this challenge is something I want to do for me. Now that I am 40, I am tired of carrying around extra weight. I want to get myself to a more healthy weight. With an 8 & 5 yr old, I also want to make sure I am around for a very long time, and being overweight just is not good for my health.
(1) I need to lose weight and tone up so i can stop beating myself up and blaming every bad thing in my life on weight. If i get rid of the weight. If i lose the weight i won’t be able to blame it for my all of my problems.(2) I need to lose the weight so that i can feel that i am truly deserving of being loved and can finally allow someone into my life so i can finally get married, without being self concious and feeling that if i get married and my husband leaves me it is because of how i look.
I have lost 35 pounds in the last year. I can run on a treadmill and walk the stair stepper until the ‘cows come home’ but I have a real problem with my body shape, flab, and loose skin. I am 50 years old and made a goal to loose this weight: and I did it. Now, before I turn 51 I would like to finish what I started. I want to look strong and in shape. I have only until August 27th to complete this awsome transformation. To me, 50 is a milestone of making decisions about how you want to live the second half of your life. I have made the decision to make it full of good choices and to become as healthy as I can be.
Why do I want to be in better shape? January 2009 I was 197 pounds on a 5’3″ frame, had birthed three children, and was completely fed up (no pun intended) with myself. I began to exercise and change my lifestyle–slowly. I have logged almost all of my calories since the day I started, exercised regularly, and trained for and completed a mini marathon. I now weigh 133 and I’m lifting more weights to increase my muscle mass and lose the remaining fat. My goal is 117 pounds on the scale, but really…I am not focusing on the number–its’ just one of many markers for me. To date, I have lost 64 pounds and 80 1/2 inches….why would I stop now? I have embraced this lifestyle and plan to continue indefinitely. I am excited to see more definition and muscle than I have ever had. This contest is just more motivation. Thanks for the chance to win!Michelle
Transforming my body this summer is so important because I realized that time is a nonrenewable resource, once you spend it there is no way you can ever get it back. I am tired of wasting that which is so precious on stuff which offers no reward in the end, and i am tired of always saying ‘Monday’ i will start. Yet I have seen Mondays come and go with no change.I recently be came a mother and i want to be able to teach my daughter the lesson that hard work brings with it reward and satisfaction. I know that you have to have walked in something to be able to lead others into it.Why its a ‘must’ and not a should is because once again my mother spent the week in hospital due to an illness caused by poor eating habits. I have seen first hand the consequences of what her chosen life style has done to every aspect of her life and I am determined not to choose that road. I love her so much and don’t want to lose her. The doc has put her on a really strict diet and as they say two are better than one because if one falls down the other can help him up. I am hoping that when she sees me transform my body it will help her along.Thank you for this opportunity.
Hi Tom,I must lose this weight, and I am losing it in the next 98 days! I am so friggen happy that in 98 days I get to have more muscle and alot less fat. I’m 24 year old female, who is living all around the world, and my mission is to have an enviable body. I want to lose 20 lbs of fat and gain 7lbs of muscle, and get that tight and toned female body I’ve always dreamed of. I know its underneath there somewhere, and I can’t wait to get it off! This challenge is my top priority, even though I will have to move from Brazil (where I am currently interning), to NYC and graduate from grad school all with in the next 98 days too. It will be a challenge, but I have never been more ready in my life. Get ready to see alot more of me around here, and becoming a part of the inner circle would be CLUTCH before the challenge. I already own the BFFM book and am living it now, and I can’t wait to see the results coincide perfectly with this contest. WOOHOO!!Michelle
Hello Tom,I have been working on getting back in shape for over a year now, working out almost every day. It is the occasional bad eating that is my downfall. I would like to finally reach my goal so that I can just maintain and feel great in my skin. I don’t have that far to go. I must reach my goal this summer as I am expecting to go on a nice vacation to an exotic warm place. I am 49 and the time is now!Thanks for all your info packed emails and your dedication to helping people reach their goals.
I have decided now that I want to change my lifestyle.I am tired of just understanding that my current one is not sustainable in the long run and I want to tackle it through taking action based on Tom’s book “Burn the fat feed the muscle” that I read about 6 months ago. It looks like a system that provides me with all the answers that I need to adopt a new lifestyle and succeed at it. And to forget forever about yo-yo dieting.I have already begun counting all my calories and now, just after 5 days, I realize how much I have been eating just without noticing! Food I don’t even miss now that I have started calculating calories!I am not even hungry at 1000 to 1300 cal a day!I also have been exercising quite irregularly for the past 8 months. I have done weight lifting mostly, but not that much cardio, except for almost every day city biking which I had to stop when the real winter came in.And still I see great results already now. I have muscles in places where I had just flabby fat before!BUT now I want to make a system out of it and be consequent with it. I want to take out all the guess work and just follow Tom’s book.My main motivation points for this are as follows:- I am a professional singer and at the same time an educated researcher; so I do a lot of sitting work; soon I will go over to a full-time music career, I want to look impeccable on stage. This is not just about looks though. My improved health will give me tremendous advantages not only in my daily life, but also in my physically demanding singing career.- It is kind of stupid how much time, energy and thoughts we spend on concealing our bodily imperfections with appropriate clothes, how every time when we renew our wardrobe, we think about camouflaging something. It is far more sane to spend these thoughts, time and energy on striving for our ideal health and shape! I want to spend my time in a meaningful way!Transformation, here I come=))))))))!
I’ve always wanted to be that slimmer girl in my class at school. When i was younger, i was always saying to myself, my weight will sort itself out – looking back i was actually thin (normal), and trying to diet and lose weight probably just made my health even worse. Now i’m a size 12 (UK size), and i desperately want to go down to a size 6 by the end of the 98 days, and to a size 8 before July (as i’m going on a beach holiday). I want to be thin, feel amazing and look confident.Furthermore, i’ll be one step closer to fulfilling my dream. I need to go down to a size 6 before 1st September, as that is the date i have told myself, i’ll send my photos to several high fashion agencies. My dream is to become a high fashion editorial model and victoria’s secret angel – now you see why i need to lose that weight.
To commit to the CHOICE of looking and feeling my best. Should,Could,Would…….it is all within my control, I simply must master my self talk and stay focused.
I already lost a lot of weight and I’m trying to lose the last 20/30 pounds. That is hard and I’m trying already months but I’m not focused. I will be 50 in september and the contest is exactly what I need. To have a good BMI and enough muscles for the rest of my life!
I’ll do this because I need to be healthy both mentally and physically in order to continue to care for my husband, who has MS. It takes a huge effort to be a loving supporting partner & carer for a disabled person, and it is very easy to turn to food for comforting while neglecting the fitness because of insanely busy daily schedule. I’m not doing this for winning anything but my health back.
I want to transform my body for so many reasons. First of all I’m tired of living this way. I never want to be a victim of the diet industry again. I am in the process of changing my life for the better. Another reason is my daughter, who is very overweight, I can’t get her to change by telling her to do this and that, so I will lead by example and I will succeed. I am also applying for school. I want to be an acupuncturist. I want to give back and help people, again to help people with their health I must again lead by example. I finally figured out what I want to do with my life and I will fight for this, no matter how frustrated I get at times. So there it is, to save my life, the life of my daughter’s, and the lives of people I will meet in the future. If all goes well with my application process I should be in school by September.
What are the REASONS WHY you want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than you are today?I turned 47 this year. I have two teen sons, a teen stepson, and two young daughters. I have to be the best example for them as I can be. My bio-sons play football in HS, and they need to know that you can be fit naturally, without drugs, and that this goes hand in hand with education, although faith in God is first and formost. I believe I can incorporate my faith in this, and truly be an example to all!!Why is transforming your body NOW – in the next 98 days- an absolute MUST for you?I married an incredibly generous, loving man 3 years ago, after suffering through one too many abusive relationships. My children are happy, healthy, and grateful and so am I. My precious husband does not take care of himself as he ought. I also see my teen stepson following in dad’s unhealthy footsteps. I don’t preach. I want to show them that no matter how old you are, it can be done! I also have painful scoliosis and had two surgeries last year for pre-cancer, yet, with God as my strength, I won’t give up!! I let fitness take a backseat because my lifestyle now includes more to do, and I’ve let that derail my personal care. I realize that if Mama don’t care for herself first, the rest of the family will suffer too.
Transforming my body is a must because health and fitness is a lifestyle … Over the past year my health, spinal stenosis and pulmonary issues , did not allow me to due my normal routine of cardio & resistance. However I never strayed too far from the basics I learned thru BFFM, so though my body weight never went up or down I did lose alot of my muscle mass and gained some body fat.I must accomplish my goal because when I set out to do something I make sure that it is been checked off and completed.My health is back to normal and Ill be hitting my number of 188 lbs and 8 % body fat and turning 40.Furthermore I just got my CPT thru NASM and well as you always say , clients look at your physique as quantitative proof.
The light bulb finally went off. Fat loss is my key to success, not weight loss. I am a skinny fat person (34.2% this morning – seriously). Several years ago I was size 0-2 and felt OK but not great. Now I understand why. And why, when I lift weights, I see little or no definition. I’ve gained weight since then, but now I know fat loss should be my focus. Also, I have heart disease on both sides of my family including my brother who had triple by-pass when he was 46, I’m going to break the cycle.
I must because I am sick and tired of being sick and tired!
After overcoming a chronic illness which led to me being bed-ridden for almost 7 1/2 years. I recognize how vitally important my health and wellness is as a whole. Not only does my health affect me…it also affects everyone closest to me.As a result, of my illness I gained a total of 150lbs in bed. Within the last year or so… I have managed to drop over 120 lbs of this weight. I am committed to being a testimony to the world. You can do anything you put your mind to doing.I now have an obligation to help people in the same areas of life in which I have struggled. So, will you please assist me in completing my body transformation by helping me improve my nutrition, fitness and resistance strength. My ideal body image is to be toned, sculpted and healthy. Will you help me…while allowing me to be able to reach back and help countless others who are trapped in a temple that does not reflect who they really are…?My belief in myself has brought me to this place of CHANGE!
Because I want to and I keep telling myself I will. I’m one of those people who works out but never have actually achieved the body I really want. I would like to reach this goal for myself this time.
The first 5 years of my 40’s have been hard on my health – dealing with cancer, homeschooling 3 children, working, and being way too involved in volunteer jobs. This summer all my kids are working, I’m not, and I feel like it is finally my chance to undo some of the damage I’ve allowed by being too busy to take care of myself. Just one week of following the 5 meals a day program and working with weights and I have already seen results. Yippee! I MUST transform my body this summer – the demands of 3 teens once school begins again will make it incredibly hard if I haven’t firmly established my exercise and eating habits. Thanks for the summer challenge!!
I declareThis summer I am going to be in the best shape of my life
The reason I won’t to lose weight and get ripped up are for many reasons. However the main reason is because Iv had people and even read articles talking about how my genetics won’t let me or how I just can’t do it. I have tried a lot of diets and failed losing more muscle then fat and then just going right back to the starting point. This time is different I will not quit no matter the setbacks intel I reach my goal body weight of 6 and shredded up. I’m 22 right now and started at 205 with your book I now weigh 190 my strength had gone up and my body fat is now 12 percent. I’m not done yet though, still a lot of work in front of me. I would love for you to review my plan and make sure I’m doing everything correct though that would be prize enough. Thanks JB Skees
I’m curious…. I’m very curious what Im capable of achieving in 98 days, if I finally stop talking and start acting! I want to challenge myself!
Okay! Gotta get lighter. This is the heaviest I’ve been since I was last pregnant about 30 yrs. ago. All my adult life I’ve been a yo-yo dieter and I’m sick of it. Time to smarten up! I don’t want surgery, in fact, I’m not going to have surgery. I know I can do this without it. Any help I can get would be gratefully accepted. Thanks! *S*
I’m getting fit because I want to be able to live a fuller, longer life. I have never been happy or even tolerant of being overweight but at the same time I’ve not been doing what I needed to do to change my lifestyle. I was letting myself be a victim and I want better for myself.
I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer because I want to prove to myself that I am a determined, successful person that can reach anything and that failing is not part of my life anymore. I want to be that happy person with lots of self confidence that I used to be 4 years ago. I haven’t been at the beach for the past 3 years only because I don’t feel comfortable in a bikini….and the beach is one of my favorite places…I need to transform my body NOW – in the next 98 days- because I don’t want to waste anymore time living an unhappy life. I am 25 years old and don’t want to miss out on life, the way I did in the last 3 years. I want to have 100% control over my life NOW and not let “food” control my life any longer!!!
I hate to admit it but I got lazy. This is a must because I am done with feeling like a shadow of my former self. It time to bring the real me back into play.
My 25 year school reunion is this year. I gave up cigarettes a year ago and put up 2 stone so i now look like crap. I am NOT going to look like crap for the reunion. Your assistance and encouragement will be a massive help. Many thanks
Since I finished school three years ago, I have gained almost 40 pounds (about 35% of my old body weight). Part of it was because I was “too busy to work out,” and part of it was because I hated my job and ate out of stress and boredom.This spring, I decided to make a change, but realized that I have been putting off sending out resumes because my weight has made me too shy and self-conscious to go interviewing in my very image-oriented field. I’m also not looking forward to a summer of skipping the pool because I don’t want people to see me in shorts or a bathing suit. I’m at the point where I don’t even want my new husband to look at me in anything but sweatpants!I want to transform my body this summer because I’m tired of trying to stay out of everyone’s line of sight. I want to feel like me again!
Ups… I forgot to write why it’s a MUST:-). It’s a must, because I’m sure that after sticking to heathly diet and working out for 98 days and seeing the results, I will not want to turn back anymore
At one point in my life, health and fitness were not a priority for me and that is how I ended up at 191 pounds.Then, health and fitness became a ‘should’ for me… I got fit, lost weight to where I was seen as thin, but never quite satisfied to my own standards. I have been yo-yo-ing with my weight for the 10 years since then.I’m at a healthy weight, but I am not at my personal best. So while my weight does not pose a threat to my physical health, it for sure is compromising my emotional well-being.Last year was the year I quit smoking, and regained a few pounds past my ‘heavy’ weight. This year is the year I am making it a MUST to get emotional eating under control, freeing up my mental energy for other endeavors.
I MUST succeed at this contest this summer so I can set an example to my un-healthy crash dieting family of what can be done with a consistant healthy diet and active lifestyle. I will also get the body I have always wanted.
having a addictive personality(over 3 years without mind altering substances) overeating has been the hardest one for me to control. I am within 10lbs of my goal but still need to firm it all up and hang out with the winners to keep it off. If I can stay focused on sculpting my body my mind will follow. I’ll feel better not only physically but mentally as its just as if not more important to me. If I don’t keep my mental health exercized I will gain it all back because the addictive mind is powerful force.
I want to have the best body possible and I chosen to do it the healthiest and hardest way possible. I am recovered from an eating disorder that I had for over 12 years. There are still days that I struggle, but I am now in the best shape I have ever been. I am learning to deal with issues head on instead of running from them to my eating disorder.I want to prove that you can have a sexy toned body and be very healthy…not skinny sick like I was before. This is my personal goal to promote a healthy lifestyle and attitude to all young women out there who are given false images of beauty in the media. Frankly it makes me sick…it’s a lie!I am on a mission now and will not stop until I reach my goals!!!Sarah
For the first time I can envision myself with a toned body. You read all this stuff that says see your goal as if it has already been accomplished and before now, when it comes to my body I have never been able to do that. Now that I can, I will combine my new vision with my fedupedness of letting myself get out of shape and work towards a new physical and mental me. As a mother of 2 at 43 years of age, I think it’s about time to show myself what I’m capable of. I’m looking forward to being a part of this contest and sharing the experience with others.
I am currently in a program to become a health counselor and while I am not out of shape I realize that I have been playing games with the last 10 pounds for 20 years. In order for me to be a guiding force in a clients transformation, I need to do the same for myself. I am finally at the point where I realize it isn’t for anyone else but me – I am ready and excited!
your gonna hate me,i have no story and i am not over weight.in fact im probably looking pretty good….but i aint perfect,and for me i would like just once in my life to be the that man.and today its the start.even if im walking to maui im getting there.i already know that its done,im winning from right now.cheers people good luck and train even harder than the one in front.
Sorry, I did not include my last initial. My full name is Petra Schumann
I’m entering this summer’s contest because I’m tired of not liking the person I see when I look in the mirror and it’s time to make a healthy permanent change in my lifestyle. I’ve entered a triathlon at the end of the summer and I need to drastically change the shape I’m in if I’m to finish let alone be competitive.
First off, Thank you! Tom for helping my wife and I transform our bodies and our minds. I purchased your E-book Back in Feb. 2010. My wife and I had already begun changing our diets and dropped a few pounds, but since we started integrating your program our results have been remarkable. When I start tracking my body fat back on 2/20 my numbers were as follows 206.6 lbs., 22.77% body fat, which was 47 lbs. of fat and only 159.6lbs. of lean mass. Today I weigh 190 lbs. with my body fat down to 13.2%, which brings my body fat down to only 25.08 lbs. And my lean muscle up to 164.92. My wife has had great results as well.Now onto my musts. I must continue on the journey I’ve already started because I haven’t reached my body fat goals. I remember before I used to think I’d never be under 200 lbs. again. Now my goal is for the first time in my life I want a six pack of abs instead of a six pack of beer. I used to like beer, but since I read your book and how alcohol sabotages fat loss I barely touch it anymore. I must reach my goals if I have any shot of winning the body transformation contest, which I’m totally psyched to be entering. I must be in the best shape of my life because Now that I have all this new found energy I feel unstoppable, not just in my fitness but in all aspects of my life. I must get in the best shape of my life because I’ll never go back to eating and drinking the way I used to. I feel to awesome and my little girls (ages 2 and 4)like the “new daddy” who has the energy to play with them. Again, thanks Tom for all your hard work and dedication. You’ve given us the information to change our lives.
Over the last year I have lost over 67 lbs of fat and in the process lost almost 26 lbs of lean. My transformation has been dramatic and my goals have also been transforming as I have been redefining what I am really capable of and lifting my own mental barriers and excuses for not GOING ALL THE WAY to fit and healthy. I MUST lose 15 more lbs of fat while preserving (or building) as much lean as possible to prove to myself (and the naysayers around me) that I CAN ACHIEVE optimum health and vitality without stopping at “this is good enough.”
I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than I am today because I want to be faster and stronger on my bicycle, I want to reduce the pain and stiffness in my hips, I want to love the body I wear every day, I want to be stronger in all my movements, I want to set an example for my family and my friends and my clients, I want to wear body hugging clothes, I want to lose my excess fat once and for all, I want to live a long and active life, and I want to be deep down happy with my accomplishments. Transforming my body NOW is an absolute MUST for me because I am only 52 years old, but I suffer from hip arthritis that keeps me from doing all the things I want to do. And if I lose my excess fat, I will become faster and stronger and experience less pain in everything I do.
Hey,I’ve been struggling with body issues since I was fifteen years old. Among my “solutions” were: exercising like a maniac(running ten miles a day, doing a full body weight routine four times a week which lasted two hours, at one point I had to swim/run/bike each day otherwise I was angry with myself), eating only fat-free food, eating only once a day, eating only fruit, and the list goes on….needless to say, my “solutions” caused havoc on my body(and mind) and I’m done. I don’t want to be tired anymore. I want to find the peace that I’m starting to find in my mind, in my body as well.
I want to lose fat and gain muscle cause i want to be a sexy mama on the beach and inspire other moms to get in shape and be confident. Having kids doesn’t mean its over for you to care about your body. I MUST lose 15 pounds in the next 3 months and MUST get leaner and gain quality muscle. IT CAN BE DONE! I MUST take pictures and measurements and only weight bi-weekly.
I have accepted the challenge to transform my body, let the countdow begin…
I MUST burn the last 15kgs of body fat. The excess fat is affecting my self esteem, confidence, workouts and my very first health problem – the fatty liver!!! My body is my temple, the only place I live in, I MUST feed it nourishing foods and workout appropriately to keep it functioning optimally. One day after the challenge ends I have my tickets booked to Paris, if I do not complete this challenge and burn at least 10kgs of fat I will not go on my holiday, I won’t get a refund – I just won’t go..I have attempted to lose this last bit of fat before my reason why has changed slightly. From I hates myself because I am fat, to I love myself and I will do everything in my power to have a healthy body.I want to be on stage competing next year, which means this year I MUST burn that fat!!!
At 63 and never doing anything for my self and hopely with your help to look better and feel better for rest of my life.
I want to finally break free from the mentality that I’ve held for so long and that is perpetuated by the fitness and fashion industries: that to be thin, you must starve yourself or work yourself to the bone. I am determined not to become another prediabetic statistic. I want health in abundance for a lifetime.
This contest is another very important phase of a total life transformation that I started almost 3 years ago, after hitting rock bottom as an alcoholic and gambling addict. Since then I have transformed my life by gaining freedom from my addicitons, losing 70 lbs, reclaiming my good health, and changing my thought processes, belief structures, attitudes and behaviors. This challenge will be the crowning physical manifestation of this total life transformation, in which I will attain 5 % body fat and stand with head held high. Grateful and proud of all that I have become in the last few years.Scott also known as James
This contest is important to me because I have already come in great strides, I have lost over 40KG to come down from 175 to 135 (which took about 14 months) and I haven’t gone anywhere for over 12 months (BUT! I didn’t put any weight back on! Because I didn’t just diet, I CHANGED MY LIFESTYLE and eating habbits.. so I have maintained my newer low weight)I recently started back on the downhill slide and I have made progress and then just as I’m getting into this contest comes along! Even more motivation to burn harder! I know I can make a BIG difference in 3 months so following along with this contest will boost the motivation I already have to keep transforming myself into the healthy person I have NEVER been!Love your work Tom, looking forward to it :)
After 20 years being overweight I had enough. Now at 40 I want to get in the best shape of my life. I want to feel proud of myself, I want my kids to feel proud of their dad. I want to be a role model, I need to prove myself that I can be whatever I want. This challenge is amazing, Actually, going to Hawaii is a dream that I haven´t realized. This will be two in one. A great body and a dream holiday.
Having spent all my life obese, I went on an incredibly strict diet and stuck to it for 4 years. After moving and living out of suitcases for a year, my old habits started to creep back in and I have now gained back a lot of the weight I worked so hard to lose.I had been a happy size, could finally fit into a bikini and felt confident in myself. Now I find myself scared to hop on the scales or even try to put on my own jeans as I know I will be disappointed. I MUST find a sustainable option as I never want to go back to the way I was- no confidence and no life.I have been getting the “Burn The Fat” blogs for the last few months and enjoy reading each one. Also learning a bit about health over the last few years I agree with your thoughts Tom and I MUST put your ideas into practice.I hope you can help me go back to the happy, healthy and confident person I was not so long ago.I MUST put the old fat and unhealthy me in the past forever!
I need to lose the weight now, right now, because I weigh 455 pounds. I need to lose the weight because I have a lovely wife and two beautiful children that I cannot provide for because the years of living/working with this weight has taken its toll on the joints of my body. I need to lose this weight, right now, because the excess weight not only cost me my job a year ago, but I’m still unemployed and am severely limited in what I can do. I have a home to take care of that I can’t because there are days that I can barely walk. No one should weigh 455 pounds, and I know that I don’t need to. I’m done. For my family, for myself, I have to lose this weight. The alternatives are unacceptable.
In September is my 30th Birthday. I want to be back in shape for this special event in my life. I opened my own Promotional Product Company last year and have been on the excercise/diet yo-yo. I find it hard to make time for myself, working out. When in all actuality it would probably help not only me but my business succeed. I would like to be part of this experience so I can be surrounded with people who are after the same goals I am.Good Luck Everyone!
I already made the decision last year after 3 cancer operations, since I was in great shape before then.For some reason, I am not taking any serious steps to actually change anything, even though I KNOW my happiness and success depend on it.I miss my “old” self, who was full of energy, vitality and courage….and in order to get there – I MUST get back in shape!
The reason I want to transform my body is because I’ve been overweight my entire life. I’m going to be 24 years old this year, and I’ve been limited by my weight since I was a kid.I’ve been able to shed 40 lbs by myself, but I would love to win membership to the inner circle so I can have that support system I don’t have at home. It’s hard for me to continue with my weight loss journey when my family is around me eating fast food. If I had the support applauding my efforts instead of trying to steer me off track I know I’d be able to reach my ultimate goal of being healthy and living the life a young person should.
Tom, I don’t write this for you, for the chance of winning anything, or to impress anyone. I’m writing this because I need to write this and make it public for me. I’m 56 going on 57. I have a torn rotator, bad knees, and something wrong with my left wrist that no one can identify. I’ve gotten out of the habit of doing the things I know I need to do for the last two years. I’m the oldest son of a 80 year old widowed mother. Thought never married and so no children I have a number of neices and nephews. There are people who count on me, depend on me, and look to me as an example. Whether part of your group or running along side I’ve decided to take this challenge to get me back in shape and even better than before. I need to to this so I can be here for them, so I have the renewed strength and energy so that I can go farther, do more, and achieve more so that I have more available to give to those around me. I need to do this to rernew my self esteem, prove to myself that I can, and build on this to get back up and bee all that I can be, not for me, but for all thoes I may have the opportunity to impact by doing it.
Come hell or highwater I AM regaining my physical fitness in the next three months! I owe it to myself, my four kids, but ultimately to myself. I am too important to be consumed by ill health and overweight. I AM an active vibrant person, I love myself, my family and my body that is currently hidden inside a cocoon. I am like the beautiful butterfly just waiting to emerge!!! Watch out world! Here I come!Wow! Feel that energy, even typing motivation gives you motivation! KAPOWWW!!!!!!
I am currently in a body that doesn’t seem to be mine, its not who I am. I have an amazing body within this outer skin and I can’t wait to get out.I am excited and nervous, I will shine at the end. I will be completed, the person I am on the inside will finally be let out.I have to this for me now before its to late. Before this outer skin becomes me
I want to be in better shape this summer because I am tired of being the big guy, It now defines me, its how people describe me. I am not content with the way I am, even though I have improved. This isnt just for vanity though, its also for my health, I have had high blood pressure since I was 16. Above all, I want to be healthy, and change my lifestyle so I can remain healthy for the rest of my life.I am 270 pounds, and in my early twenties, I feel like there is no better time than now to make my dream a reality; if I can’t do it in my twenties, then its only going to get harder as I get older. I feel the longer I live being unhappy with myself and my image, is time being wasted, time that I can be using to make myself better, and healthier.
It’s winter here, and I MUST be in better shape for summer. I MUST take control of my own destiny and stop making excuses why I don’t have the time to do this that or the other…I MUST get moving and start enjoying life again NOW. I MUST find confidence in myself, I MUST overcome my self doubt. I KNOW there is a fit, confident women in me, and I MUST find her NOW!
My reason for getting in the best shape of my life? I am turning 49 next month, recently divorced, raising my daughter, and I want to see my abs for the first time in my life. I am one of those tall “chubby” thin men. I am 6’3″ and I have never hit 200#s but I have never showed real muscle definition. I am looking forward to achieving that ultimate level of fitness that very few people ever attain. I am close to my goal but need that final extra help/push/coaching to make those abs pop!!!
Transforming my body is a must, because at 53, my feet and ankles simply can’t take hauling the extra weight around. I find that I’m less able to do what I used to do and I don’t like that. Besides, I have a new camera that I love, and to haul that around like I want to, there needs to be less of me.I’m tired of opportunities slipping by because I am just to heavy to be on my feet for long. No more excuses. No more procrastination.
I am entering my ‘Golden Years”, I have never had a weight problem, so dieting is foreign to me. Now that I have hit 59, I have a ‘middle’ that I don’t recognize when I look in the mirror…I must make it go away, it is a set-up for diabetes, high blood pressure, all those diseases that I must stay away from. If I don’t start now…it’s only going to get harder to get my belly fat gone….oh please be gone! It’s hard enough to keep a positive self image when your body morphs right before your very eyes…I should start now…with your help I expect to get toned..stay toned and have the best 59 year old body I can have well into my 60’s. Thank You!!
Hello:I must do the summer challenge because I have been cross training for years, trying a variety of health fitness lifestyles…and have not found what will work for me. I also have arthritis/fibromayalgia.We are approaching my “strong” season. I have roughly 3 months to get strong again before the dampness of Ohio weather attacks me. I am 40 years old, and want to stay walking!!!I purchased and downloaded the Ebook, and have already begun highlighting things that I am not currently doing.I will be doing the Summer Challenge and am looking forward to the online supportive community versus doing everything by book/ by myself:Melissa
I need and want to be in better shape by the end of the summer beacause 3 years ago the Dr put me on medication that caused me too gain a stone in just 1 week, this all caused me to get Irritable Bowel Syndrome, which unfortunelately causes me too swell up by a dress size over the course of a day. The weight continued too increase which has caused me too go up by 4 dress sizes.I want to transform my body and lose body fat because I don’t want too die prematurely, I have osteoarthritis in my spine and hip.And the extra weight that Iam carrying is causing it too worsen, which has left me almost housebound, so if it doesn’t quickly it will be too late. My husband is also going to do the challenge along with me for his health, as his father passed a year ago yesterday with a sudden massive heart attack, and he wants too hopefully stop himself from having the same fate.Iam desparate too change my lifestyle before it’s two late. I have a 3 year old grandson who loves his Nana, but i would love too be able to play with him more actively, and enjoy him growing up. I also have two other childreen that I want too see getting married and hopefully blessing me with other healthy grandchildren.I just want too be free of the excess body fat and be healthy again, and Im sure that if i do the challenge I will acheive that. hen all I have to do is maintain the lifestyle and keep exercising, as you Tom “Burn the Fat and Feed the Mucsle”
I MUST be in better shape by the end of summer cuz I am SICK TO DEATH OF BEING FAT, UNHEALTHY AND MISERABLE. I have let my unhealthy life style rule my life for the last 20 years and I WON’T do it anymore. I am going to have a body to be proud of. I WILL BE a 44 year old mom with a body that will make the 20 year old girls jealous and the 25 year old boys want me. LOLMy 22 year marriage is ending and I have started my new life. I am purchasing the BFFM e-book as soon as I am done with this blog. I love myself as a person but need to transform this unhealthy overweight body into a healthy, muscular, sexy body that will match my AWESOME personality. SO TOM, LET’S DO THIS. WOOO HOOO
I have to reach my fitness goals before I get married and turn 30!
I must inspire other women by being a living example of a fit, healthy fitness professional. I must set myself apart from others physically and mentally. I must learn more about what it takes to burn the fat!Thanks for all of your posts!
I am motivated to change my body into a lean, muscular, healthy version of what I have now. I want to have a family and want to be in great shape to do it. I am going to enter the the big burn comp and do my absolute best. I will have success!
Three weeks without any caffeine, sugar or processed foods!!!!! Just the beginning of many good things to come… a new me! :o)
I want to continue my journey of living healthy for the past 9 months. I am anxious to reach my goal of
Ok To m here is my story. In April of 2006 I injured my knee. had 2 Orhthoscopic surgeries on it and was facing the decision of a Total knee replacement versus a patial knee replacement. But because of my age ( in my mid 40’s) the Dr didn’t want to do that. I joined a gym and started working out. I found a Excellent cardio class that I fell in love with. Have lost over 65 lbs and I am very proud of that. Now the problem lies in the fact I want to bulid up my muslcles and tone my boby. I am not wanting to a Fitness compition or any thing like that I just want to be the best I can be. Thanks for the chance to tell my story. and I really enjoy the straight facts you send out. Keep up the good work.
Have lost the weight, now need to tone. Been on my own for 8 years and feel that it may be time to contemplate finding a significant other. A fantastic body gained using Tom’s methods, I feel, could be instrumental in achieving this goal. I am now a happy gym bunny and get agitated when I can’t make it to to the gym, however, I am not getting the results I desire. The transformation contest will give me the imputus needed to achieve my goals, particularly fat loss. Also, my 60 yr old mum has been inspired to start getting fitter from seeing my results so far. Watching me take part in the contest will hopefully inspire her further!
I would like to accept this challenge! I am 36 years old and 30 lbs overweight. I have always had a hard time losing weight. I enjoy working out, but don’t always make the right food choices. I have yo-yo dieted since I can remember. Losing weight used to be easy, but now after 2 kids and I’m getting older and busier, it’s harder to keep it up. I believe with a enough motivation and the right tools, I can accomplish anything. I have to do this for myself. I have to want to do this for myself. I believe the goals and the trip to Hawaii could help me stay focused on completing. the task. I have 2 boys and a wonderful husband that I would love to feel like I could keep up with them and do everything I need to do as a Mother and a wife.
Simple, to jump start a new lifestyle. Not only will I lose weight, but I want to set a good example for my children of healthy living.
the only reason why I must overcome my fitness problem is because I want to change the way I think. Getting fit not only correspond with our physical attributes but also with our mind and soul. If I can overcome this challenge I’m pretty much overcome my negative attitude forever as well. Im only 32 and I’m taking care of my 3 children by my self , and getting fit is in fact a very serious problem of me because being unhealthy also means failure.
Everyday, I wake up leaner, stronger, and healthier. I have long, lean legs and sculpted six-pack abs. My body is the outer expression of my inner beauty, confidence, and strength – all for the intention of sparking monumental inspiration in others. I have always enjoyed helping others realize they are capable of far more than they ever thought possible. This is why I must test my highest potential and reach higher mountians than I’ve ever dreamed possible. I will be the change I wish to see in the world, and I will help others do the same.
why do i want to be in better shape by the end of summer? probably for the same reason I am trying now; I am having yet ANOTHER surgery in July to fix a major mistake a doctor made in a previous surgery and I have not been able to fully heal since then. I am doing the best I can now to stick to a clean eating type program and exercise daily. So far I have lost 55 lbs of pure fat and it shows! I still have a way to go and my goal right now is to be as healthy as I can before my surgery in July. I would also like to be able to recover quicker than I did the last three surgeries.
I am totally disgusted with myself when I look in the mirror. I used to love to swim, now I am too embarrassed to been seen in a swim suit. I used to bike about 25 to 50 miles almost every day, now I get totally winded riding around the block! I used to be active in the martial arts, now I watch TV on the couch.
How easy it is to get lost in life. Your occupation, your obligations, and battles with your own mind to justify why there is no time to train. I have been from the one extreme to the other, but never could find that balance between it all. My last challenge gave me a good start, and helped me to restore my metabolism. But working shifts and raising my son had proven to win the battle over a consistent training schedule the last 2 months. I need to get back into a routine, and be just that little bit selfish, and not feel guilty about it, to improve my health, fitness, appearance, and achieve my goals.
I hav been making so many exercise and dietary changes all year and I am tired of not seeing the scale budge. I want to finally see the results I work so hard for. I am ready to re-evaluate and get what I want, a curvy, but firm and toned body
Why must I do the 98 day challenge? Because I’ll kick myself if I don’t. I’m literally sick and tired all the time. When I participated in a fat loss challenge last year, I did great and felt even better. That proved to me that I can do it, but I lost my motivation as soon as the contest ended. This time the challenge is longer and I’m hoping to gain enough momentum to make the changes permanent and live a new “normal”. I want to feel good about myself again.
Tom, I listened to your new book on audio CDs, in my car and in my house anytime I didn’t have my kids with me, for at least 2 weeks, morning, noon, and night, over and over. Durng that time, I lost 10 pounds, journaled, ate good food, and worked out every day. The CDs were due at the library and I returned them. Since then, 7 of the 10 pounds have returned to my body, and my eating is in the toilet. I temporarily let go of my number one priority, getting 100% healthy and fit. I must have you and other successful, commited, enthusiastic people in my life as reach my health and fitness goals. I must transform my body because my energy, ideas, accomplishments and love for myself and life will more than double! That is what I want for me and that is what I deserve and what my family deserves.
“…most people won’t change until the pain of staying the same becomes greater than the pain of changing.”This pretty much sums up the why for me. I’ve always been slightly overweight for my size, but over the last 10 years I’ve gained 18lbs of fat and only 2lbs of muscle working out and dieting using the “winging it” method. All the pains have finally added up to a point that I MUST change things before something significantly bad happens.Good luck everyone!
I have Tom’s audio book and find it very very motivational to keep me walking every day and to stay on track with my diet. I have a hard time not eating all the stuff I like to eat as often as I want but the book and the emails help. Walking is making a difference in my weight.
I spent most of my life being ‘skinny-fat’. In my mind the most important thing was being thin. As I got older and my metabolism changed, ‘skinny-fat’ turned to just fat. I am ashamed to admit that I was so vain that I did some unhealthy, even dangerous things, to keep my status as ‘skinny’. I’ve used fat burners that kept my heart racing all day, extreme low calorie diets that robbed me of all energy, even laxatives that left me depleted of nutrients and ultimately dehydrated. I did lose weight, but I felt tired; sick even. And then the weight promptly came back. I decided that to get a great body, the right way was the only way. I joined a gym and got a trainer. She taught me the importance of lifting weights (which I had always avoided) and also of eating healthy. I have lost 6% body fat since I started and I feel great! I sleep better, I’m more alert, and I have energy for the most intense workouts of my life. I feel like I am ready to take my transformation to a new level, not just for myself, but to be a role model. To show young women that being healthy and being beautiful are one in the same! And that the most important thing in life is not the number on the scale or printed on the label in your jeans. I feel empowered by my body now, and I am motivated to reach my potential. I am not there yet, but I feel like with some guidance, I could be soon. Possibly in the next 98 days?! Thank you for this opportunity!
I’ve been over weight most of my adult life. A few months ago I entered a small body transformation contest and took off 26lbs and 19 inches. I proved to myself without a doubt I truely can do anything I set my mind to and motivate myself to do. Nothing makes me feel as good as taking control. The weight loss it’s self was fantastic but the real success was proving to myself that ‘Yes I Can!” I have roughly another 50 to 60 lbs to lose and I have no doubt I can do it. I have been educating myself regarding nutrition (thank you BFFM) so that I can tweak my menus when my weight stalls…which it did for 3 months so I knew I was doing something wrong. I’ve always been active so working out isn’t the problem, nutrition has been the problem. So my goal is to zap as much excess fat as possible starting with the 98 day Summer Challenge. I have no doubt it will take me longer than 98 days but hey, the 98 days are going to pass any way right? I believe it’s better to spend that time torching the fat and building the muscle than running in place.
I have always been relatively fit and active but have had this dream to go beyond that and have the body I see in fitness magazines and dream about.I thought only certain people could achieve that but I am so inspired by success stories that I now know I CAN achieve it if I work hard enough and want it badly enough AND I love a challenge and am not a quitter.Putting that all together says to me “I can do it” and this summer is the time……
Tom,There are so many reasons I want to enter this contest. I’ve always expressed how important being healthy is to my three children. I exercise regularly, but revert to bad eating habits often. Especially not eating enough during the day and then eating way too much during the evening. I want to find balance between the two, the recipe for success. Sometimes I feel like there is so much information out there it is hard to see the forest through the trees. Six meals a day, only three meals a day, Atkins, South Beach, etc., etc. It’s like giving someone 10,000 maps and saying, “your destination is in there somewhere”, good luck. Oh, really? Well I think I’m on my 600th map, so I’m hoping I have finally found my way. I have spent countless nights researching, listening, and I am ready. I don’t want a quick fix. I want a lifelong change. I want to be good role model for my children, a good role model for those around, I want a balanced me.In addition, on May 28th my aunt who has terminal cancer and been given 2-3 months will be moving in with me, along with my 12 year old cousin. I know this will be a difficult time, I know that along with stresses of bills, taking care of my family, aunt, and cousin, I will need to take care of myself. I don’t want to lose site of that. This challenge is coming at the perfect time. The support, the challenge and the reminders of how important is to keep myself strong is just what I’ll need. Tom, thank you for giving me the opportunity to participate in something that just might save my life, emotionally and physically.
As I approach my 38th birthday in October, the thought of being obese (again) on my birthday scares and depresses me.Having started on the journey by losing 40lbs, I want to attend my 20th High School reunion and prove to myself that I can be as health as I deserve to be.Being confident enough to take my shirt off at the beach during the summer would be nice!
I have done other weight loss programs (BFL) and found some success. Now I feel like I’m ready to graduate to the ‘next level’. BFFM is by far the most comprehensive and detailed instruction manual to get me to my goal.I have decided to take my ‘not so bad but not all that’ self and work hard, eat clean and get to my ultimate goal of a fitness/figure comp. There is a competition coming to my city in October which should give me plenty of time to get pretty freakin’ awesome!I MUST do this summer challenge so that I WILL compete in October and I WILL be at the top of my game.I WILL show that I have the discipline and the desire to see this fitness journey through a comp and beyond.I WILL lose approximately 17 lbs of FAT and gain some wonderful lean muscle.I WILL drop 8-10% BF.I WILL be a fantastic and motivating role model to my kids, my friends, family and anyone else out there who I could possibly help to lead a healthier and happier life.
The reasons why I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than I am today are:1. I want to feel good about myself.2. I want to feel healthy.3. I want to look good.4. I want to wear the clothes that have been hanging in my closet for the past four, eight, or twelve years (depending on the dress size).5. I want to have energy.6. I want to follow my passion for performing and get back on stage.7. I want to run a marathon again.8. I want to feel confident.9. I want to feel sexy.10.I want to feel successful.Transforming my body in the next 98 days is an absolute MUST for me because I’m ready for a change. Someone once said that insanity is doing the same thing over and over and expecting a different result. Well, I’m tired of the insanity. I must do something different to get a different result.And the trip to Hawaii is a pretty nice MUST have, too!!!! Thanks for such a great motivator!mk
Hi Tom!I had written to you in a previous Blog and asked if you could offer me any words of encouragement to help me decide whether or not I could do this challenge (two special needs children and a chaotic life) and two things stuck with me after I was done reading it. Since I am very family committed, your first point about making a commitment to myself for the benefit of my family and taking some “appropriately selfish” time to be kind and good to myself so that I could in turn take care of my family really gave me the permission I needed to do this and to be committed to it. The second thing you said was that I could make a couple of small changes if I felt I couldn’t follow through with the whole thing; I could at least do that much. When you said this, the first thing that popped into my mind was “baby steps.” Since my daughter is Down Syndrome, this has been our motto with her progress since she’s been born. Her transformation is excruciatingly slow and sometimes painful and the saying of “baby steps” is what gets us through. I guess when you look at the challenge as a whole, it can become very overwhelming and even downright scary. The fear of failure, personal or otherwise can stop us in our tracks. After praying about this decision and contemplating the good that can come of it, I have decided to participate to the best of my ability. Summertime has always been the hardest time for me. The kids are home and the stress is high but if I commit to this challenge and do really well, I will have proven to myself that I can overcome my own mind and body. By the way, thank you for your kind answer to my previous question and again, God Bless You for all you do!
I made a goal for myself about 4 years ago to be in better shape at 50 than I was at 40. I’m 49 now and on track to that goal. I lost 35 lbs and am at my college weight of 185 lbs. I’m revising that goal now to be in the BEST shape of my life at 50 so it is a must I transform my body this summer. Burn the Fat, Feed the Muscle has given me the tools and motivation to accomplish that.
Im thirty four and I’ve never been completely physically fit. The closest I came was early fall when I was doing BFFM – and doing WELL with it, and lost ten pounds in about a month, and then enrolled in grad school and fell far off the wagon. It is different *this* time because I know that BFFM works, I know that this is possible, and I have a long stretch of non-school time to establish healthy habits to carry me through the fall.Largely, I need to do it because for all my life this has been an impossible thing, and I need to show myself that the mindset of “I will always be fat, it’s just the way I am” is only a mindset, and that I can be whatever I want to with enough effort and focus. I HAVE to break the idea that this is impossible for me. It is NOT impossible. And I have to prove it to myself, that I’m not too fat or too lazy or too anything to be healthy – and that I deserve to be healthy.
It’s time to make a permanent change and get back in shape. Every time I look in the mirror or see a recent photograph of my self I don’t like what I see.Last year I incurred an injury resulting in no exercise, and I went on a diet of beer pizza and ice cream as I laid around the house. Needless to say I put on considerable weight!I’m now at the point where i can begin to exercise again and I desperately want to loose 25 lbs of fat I’ve added since my accident.It’s time to take action and commit to a weight loss plan!
I MUST see my abs. The reason is because I want to be a “flat belly.” I’ve always admired them. By getting one myself, I will show myself, I can master myself.
I want to be in better shape at the end of this summer simply because, being over weight affects the quality of my life in a negative way, and I just found out that my visceral fat (the fat around my organs) is a 17!! (very bad!) It supposed to be around a 7, and that scares me, and motivated me to start dieting and exercising.If I don’t somehow transform myself and lose the weight I need to in the next 98 days, then I could be heading down the road to heart disease, diabetes and other health problems that, frankly, I would rather not have to deal with. Thanks for the opportunity of entering this blog contest.
Being in top shape this summer is important because last summer I was in the worst shape of my life. Last summer was when I decided to change my life. It was our annual family roadtrip to the lake. We took our grandchildren for the first time, just like our parents had done with our children years ago. We had 4 generations of family ready to enjoy our week outdoors. But this year was different, my father, age 72, had developed diabetes and I was having prediabetic symptoms at age 50 and 280 pounds and over 30% body fat. I wasn’t able to play with my grandkids or entertain my kids. We spent much of the week planning around dad’s new meal schedule and 3 needle sticks a day. On that drive home I decided to change my body and my life. So far, I’ve lost 58 pounds, gone from size 40 pants to size 34 (my high school size) and am down to 19% body fat. Most importantly, my cholesterol, blood glucose, triglycerides, and blood pressure are all down to normal WITH NO MEDICATION. Adopting a healthy nutrition lifestyle was not nearly as hard as I’d feared. Training and working out were foreign concepts to me but with the help of good trainers and coaches like Tom and the support and encouragement of friends, family, and coworkers, I’m working out 6 days a week and have visible muscle mass. I’m still not at my final goal but this year, I’ll be waterskiing again and my grandkids will learn the joys of summer from their 51 years young grandfather. They call me “Big Daddy” but the title is now purely an affection and not a descriptor. If I can do it anyone can. Stay focused and work hard. You Are Worth It!
What are the REASONS WHY you want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than you are today?
I want to continue the good habits I started to instill in my day-to-day life as of January 5th of this year. I have been “going it alone” with my exercise routine and eating regimen for the past five months and have had good results.
That being said, in continuing to get results, I want to shake things up a bit to ensure that I am not getting lax or falling into a trap of routine. It’s either “make excuses or get results” — I choose the latter.
Why is transforming your body NOW – in the next 98 days- an absolute MUST for you?
Because if it’s not the next 98 days, when will it be? Being regretful over opportunity squandered before the beginning of this year is pointless, and procrastination can go suck an egg. It’s the next 98 days, then the 98 after that, then wash, rinse, repeat ad infinitum. Habit and lifestyle adaptation, not fad and fascination, will get results.
Day 1 doesn’t mean “97 to go”, it just means a new 98 starts tomorrow!
Hi Tom,To answer your questions, the first was not difficult.I want to be in better shape at the end of summer than I am today because I started last October and the goal for me is to be 50# lighter by this October.I need to be much lighter to withstand the rigors of the new direction I am going in life.After a great start by just losing inches, I then switched things up to start adding muscle and put on 10# worth.I still have a ways to go and at age 49, I’m finding that it does not seem to happen as quick as I would like.As for it being an absolute MUST, my desire is to hike many of the trails in the U.S. and film the adventures for educational purposes. A total career change for my wife and I.Backpacking equipment, food and water is heavy enough but I will be bringing filming and audio equipment as well as the accessories needed to stay in the woods for days on end.Being 24% body fat is not healthy.I am very grateful I am not at the plus 36% as when I started but still, I am too heavy for my frame.I need to be at 12% or below so that I can continue with my career change, hiking, filming and ENJOYING the great outdoors.With the fat on my frame I can kiss the dream good bye.It has to come off and I’m willing to do what it takes.My WHY is big and is truly a passion for me.Your material finds me at a time when I need a boost to keep my internal furnace burning fat.Everything seems to have stalled out for me and I can not figure out what.***I am thankful I found your interview with Steve Yu.He is a friend of mine so seeing that helped seal the deal for me.I look forward to our time together and I hope that my story and my daily up beat attitude will help someone along the way.Till then,Keep it simple, keep it positive and keep moving forward, always forward!~ Pete
Diagnosed with Type 2 Diabetes in 1998, I have managed to stay off drugs with diet and exercise, but have danced back and forth between good control of my blood sugar and not so good control. I know that my energy level, stamina and will to achieve is tied into what I eat and how I move my body. With the support of this competition I am going to put this issue to rest, cure the diabetes and go on to find out what maintaining my weight and health for the rest of my life looks like.
I must succeed in this contest because, I’m a fitness instructor who is still having a tough time getting those final 30-40 lbs off. I was once morbidly obease at 260 lbs and I’ve lost 80lbs by myself, very slowly over several years. We have a quarterly meeting of instructors coming up in late August and I’d love to feel good about myself when I am there. I love fitness, but I don’t look like a group fitness instructor. Also, I must succeed because I just must! I must reach my goal of 15% body fat.
This contest is just the motivation I need to get myself in tip top shape and have the best physique of my lifetime.
I love all the news letters and the books you write Tom. You provide a wealth of knowledge to someone like me who is a trainer. I got in the health and fitnness business because of the my family history of high blood preassure and obesity. I was a fat kid growwing up but realize the importance of life style choices to maintaining a healthy life and fitness. I am very healthy but I just had torn biceb surgery May 11th of this year. This challenge is a motivation for me to stay healthy and try to gain the muscle mass I lost during the last two months when I tore my biceb from an old shoulder injury. This contest motivates me to stay in shape and not lose focus on training and nutrition. Also will help me with the rehab.
My reasons for transforming my body this summer are purely selfish. All my life, yes even as a child, I have considered myself FAT. It was the body image that I, unwittingly, choose as my goal. I worked every bit as hard to get fat as an athlete trains for a marathon. It is what I expected of myself. (Interestingly enough I never realized this until this very moment while writing to you.)In my mind, I equate fat with failure. As long as I am fat, I cannot be successful. Therefore, I have set myself up to be fat so I couldn’t succeed. How could I wallow in despair and failure if I wasn’t fat? You see, to me, failure to lose weight is my reward for being unsuccessful in other areas of my life. If I am unsuccessful at losing weight, I must be a failure.I recently turned 49. I decided to spend the second half of my life thin, healthy, and successful. I want to have the pretty clothes that could not wear before. I want the little black dress.My must is to turn myself and weight around because I can no longer consider myself a failure. I have been completely successful at being FAT. I have succeeded at the highest level.As ridiculous as it sounds, I am not a failure after all. I am a success story of my own making. Now I must accept that I am a winner and get to the fitness level I would never allow myself to achieve before now.
The human body is a machine; a unique machine that can be programmed by reinforcing thought process, into giving up habits picked up and to pick up habits that can reinforce your path to success. This summer is all I have and need to end the 8 years of “reverse-recomposition” and start the body recomposition. Each time I watch the Matrix, I hear the dialogue “Your muscles have atrophied as you have never used them and we are rebuilding them” applies to me directly, where Tom is “Morpheus” to me as Neo, freeing my mind, showing the door, but its only I who can walk through that door. And if I will, I can transform my body, the way I want. After starting Tom’s BFFM program and reading many success stories I BELIEVE that the right path to attain success is to train hard. I’ve also found that planning and executing it does make other areas of life better too. Top this with the NO- NONSENSE, motivational guides and I am sure I will achieve what I want. But there are many more reasons for this. For starters,1. I play cricket and I MUST increase my fitness.2. I Need to be stronger.3. I Need to lose Fat and gain muscle4. I need to train myself into eating healthy and right5. I want to live until I grow very old and still be able to walk on my own feet.Transforming my body NOW- in the next 98 days is an absolute must for me because that’s when the trip to Maui will be a reality. That’s when I will be able to take my shirt off for the New Year and show off my toned abdomen, I see it already; Mid September, the warm beaches, sea food and my photoshoot.There are dreams that you see when asleep, and some that keep you from sleeping. And right now, this is one of the few dreams that prevent me from sleeping, but without a good sleep a nice day never starts. And the night is even better when you’ve already tuned your system to burn fat even when you are asleep. That’s where I want to go. Good night People and Happy Burning
This challenge for me is a final step in the right direction. I have begun to make changes in my lifestyle and have recently lost body fat.Yay! It has taken far too long for me to realize that it isn’t about “weight loss” but FAT loss. Tom’s book has helped me to realize this and at the perfect time with this competition starting. My children have been cheering me on and are starting to make better choices on their own, which I am SO proud of. The Competition starts on my husbands birthday and ends shortly before mine so my goal is to be in the best shape of my life before I turn 36! I know it WILL be done because I know I have the best possible support in my family as well as in the Inner Circle. I’m confident that this will be the last time I change my eating habits because I will never allow myself to lose track of the big picture again. I was once in excellent physical shape and know how great it feels and by the end of Summer I WILL know that feeling again! I can’t wait!!!
I MUST do this now – become the best I can be – because I am getting older and I want to get a hold of my life, become my most awesomest version NOW – I can’t stand to wait another day!! I want this contest for the motivation, accountability, and SUPPORT to keep me on track – I WANT it I MUST have it but it’s those last 3 areas – the support, the motivational forces, the accountability, that I have felt the void of when the times have become tough on my own — I KNOW this contest will push me to the next level and I will NOT be content until I get there!!!
Saying I’m psyched and stoked for this new contest would be an understatement. Starting on Monday and during the following 98 days I’ll always be giving 110% of me in order to conquer the best shape I can get in that amount of time and to change my whole life for the best.Tom, thanks!
I want to transform my body this summer because…over the past couple months I’ve lost my biceps vein. lol In other words, due to a couple minor injuries and major overeating while sitting around, I seem to have put on a layer of fat.The injuries are cleared up and I’ve started back with my workouts and am cutting out the overeating. Yep, you can gain fat on healthy “clean” food. :) (And a few corn chips):)
Losing about 5 percent body fat in the next 98 days is a MUST for me! I am already in great shape but I have gained about 5 lbs in the last couple months. I am a personal trainer and I run regular boot camps. I want the type of body and mental health that inspires my clients and makes them want to be better. I also have kind of a messed up relationship with food. In the next 98 days I am going to focus on my relationship with food. I want to be a good example to my three kids so they grow up with healthy food attitudes. My kids are only getting older and my food relationships are only getting worse. NOW is the time. I HAVE to do this.
I will be running my first half marathon in October. This summer I must train and get prepared for it. I have gone from obese to a healthy weight (in the past 17 months), now its the time to learn about fuelling my body as an athlete!I am working on developing a new me – one that is the healthiest that I’ve been my entire life!
I can and will achieve the best I can be, the best me that the Lord made me. Doing this 98 day transformation is a must for me because completing it by the grace of God, I will glorify the strength that comes from Him as He pushes me through this. Thank you for giving Him a catalyst to use to push me.
By the end of summer I want to weigh 40 lbs. less than I do now. I don’t want to go the route of Nutrisystem or Jenny Craig. I want to do it on my own so I can maintain my weight long afterward. My transformation is needed because my health problems are getting worse as I put more weight on, getting up in the mornings is a chore as I drag my huge body out of bed, and I just feel like crap and I’m not going to take it anymore. I actually sweat walking up a flight of steps and have to stop to take a breather to get to the top of the steps. At the end of the summer I hope to have more energy, jump out of bed in the morning, and wear my clothes more comfortably. It will feel good to be transformed into feeling like a well-oiled athletic machine, sprinting up a flight of stairs, and be able to things with strength and flexibility.
Wow, Ira Bliss. An inspirational story there. Good luck with everything.Me? Mid 50’s, unfit. Always thinking or reading about getting fit, but never really getting started. Motivation problems, big time.I start something, enthusiastically, but life intrudes and I lose motivation and not long after give up.:(
I’m thinking more along the lines of just being big. I’m sick of how skinny I look, so here’s to years of hard work to make amends for my (previously) frail body. but of course, having results in a few months would be awesome, too :)So, at 12% body fat (the leanest I’ve been in my life), I still want to push on to 6 or 7% body fat, because if I think I can do it, I know I can. And also gain about 20 lbs more muscle. But more realistically, i’ll probably gain 10 lbs of muscle over the course of 3 months. Still, if I can get that in a month, I’ll raise that goal to 20 lbs in 3 months, and so on :)I should never be satisfied with the way I look.But thanks for the motivation anyway, Tom!
I NEED to transform my body this summer because I’m tired. I’m tired of worrying that people think I look pregnant. I’m tired of the self loathing I feel when I see my clothing size, the scale weight, the flab. I’m tired of worrying about running into people I knew back in high school and having them see how chubby I’ve gotten.I also need to lose body fat because I had gestational diabetes, and that ups my risk of diabetes by a long shot.I need to have the amazing body I used to have.
To transform my body became a MUST when I realised how hard it was lo look in the mirror and dont see the fat on my body and when I realised after reading this blog that it is not so difficult if one wants to lose that fat and become a lean, healthy person.To transform my body is a MUST, because I MUST be healthy and fit! I dont want to get tired when the elevator is not working and I need to get to 5th floor, and dont want to get tired, when I need to run a bit for the bus, I just want to feel and look like a healthy person.
I am joining the summer Burn the Fat challenge because I want and need to be in the best shape of my life. At 52 years, I’m running out of time to be able to hike, walk, run and do other fun activities. 18 months ago I weighed 302 lbs with accompanying serious medical problems. I’ve shed 90+ lbs through diet alone. I look back and see that my tendency to procrastinate led me to put off exercise week after week. At 302 lbs it was very difficult to get exercise, my feet and legs hurt, plus my resting heart rate was ranging from 110 to 120 – even walking put my heart rate into the danger zone. As the weight came off, I still did not get into a regular pattern of exercise despite knowing that I had to get moving for the sake of my health.Procrastination will be the death of me. After Tom’s first email regarding the summer challenge I started to evaluate myself. I checked my body fat % on my Tanita scale….yikes, I didn’t like the number. I was vaguely aware that I’ve lost muscle strength, but after a very frank assessment of my body, I realized that my body had lost not 90 lbs of fat, but perhaps 60 lbs of fat and 30 lbs of muscle.Ouch, that hurt! The reason I MUST complete the summer challenge is that I don’t want to be a fat slender person. I need to stop procrastinating and take control of my health. Completing the summer challenge and establishing new exercise and eating habits will quite literally change the direction of my life.
Last August I moved back to IN after living for 14 months in MS. I moved with my 4 kids and without my husband. We are not “separated” or divorced. He works in Memphis, our home is in IN. I came back for our kids. Long story.Since then, I’ve given up working out and following my low glycemic index diet. The result is I’ve gained back nearly 30 lbs, I’m back up to a 16 jean, my back hurts again, my knees hurt again, my body is all messed up, I’m continuously ill, I’m depressed, and the list goes on and on.Being single 5 days a week with 4 kids is HARD! My work load is almost undoable; my stress level is off the charts. I can’t leave my kids for 2 hrs a day to workout, I can’t do it at home (they won’t let me), I don’t have the time, I don’t have the energy. These are my excuses. These are my reasons. And they are good ones, but, I can’t have excuses and reasons anymore.My body and soul are dying. Literally. I have to do this to save myself. Not just physically, but emotionally and mentally, too. This person I’ve become is not me. It’s the hollow shell of the person I know I am. Working out, be fit, being happy, being proud of myself, they are all an integral part of who I am and I’ve lost that part of me to self-pity and depression.For me it’s not a matter of should. It’s a matter of MUST. I must save the person I am before she’s gone for good!
It would be nice to lose the weight I gained while being unemployed. I used to have nice, slender, upper arms, now they jiggle when I walk briskly. I can’t stand that feeling of lethargy that overcomes me more often than I’d like to admit. I used to go to the gym daily, then I quit my membership to save money. Boy, was that a mistake. Within no time at all I was eating for two people, and there were days when I just never seemed to get full. Now I am nearly ten pounds heavier than I used to weigh when I was employed. I fear what I might look like if I don’t take control right now. This contest seems to have entered my life right in time for me to do something right now. Before more damage is done. I want those firm arms back, not to mention a firm stomach. Right now I look pregnant when I catch a profile of myself in a window. This contest will enable me to communicate with like-minded people interested in taking control of their weight and shape. It’s taking control instead of continuing to lose control.
Hi,My reasons are fairly straightforward:1. My parents-in-law are visiting very soon (for the first time in the country we currently live)2. I promised I’d take a family picture with my wife and son this summer when he comes to visit. I wouldn’t last year because I was too overweight. (Plus, I want to surprise my son.)3. Tired of the view I saw in the mirror.I started dieting and working out again 6 weeks ago, and have already lost approximately 7 kilo. It definitely shows. I still have more to lose before my son arrives, but I’m focused, determined, and confident I will reach my goals.The material in Burn the Fat, Feed the Muscle is great stuff and has been helpful over the years.All the best!
As I was reading the Body Fat Solution, I realized how and why I allow myself to constantly fall short. I start to get some results from exercise, and this affects my whole existence; when I get healthy it is a physical, spiritual and emotional occurrence that changes every area of my life. School, work, and my personal life all transform and I reap the success; however, as the world takes notice—I back off—accepting my gains as “good enough”. What started as a possibility grew as I found my capability, but then it stalled and became a lazy coasting, hindering my desire as I grew complacent with the moderate gains that I had earned. I have seen this slowly erode my belief in myself, and my faith in my limitless potential. My convictions have helped me overcome life threatening addictions, debilitating injuries, and brain damage—allowing me to go further than anyone expected or even believed was possible—and yet I still sell myself short. I work with adolescents and encourage them with motivational workshops and psycho-educational classes exhorting the belief of the limitless potential of their human spirit and mind; and yet I allow myself to plod along at less than my own capacity.No more!I know I can achieve even more, and this challenge will propel me to that success. I know I deserve it and can get past the mental blocks that have stalled me. This transformation will affect every area of my life and the success will have parallels in all quarters. NOW, is the time! I stand on the precipice of an exciting future! I anticipate the completion of an ideal dissertation, I’m blessed with a heavenly engagement and forthcoming marriage to the woman of my dreams, and I’m on the way to fulfilling my dream of a new career and creating a successful business with the fruits of my doctoral study; and this body transformation will be the fuel to synergize it all together to create maximum results. I am motivated as I write this and the belief, faith, and support, is all there. I am ready to throw off this yoke that has bound me and kept me tethered to mediocrity. I am exhilarated with the horizon of new possibilities and the life that has just been waiting for me to come to believe! I am excited to be a part of this community and wish everyone the best success; I hope that you all can find just a piece of this flame that has invoked this fire in me!Be well, go and believe, Erich
I`m ready to finally change my life & body. Tom your book is amazing. thank you.
Self-respect. While continuing to deal with an ugly divorce and the fight of my life to stay in my kids’ lives, this summer is dedicated to my two boys, and regaining my own self-respect.
Why get lean? Why now, the summer of 2010? Because I want to grow greater, not older. Because I want sixty to be twice as great as fifty was. Because I want to bounce in the jump house with my great nephews in the glorious sun. Because I want to run with the kiddos at the preschool, where I teach. Because life is meant to be lived with gusto and older is the next marvelous adventure.
After gaining major amounts of weight from taking all the drugs for Lyme disease and having three Dr.’s tell me I shouldn’t be walking because my spine is so twisted, at 45, I vowed to have my dream body by the time I was 50. I started working out and eating very clean and after months still didn’t loose weight. After having my neurotransmitters tested and blood work done. I found out that I have no dopamine (my grandfather died with Parkinsons) which affects my thyroid and explained why I can’t sleep more than a couple of hours a week and haven’t since the age of 5, sometimes not sleeping for up to three days at a time. Well, feeling some better, we decided to adopt two teenage girls from another country and the challanges have been so tremendously stressful from homeschooling, to open heart surgery for one and major psychological issues with the other, that I put my own needs on the back burner because my girls required 24 hr supervision and it fell on my shoulders alone since my husband works nights. So now I find myself at the age of 49 on the count down to 50 and not even close to my goal. I had already decided to start working on my dream once again when I received the invite to this competition. This is a wonderful incentive to help keep me on track for my long term goal. I sat down last night and wrote out all the goals, took notes and am excited to get started. Any help is appreciated. I love information and would love to be able to help motivate someone else with my success. Thanks for all you do Tom and to the rest of you I wish you success in your journey.
Hi all.When I was 39, I weighted 130Kg and because of this, I had a back injury. I managed to loose 45Kg and eventually got to 85Kg / 20% body fat at the age of 42. How I did it?Basically, lots of exercise (running and weight training, 5 or 6 sessions a week, 1 to 1.5 hr). Now I am 46, and for the last 4 years I’ve had a time demanding work that doesn’t allow me to keep this level of workouts. As a result, my weight has gone up to 105Kg / 30% body fat.So I have made a commitment with myself to get down to 85Kg / 15% body fat. My previous strategy won’t work because of time restrictions, and in this economy, changing job isn’t as easy as it used to be. I am reading BFFM to get new ideas of how to get rid of all the extra fat my body has now. I’m confident I will succeed, because I have done it before.
I think in the past my conquest to shed the weight stemmed for the purpose of complete physical perfection. When that perfection never made its way, i simply gave up. It’s been a yo-yo like that for years. However, it is at this point after reading your e-book that i realized in order for success to be attained it has to go beyond one element of yourself. You need to encompass the WHOLE you, physical, spiritual, emotional and mental. I AM going to participate because I MUST attain wholeness and success with a sound mind and body this program provides. I WILL become my best. It is MY time!
From the age of 11 to nearly 16 I was badly bullied, I began to gain weight steadily as I ate more and more to escape this. I’ll always wonder why I didn’t tell anyone and why it went unnoticed. After that I tried on and off to lose weight an like anyone who isn’t motivated I failed because I didn’t want to do it for the right reasons.It’s my 29 birthday soon and just recently I have found many things to motivate me. Some are silly some not but everything has come together albeit a bit late, but better than never! Just a couple of examples. 1). I want to race cars and there’s a limit for weight at most venues to get a race license, that’s a silly one, but important to me! 2). I want to be a good role model for my nephew.Anyway I have all the motivation I need from my family and I realise I’ve been making excuses that hold no value for many years. There is no reason not to be fit and healthy for me!
Transforming my body this summer is important to me because I finally woke up and said “enough is enough”. I looked in the mirror and didn’t like what I saw. It is a MUST now that I take my life back! No more walking around in a daze saying “I should” but then never do. I want to be more active with my family and teach my daughter how to live a healthy lifestyle. I just want to feel good all over! I know I can do this and I am going to prove that to myself.
I MUST enter the ‘BTF Summer Challenge’….because it’s winter down in Australia & I’m struggling getting out of the bed in the morning & doing my regular excercise – be it the bike, weights the last month it’s got much colder in the mornings & I have had a real problem getting out from under the doona (OK, duvet or quilt to those non-Australians reading this).A year ago I dropped 12cm off the waistline & 10kgs so thought I was doing well (& I MUST keep it off) but confession-time: I never got past reading Chapter 5 of BTF-FTM. So my other MUST is that I must finish reading BTF-FTM that I bought 18-odd months ago.
I am tired of being tired. I am 53 years of age, and have always felt younger than my true age. That seems to have changed recently. I am near my highest weight ever; my knees hurt. I have cellulite on my upper arms that used to be so muscular, and on my belly and thighs too. I look disgusting to myself, and yet I come home and eat white bread and butter. I buy all kinds of good things to eat, but never end up eating them. I need a plan; I need to quit flying by the seat of my pants. I think Tom makes more sense than anyone else I’ve read, and I’m excited to think about Maui.
I’d be interested to win anything from such a great guy!
I’m a 43 year old father of two young daughters. I am halfway to my Master’s Degree. I work full time. I have never been more fat and out of shape in my life. My blood pressure is starting to rise. I have a serious lack of energy. I MUST change. I MUST grow stronger, healthier, and be a better me. I MUST live! Life is passing me by while I have claimed to be too busy to work out and do things that I need to do to not just live, but THRIVE! Be a better father, husband, and do the things that make life worth living. There is never any better time than NOW to begin.
I MUST lose weight and burn body fat during the Summer Challenge because it will be a continuation of the BFFM program I’ve worked for the past 10 months, my 30th reunion is in September and I need to be in great shape for it, and May 2011 is a 10K that I will compete in and a lighter weight would make it easier.
About a year and a half ago I manged to drop 80+ pounds the old fashioned way, exercise and changing my eating habits. Since then I have gained back about 20 or 30 of those pounds largely because I stopped paying close attention to my eating habits. Transforming my body is a MUST for me because going back to being over 200 pounds is NOT an option. I want to look in the mirror and see not a smaller version of my old self (which is what I saw before) but a completely transformed body. I believe that I am capable of so much more and I am letting my weight hinder me. NO MORE!!! I don’t want to just lose weight because I’ve been there, done that. Now I want to complete reshape my body and transform it into the best shape of my life. So this is why doing this challenge is a must for me.
Tom-I want to enter the challenge b/c I hurt my back a while back and have gotten out of tip top shape and the extra motivation of a contest is just what I need to get back in the shape I was in a year ago! I NEED to be in very good shape for my business. I am a motivator for others:)
I am going to transform my body because I am tried of my clothes slowly not fitting. I am tired of looking like garbage. I do not want to be a sad sack of fat.
I MUST transform my body now!!! I’ve never known what it feels like to be “normal” sized! As I freshman in high school, I was 225 lbs. & after 6 months of powerlifting I zoomed up to 285 lbs. & I was always “encouraged” during school that big size meant big power…(i.e.. wrestling & football)Now, at age 45, the weight has still been zooming up! I reached a high point of 490 lbs. last year & have been struggling to get the weight off. I’ve battled yo-yo’ing he weight since then!! Fortunately, I don’t have serious health issues at this point (no diabetes, blood pressure problems) but I know it’s a matter of time if I don’t change!!I MUST also change because of the terrible habits that I’m teaching my children. Most of my kids are overweight. (Ages 8 to 23 are overweight-6 daughters!!!!WHEW!!) I need to start motivating & teaching them to change their lives & the best way I can teach them is by example!!I look forward to this opportunity to break the cycle that I’m in & I’m determined to make this a life changing experience for me & my family!! Thanks for all to do!!!!
Why is transforming your body this summer important to you? Why is it a MUST, not just a “should?” Great two questions for someone that has never really sat down to analyze why she is not happy with her body. All my life I have been on a diet, some of them worked for only a few weeks, others didn’t even work for a day, it was a constant battle of wanting to lose weight and trying to love my body. In my teens I was always a bit chubby, and feeling good in intimacy was out of the question. To look at myself in front of the mirror and hate what I was seeing was a constant battle. In my thirties I got married and had two wonderful children, a lovely experience, however I put on more than 20kgs whilst pregnant. I decided to once again get on a diet and after two years trying to lose the weight I finally accomplished my goal weight, but after all the ups and downs with my weight throughout my life, left me with a lot of body fat and lots of loose skin. There is a song that I always listen and makes me feel that I can accomplish anything in life, “The Impossible Dream” from Andy Williams and when I received your email I knew that this was a sign, a sign where I can finally follow that star and make my dream of having a body that I love come true. I hope I can be able to reach that goal this year and make my children proud and make myself proud.Thank you.
Hi Tom:I must do this challenge because I want to avoid another hip restructuring surgery. I had one operation in September 2009 and I was scheduled for my next one on April 23, 2010. To get me through the painful wait, the doctor arranged a cortisone shot which tremendously eased the pain. I was so excited not to be in excrutiating pain that I never bothered to contact my doctor until March to sign papers for my next surgery. When he saw me walking without a cane and not grimacing from pain, he went into “full talk me out of having having the surgery mode” and encouraged me to try to achieve a quality of life with the pain I currently had. He gave me time to decide and permission to play golf again after ten months. I tried the golf and whilst there was some pain (but mostly a protective attitude when swinging) with two weeks to go before the surgery, I cancelled. I’m in the midst of renovations whilst living in the house and so my life has been chaotic and I haven’t begun to attempt to transform my body like I’d hoped so that in the end it will be determined that I won’t need surgergy after all. I really must do this to avoid subjecting myself to all the other things that can happen when you go under the knife. How wonderful of the universe to make me pay attention to your e-mail at a time when I had decided that my Inbox was way too full and I was only online to delete. Hopefully I do now have the link to sign up and I am looking forward to beginning and finishing this challenge.
“most people won’t change until the pain of staying the same becomes greater than the pain of changing” Truer words never spoken … I have been in a little rut, have been working out consistently for the past 2 years, have really changed my diet – yet am still 100 pounds overweight. So obviously what I am doing need to be changed, and for some reason I’ve been very resistant – I have found that I need to work out so much harder now that I’m stronger, and I don’t like it. LOL. So my goal for the summer is to smack down my whiney inner voice that keeps telling me to quit when it hurts! I need to turn around all my negative self-talk too, work on positive affirmations. I am turning 50 in a few weeks, and while my obesity has not caused me any health issues (no diabetes, no HBP, I have great cholesterol, high HDL) I know the reality is that obesity shortens lives. And I want to live a long life!!!
I am entering the summer challenge because I have wanted to get in the best shape I can be for the last 9 years and I am not wasting one more year on this dream. I will do it this time. I work in a ladies gym and I want to make a difference in their lives. I realize I must become the change I want to see in them. I cant help them unless I first help myself. No more looking back for me. I will achieve my goal weight and be so proud and happy at the end of this challenge.
My transformation began in August 09 at 245 lbs and 39% BF, 51 years old and 5′-8″. After reading and implementing what I learned in BFFM, I became empowered with the tools to discard 72lbs of fat while retaining most of my muscle. I weighed in this morning at 170 lbs and 15% BF. Continuous improvement resulted from a positive attitude, feedback, and success that BFFM teaches. I am a success story right now! I feel great, and like the way I look naked too! I am having the most fun in my life. I have goals – seen the movie 300? I’ll be much closer by summer’s end and this is my “must” that started long before the contest, and will continue long after it ends. I spoke with a friend today that has lost 75 lbs during the same time I started my quest. He blew off my comments about learning from experts and purchasing BFFM. He is still fat after dropping from 285lbs to 210lbs. He said he wished that he could do what I did, and I said to get the book! I get asked every day what I am doing, and I tell them to get the book. I am one of those who said no way to the contest because I am already a winner and stay clear of anything that may hinder my pursuit toward my dreams. Good Luck to All!
What are my reasons for change and the necessity to transform my body by the end of this summer?I’ve lost touch with a very dear friend of mine for the past 10 years. Allow me to explain. In 2000, I was an unstoppable force. I was a certified NSCA personal fitness trainer and three-time bodybuilding competitor. Fitness was at the center of my life and as an Air Force Sergeant, I readily accepted my role as a leader to help others in their quest for a healthier lifestyle. Fast forward to today…I’ve become the antithesis of all that I once was and believed in. I’ve gone from a very lean 160lbs to 220lbs of “jello” in the past 10 years. A recent medical examination revealed borderline to high numbers for cardiac disease across the board. I feel the prime years of my life have suddenly passed me by with no hope in sight. What tears me up the most…I continue to posses more knowledge about nutrition and exercise than many of my friends, but I would never think about engaging in any conversation that leads toward a discussion on health. Any recommendation coming from my mouth would simply be dismissed; I’ve tragically lost all the credibility I worked so hard to gain.I do long to reunite with my long, lost friend.I’m 41 years old, still serving my country in the Air Force, and I’m the proud father of two little divas (7 years old and 2 years old). So why must I make this change? If I don’t then I’m very likely at the tail end of my days (instead of half way). If I don’t then I’ll continue to lead my troops based on my inherent authority vice the influence a fit appearance brings to the table. If I don’t then I may not walk my daughters down the aisle on their wedding days.Last week, I rushed my boss to the hospital at 1:00 am. Little did we know that he experienced a mild heart attack. Later that day, the doctors inserted a stint to clear some significant blockage in one area of his heart. I’ve quickly come to realize how I’ve allowed my health to become so fragile, and I’m at the point of “critical mass”. I have the knowledge, I have my reasons, and now Tom has provided the way…I’m ready to join my fellow comrades in this mission; we deserve this!
Using BFFM, I gave shed 122 lbs of fat, added 20 lbs of muscle, and achieved sub 5% body fat. But I value lifelong continuous improvement. I must be in better shape at the end of this summer or I will have moved in the wrong direction. I will never go back if I never go backwards.
I need to do this because I am always feeling tired, grouchy & irritable. It’s not fair to my kids.I joined Weight watchers in 2007, reached my goal & have lost 26lbs, however I stopped going to the weekly meeting in 2009, well lo & behold the weight is creeping up. I am 5lbs away from when i started with weight watchers.I know that it was weight loss & not fat loss and this is why I must do this. I want to lose fat. I wanna be able to wear skinny jeans with fitted top, not a lose flowy top so that I could cover my stomach rolling over my jeans. I wanna be able to wear a 2pc bikini (by itself) cause I have never in my life. I have always had cellulite on my buttocks. I look at my legs & it reminds me of a tree stump.I want to give this transformation as a gift to myself by Sept. because I’ll turn 35.
There are numerous reasons why I want to transform my body (composition) this summer! Reason number one is that I want “out”. BAD. REALLY BAD. I’ve felt trapped in my 200lb+ body for YEARS. It has affected my self esteem and self image negatively for too d**n long! I can feel like I have the more energy than anyone in the entire world, but my body holds me back. Or at least I let it. Sometimes I just want to run, play, catch, join a team, whatever! But I can’t run on my knees. Sometimes walking hurts them. I need a new body. This one just does not fit me.Two, I’ve done this before. I lost 60lbs, and gained 40 of it back. My back hurts again. My biceps are bigger and flabbier, my face is rounder, I have at least 6 pairs of pants that I can’t wear anymore, I slouch more. I essentially gave up on paying attention to fitness while I was writing my thesis. I want to use this summer as a time to reform those habits, and ingrain them like white on rice (or more like brown on rice, but that’s not alliterative!).When I initially lost 60lbs, I felt great. I was confident, healthier and felt great about myself. I felt like I could get any man, and he would be privileged to date me (Which I realized later is a little pompous, but that’s how good I felt!). Now I feel shame. I no longer feel worthy. I’m less confident and self-conscious. I will be Au pairing in the fall, and I’m worried about keeping up with the children, and what the family will think of such an overweight person. I don’t want to arrive in another country fat, breathing laboriously, displaying terrible eating habits.I feel I owe it to myself to transform my body. I let myself become overwhelmed by undergrad for four years, and it’s “me” time now. I’ve graduated, I’m heading off to Europe on an adventure, and I want to be my absolute best, mentally and physically, and the two absolutely go hand in hand. If I complete this challenge, it will be a huge victory for me also. Committing to such an intensely personal, high caliber goal and seeing it to the finish… will create an unimaginable feeling of accomplishment. Looking back and thinking about all the times I’ve distracted myself away from sticking to my plan, or letting myself slip or skip the gym… I seen an opportunity to prove to myself that I can not only commit to some task, but that I can commit to myself, and overcome years and years of low self-esteem, weak mindedness and will. I don’t even care if I win the contest, I just want… no, I NEED a new body! And I’ll get one no matter what.
I have been overweight most of my life, starting because my parents used food as rewards, then when I grew up I used food to cure boredom, heartbreak, excitement, etc.I have always wanted to get rid of all this fat I carry around, but I have recently been diagnosed with diabetes, which really gave me the kick in the butt that I needed… Something snapped inside me, I am more motivated than ever to lose this FAT. I want to lose all the unwanted fat, and become fit, so that I can help other people like me, who are obese but don’t really know how to get out of the rut of emotional eating and laziness. I want to be a personal trainer. Plus I have a 3 year old son, every time I look at him I wonder if I will be around to see him graduate high school, get married, or have kids. I want nothing more than that, & I know if I stay on the track I am now I won’t get to see any of those things.These are just a couple of my reasons, but really I want to do this to turn my whole life around, have confidence in my body, and be fit & healthy! I want to pass on good habits to my little boy too.So it’s not that I “should” lose FAT it’s that I NEED or MUST lose FAT! and I’m a hundred percent commited to doing it!
I have been a self-proclaimed fitness nut since my teens. I used to wake up at 5:30, train, do cardio, and work out again in the evening. I was so involved in the fitness world I participated in many videos, as well as taught classes. So when I tried on a bikini for a trip we were planning to the Bahamas, and I looked in the mirror at myself… I was appalled.I have watched the scale inch upward for the last 2 years. I have never felt so bad about my body in my life. Yo-yo dieting, starvation, and overeating had become the norm. I would yell at my husband for eating poorly, then join him in indulging, despite knowing better. A vicious cycle that was never ending was created. The scale would determine my happiness…am I going to have a good day or a bad day? (depending on the weight) And for the last couple of years, it was all bad days.No more excuses. No more sleeping in. No more being too tired. I know what it takes, and this challenge will wake up the sleeping fitness nut that has laid dormant for the last couple of years. Having the support, and the goals are why I know I will succeed. It may be hard, it may take awhile to kick-start my metabolism after all the abuse, but it is necessary.So it is time to stop the pity party and take responsibility for my actions. I must accept the body transformation challenge because I can no longer accept this way of life. I also need the challenge so that I have a goal. I know that the first chapter in BFFM is about setting goals, but sometimes we need a push. This challenge is exactly the push I need to get on track, and keep on track. I also start a new job on May 24. I cannot think of a more propitious time to begin a body transformation. I am ready!
My reason why I must lose body fat is for self-esteem purposes. I’ve always been very concious of my chubby appearance even at a young age, and by a twist of odd events ended up in the university course Bachelor of Science, specializing in Exercise and Health.The females I sit in class with are all slim, with very little body fat. The guys – all muscular or toned.We got tested for body composition in lab classes and guess who ends up with the highest amount? Me. I can see the smirks all around. I’m not blind.Currently we have practical swmming classes and too embarassed, I wear shorts on top of my speedos even though it’s not allowed and dread it when we have to strip to jump into the pool.I like what I’m studying, but hate my course because of those who surround me. In fact, I have been cutting class – just so I don’t have to face them. My grades have slipped to almost failing…I want to switch… But I realize that would be giving up and admitting defeat.Which is why this is important to me.Next time we do a body composition test in front of the class or have to wear a swimsuit without board shorts for practical swimming classes – at least I know I can proudly hold my head up high.
I’m starting up my business again. I sell fruits & veggies in a capsule. I’m about 20lbs over weight, but I feel like if I’m not at my best, then my business hurts.My why: I have worked out and worked out and I can’t seem to shed these last 20lbs. I want to be healthy and look healthy. I want to spread the word that healthy can be achieved not just inside but outside also. To be the picture of health in bodily form. I want my children to know that it can be done: to lead a healthy life and have fun doing it.
It may be summer for you guys over there but here in Australia it is the start of our winter.Brrrr.It is also a time where alot of people push their fitness to the side and think” oh I will wait till summer is coming on and then get into losing weight, getting exercise etc”, but really looking after ourselves should be an all year round thing we do.Even the gym numbers drop off during this time of year.For me , it is a MUST that I continue going to my Gym, it is a Must that I continue on my weight loss/ fitness journey and a big Must to continue my body building transformation.The past years journey has been a time that I truely feel alive and feel so in love with life that I want this journey to continue forever and Competitions WIN OR NOT are the extra motivation you need to challenge yourself even more.
Why is this important? I have a demanding, time consuming, sedentary job. It is only because I consistently do regular workouts and pay attention to nutrition and rest that I can keep pace!
Transforming my body this summer will be the end of a journey that started this Feb. I started out at 240 and 36 inch waist. I have now gotten myself down to 193 and 30 inch waist. Although I will not be able to compete with the rest of the contestants as far as weight and fat lose, I will be able to use this to help shed those last fifteen pounds and be able to see the six pack again. I started out to prove to everyone that it is possible to do this, however much to my surprise and delight it is fast becoming a lifestyle. I would like to extend my best wishes to everyone. See you all at the end of the contest.
The question is not why do i want to be in better shape but why am i not their already.I used to be 270 lbs.Didnt lift weights but watched what i ate and got down to 200.This was 2001-2002.Couple years later i was up to 232 so i cleaned up the diet and started cardio and hit 192.That was 2005.Slowly crept up to 218 by 2008 and hovered their.In feb 2009 started lifting weights and was making good progress and hit 200 by oct but injured my arm doing flys.Tore some muscle fibers.Started lifting a couple weeks ago and arm is feeling good.This challenge is big to me because sept is 15 yr anniversary and i want to take wife on trip of a lifetime.We have 4 children and its tough to get away.I have 98 days to transform and even if i dont win i wont be ashamed.This is a bonus anyway.At my yearly physical the blood work showed my LDL was 141 and doctor wanted to stick me on pills but i said i wanted to do it myself so he give me 6 months to come back which is august 26 so lets see what i can do.Thanks for all your info and support.Best wishes to all contestants and we will see you in 98 days
I remember once as a kid asking my mom why this healthy, active family on the street seemed so much prettier than we were. Blunt question, but I suppose curious kids can be like that. To this day, I will always remember that she said ‘oh, honey, we can’t do anything about it, it’s just genes’. Of course, I didn’t know then that the other family probably wasn’t eating three+ donuts a day as snack food, love, distraction or stress relief. Needless to say, I was one of the fat kids hiding my body away in middle and high school, topping out at 190 with horrible eating habits, and laughable muscle mass.I’ve learned a lot since. A few years after high school I joined Army ROTC as a dare to myself one summer, and got down to 145, but it was a hungry, uneven weight, and even though I learned that I could push myself, I still didn’t understand much about the nuances of real nutrition or self-care. During stress-times, I’ve lost the rhythm and gotten higher again, and it was a regular struggle. But I learned a lot along the way, along with how *much* I enjoy movement and giving my body good fuel, and last year I committed to integrating my wisdom into slow lifestyle changes, and lost 20 pounds. Not the fastest rate, and not my lowest exactly, but I’ve kept it off since January, without driving myself crazy or things being ‘perfect’, and to me becoming a pretty consistent ‘maintainer’ of mind-and-soul-healthy attitudes and actualizing them in reality has been one of the best things I ever gave myself.Why now? A friend of mine decided *not* to do this challenge with me because she thinks ‘competing’ it will ping her perfectionistic tendencies too much. And I totally respect where she is on her path. But for me, this is the first time in my life that I feel truly, evenly healthy and confident enough to show off my physical weaknesses publicly and work on them consistently with a team without getting perfectionistic, or distracted by all the other things going on in my life. Of course, I’m sure I will have down days. But I’m ready. I think it will give me a huge sense of accomplishment to kick up the intensity and focus, and just stay through to the end of a *longer* (not crash) 14 weeks, instead of being in this sort of limbo-land where I’m ‘sortof’/mostly healthy. I’ve always considered myself a one-piece bathing suit kind of girl. And maybe I’ll find out I still at the end. But regardless…I deserve to see what the healthiest, most beautiful me can be.So, really, I’m *choosing* this ‘must’ of three-month focus. Conveniently, though, in the short-term, I’ve got a wedding I’m going to be bridesmaid for at the end of July. Those pictures are permanent, historical. There’s a dress fitting in a little over a month. And on that last leg of the challenge… well, I’m insatiably curious, and I deeply want to see what my potential really looks like. What would I look like if I lost 20 pounds? That final 5? I don’t know, but finding out will be just in time for bikini-sales!
With no serious health issues except for being overweight (almost 400 lbs), my doc told me a week ago, that I may only have a couple years to get my weight under control, or I can start looking forward to a heart attack.I bought the BFFM e-book back in the beginning of 2007, and read it start to finish. It made such perfect sense, I’ve even told lots of people to check out the website, and yet, I never acted on it.When I heard about this contest coming up, I started thinking maybe this would be a good time to finally do what I know I need to do, but after talking to the doc, it’s become something I Must do Now, because, if not now, then when?Frankly, I’m no longer content to wait for things to happen and simply react, I’m ready to start being proactive and get my procrastinating but into gear and do what needs to be done while I still have the choice, and my choice is to finally get plugged in and hit the ground running.
Entering and Winning a trip to Maui is a bonus. Getting the body transformation would be the ultimate reward.From my teens throughout college I was very active in dance and sports. I went from 115lbs to 160lbs after college. I didn’t realize it until my sister’s boyfriend at the time called me “healthy”. I figured it was because I didn’t eat fried or processed foods. I ate a bit too well with the combination of not being so physically active since college. At the age of 25, my mother was diagnose with advance colon cancer. She put up a great fight to prove to all the doctors that she could live beyond 4 months. She struggled and passed to a better life when i turned 26. I lost my best friend and realize that life is not over. I took the unfairness of losing my mother and started to pick up running because I got tired of crying. Soon the running was my emotional release and I felt accomplish not realizing the distance but not eating mindlessly in sorrow, grief and anger. As a result, I ran my first marathon in honor for my mother. Each mile of the 26 miles represented each year I had with her. The .2 towards the finish well it opened my eyes by showing me that everythig is going to be alright from here on out. Tears of happiness came out and I smiled once I crossed that finish line. It was a wonderful, stressful, emotional and physical journey as a closure and a beggining of a new chapter in life. From that experience, I dropped to 120 lbs. That’s 40lbs lost from depression, anger and guilt. That journey made me want to share my transformation, so I decided to become a personal trainer. I’ve been a personal trainer for 2 years and I discoverd that I really enjoy the sense of empowerment and confidence from strength trainer. In college, I would take one of those aerobic/circut toning condition class and now i train 6 times a week! A fellow trainer at my gym is a bodybuilding enthusiast. I was amazed by the female figure athletes. I research as asked many trainers on natural bodybuilding. From that point, I decided to enter my first natural show last year. I placed 8th out of 15 in my division last year. Not know if I trained and or diet properly, I loved the whole experience of being on that stage. And I want to do it again! I found my new sport that is the fuel to my passion in fitness and health. This year i plan on entering another contest and my goal is to beat my 8th place standing More than anything, I’m ready how I feel on the inside as well as help motivate others to get over what ever hurdles they have in their life. Tom what you created is a great idea. Prize or no prize. It’s the motivation for me to reach my persoal best at 34 years old. Thank you. I’m looking forward to the challenge.
I struggled with my weight after injuring my back and found it very hard to workout. But I finally am back to my perfect weight. It was not as hard as I thought it would be. I found a way too get back in shape and you can to. Check out my blog to find out how you can loose 20 pounds every in 4 weeks too.http://looseweightandburnfatfast.blogspot.com/
The reason I’m going to transform my body this summer is to prove to myself that I can close the deal. I came close to my ultimate goal last year, but stumbled before the finish line. Not this summer.
The continuation from my comment….So the reason why I started to strength train so heavily was the fact that my running career had to come to a halt due to an Achilles Tendon tear. Another hurdle in my physical journey. It didn’t stop me. I continued to train with cast and crutches and so my 8th place finish I’m proud of. It was my redemption. Though I miss running, competing in a figure or bikini contest and your challenge will be my reward.
I *MUST* take action… I am 100lbs overweight and at age 42 feel like I have the body of an 80 year-old blob. I have no energy for anything, and have missed out on years of involvement with my kids. My clothes seldom fit right, even the ones I buy at my big & tall store. I worry about how friends, family, and co-workers see me and think less of me because of my poor physique. My wife stopped being attracted to me years ago. To top it all off, I am starting to develop health problems that are obesity-related and these will only get worse if I don’t make a change. Chronic back & knee pain, depression, and reduced sexual function so far, but my family history and low HDL levels point to clogged arteries and Type-2 diabetes in my future. As the saying goes: “get busy living, or get busy dying!” If I want to have any chance to get my life back, I MUST TAKE ACTION NOW!
I want to be in the best shape of my life at the end of this summer because I am at a turning point in my life. I am engaged to be married, becoming an uncle for the first time and just started an exciting new job that I wasn’t entirely confident I could get (but I beat 50 applicants to it!). This phase of my life WILL be better in all aspects, especially health. I am UNWILLING to move on to bigger and better things in life and leave my health stationary. I refuse to settle for anything less than success.
Why is transforming my body in the next 98 days important to me? For too long I have been just “trying” to get my weight down. Yes I have a lot of muscle, but I still have too much fat. I have been using excuses that my thyroid is the cause, but I can over come that excuse. I have been fortunate that my physicals show I don’t have diabetes or issues like that, but I can’t keep playing “health roulette” staying the way I am. Eventually my luck would run out. So I am going to transform my life so I can see my grandchildren graduate and have kids of their own.
I must do this for so many reasons! My body is starting to hate me – I’ve been on two rounds of antibiotics in the last month, have seemingly endless headaches and back/shoulder aches, and am always tired. I am so sick, literally, of feeling this way! I’m only 33 and I feel so much older. I must treat my body better!I am 170 lbs, 5’7″, not obese, but on the borderline of overweight & obviously very unhealthy! I have two little girls that need me, and after working between 2 jobs I hardly have the energy for them, forget working out! I have to be a good example for them and getting fit and healthy is so important!I must reach my goal this time, after continuous good intentions and failures. I am going to feel better, look better, be a better person & mom. I will see you in Hawaii!
Tom,This is a big year for me. I finally graduated with my bachelors at the age of 47. I’m beginning a new chapter in my life and there are multiple items that need to be fixed. Some are typical as in better job, grad school, nicer house, debt free but the ones that are critical to me are losing the fat and getting ripped. I have played with weights for a long time but I am going to change my physical life as well as my intellectual life. I am going to be below 10% body fat and I am going to be in the best shape that I have ever been in. I am going to be back to benching 300 pds and I am going to Maui with the best transformation that you have ever seen. This contest couldn’t have come at a better time for me.
Hi Tom, getting into the best shape of my life in the next 98 days is important to me because I have been yo-yo dieting so long that I am a skinny fat person. I am tired of looking and feeling awful. I am ready to change and this is the extra motivation I need.
I have been planning on making a lot of changes in my life. I haven’t enjoyed my work for a while now, I was injured in soccer and out for almost two months of which I slacked and didn’t keep my eating habits or fitness level in check and I am running into money issues because I have been in and out of sales jobs. I am tired of hearing everyone tell me “but you have so much potential” because the only words I hear from that are “you failed”. I want to take back my life and live it the way I want: rehab my ankle to full strength an get myself back up to par with where I know my health, and physical skill level can be at soccer and get rid of my procrastination and distraction behaviours that have put my potential on hold in way too many aspects of my life. This contest is the motivation and accountability I need as not only a transformation of body but of my mind and menality as well.
Over the course of the past 2 years I have slowly and carefully lost 20 pounds of scale weight, while decreasing my body fat percentage by 50%, yes 50%. I ran my first half marathon this spring and I have finally discovered that I am key to my success and I want to ramp up my journey at this time. My head and heart are in the right place. I have perservered when absolutely no progress would show itself. My metabolism was nearly non-existent. I NEVER gave up and I won’t give up now. I am excited to start the summer challenge and promise you I will make drastic and final changes in this 98 days. A trip to Maui would be the icing on the not allowed cake. :) A reward for 2 years of hard and determined work. I cannot wait to begin this challenge. 98 days baby!
hi…i have a sweet tooth and no matter how much i try i am unable to give up the habit of drowning myself in sweets…..it was ok before i got pregnant and gained 10 kilos extra……now everytime i look at myself in the mirror, its like i am searching for the old me…..and i desperatly want to be the old me…..who looked better. i also want to enjoy the nice sexy clothing available in the market. so dear tom i hope that by participating in this challenge i will finally be able to achieve my dream……thanks for finding me!!!!!
It’s not so much the loosing weight but the getting rid of weight. When we loose something, we tend to go looking for it. And I know I’m finally at the right place where I can do this to get healthier and to be a proper weight. It’s past time for me to quit hiding behind food.This is a must because I’m tired of falling back on old habits and hiding behind my weight. It’s my time to shine.
I know I want to be in better shape by the end of the summer because at 47 years old, there will be no better time to rekindle my dream of completing 100 miles of Marathon running by the time I’m 50.My transformation now is a MUST because time is running out for me to get back in shape so I can get back in uniform before I’m too old by military standards to do so. Following my tour of duty in 2004, a medical operatioin to repair injuries and slow recovery time created a cycle of painful joints due to weight gain, and even more painful joints when exercising to lose weight.I no longer have the cartilage to lose fat the way I did when I ran 2 Marathons in a 6 year period. I need to train smarter, not harder.A copy of Burn The Fat, Feed the Muscle and being a member of the Inner Circle would provide the knowledge to win this battle and regain my health without re-injuring myself.
After reading BFFM I have realized that my thinking about my body is going to change! I am going to think more about burning fat and stop focusing on my weight. I have started lift weights and I can feel my body changing. I love it! Thank you. I am so excited about this challenge. I am ready!!!
I have a long way to go, so won’t be in the best shape ever in 98 days, but I will be in much better shape. A good platform to continue my journey back to overall health and fitness. The reasons why I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer is because I want to stop my dependence on my prescriptions (with dr. supervision of course). I used to be a competitive swimmer and miss working with my body instead of feeling like I’m in a constant battle! I know that if I take care of my body, my body will take care of me. Also, I have recently found my passion and calling as an artist and to be the best artist I can be, the best committee member, and community member, I have to be the best that I can be and lugging around 100 extra pounds isn’t working for me anymore, as stated above, the pain of staying the same now far outweighs (no pun intended), the pain of changing.Transforming my body now, in the next 98 days, is an absolute must for me because I want to live my life to fullest, starting now – not tomorrow, not “Monday,” not when this or that is aligned and the moon is blue. I know that working out and eating healthy energizes me, and this is the perfect way to get into a new momentum to carry me forward for the next 98 days and for the rest of my life.In with a new way of living, out with the old!!In health,Kirsten
Where should I begin? I have so many MUSTS. I must become more fit in order to enjoy the time I spend with my grandchildren. I spend too much of my day sitting in my chair or taking naps.I am very overweight inspite of having had bariatric surgery. I only lost 67 lbs and plataeued and no matter what I did i just couldn’t get past it.I must become more fit in order to help with my diabetes, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, and depression. I know I must lose weight and gain strength for my health and for myself.I am almost 61 years old and I definately don’t want to spend the last part of my life in this unGodly condition.I have been looking for a way to stay motivated and I do not get that encouragement at home. I thought that staying in touch with other people taking this challenge will help keep me motivated. I MUST do this for myself and my health so I hope and pray I get LOTS of encouragement from the BFFM family to keep me motivated and I can become a more fit and happy grandmother.The best of luck to everyone and let’s get fit together.
I’m 66. I’m the sole bread winner for my wife and my Special Needs Granddaughter. She’s 5. What will she do if I die prematurely because I haven’t taken care of myself?What will my wife of 65 do? She can no longer carry our Granddaughter safely.I’m a paramedic responding to 911 emergencies. What will I do if I cannot carry a patient out of a burning vehicle? What happens to my patients when I cannot pick them up? What will happen to my partner when I cannot carry my end?When am I going to stop doing what I’ve always done, what has brought me to the point where I’m 30% body fat, legs too weak climb stairs, too winded to run, arms too weak to carry a stretcher with a 250 pound heart attack victim? When?NOW!Now is the time I will change my life in order to care for my wife, for my granddaughter, for my patients! I will use the Burn the Fat Challenge and the next 98 days to reshape my physical and mental health, my spiritual health, to a healthy lifestyle. I will learn how to incorporate the 5 elements, the 5 pillars of health into my daily living, and I will do so!And my body change will be the visible embodiment of my life change. My new body will be the mirror of my new, healthier approach to daily living, eating, working, exercising, and playing.This is what the Burn the Fat Challenge will mean to me, will be for me. I have 98 days to reach my measurable goal: I will move from 30% body fat to below 20%, without losing a single pound of lean body mass.
Today I went to the gym and got my body composition for the upcoming Burn The Fat Summer Challenge. I admit that it wasn’t the until today that I was fully ready to change. I’m ready for a transformation. I saw me for real and I have accepted the hard work and dedication that it is going to take to conquer this, once and for all!Like others, my weight loss journey didn’t beginning this day, week, month, or even year. And this definitely isn’t the first plan that I have attempted to execute in my efforts towards the fit and healthy lifestyle I have pursued. It’s been almost an eight year struggle and I am ready to be rid of this baggage I carry. I’m not just talking physically, but emotionally and spiritually as well.I have been at my gym now since November of 2008. And as a new member, on 12/30/2008 (just two days shy of New Years), I received a fitness assessment that included everything from height, weight, and flexibility, to strength and cardiovascular endurance. It even included a skin fold test for body fat percentage.On New Years 2009 (like every year since 2002) I declared “This year I’m going to be different. I’m going to lose the weight.blah-blah”. I would set my Resolution “to end my weight loss battle this year” and like every year, I was no better.Cheap Talk. That’s all it proved to be. There was a desire, but my reasoning was so shallow. I never pressed forward and continually did something to change.Today I repeated the fitness assessment (mind you this was the same test as I mentioned earlier) and I recognized something…Since 12/30/2008 my weight has gone up five pounds and my body fat percentage has gone up .02%.Quickly after reviewing my results, I had already justified in my mind that these numbers weren’t “too bad” and I even cheerfully chatted with my husband about how “At least I am not ridiculously heavier than I was in ’08”Then my husband, God Bless him, honestly pointed out “Babe, it would be one thing if you had just stayed the same since then, but you haven’t stayed the same since ’08. Your weight has gone up and down and up and down and up and down….Can’t you see that?”Whoa! My happy-little-It’s-not-that-bad bubble burst and I saw myself for what I really was.A woman with the desire to change her lifestyle who was willing to try every cheap trick on the planet but never actually follow through with the healthy eating and consistent exercise regime that was necessary to accomplish my goals.This challenge couldn’t have come at a better time! There’s a spark of truth that’s ignited a fire inside me! A passion that is stronger than the lack of commitment I have showed in the past.I see! I get it! I am in! I am commited! 100%Finally!
Hummm, I have been sitting here reading the other blog entries and thinking about ‘why I must’. I ‘must’ because my daughter needs to learn that being careful about what goes in your body and how wonderful it is to move a fit body and make it strong, are very good things.My son needs to see what it takes to be strong and fit and enjoy the process.My husband just lost 15 lbs and looks great and needs to make it a permanent change.I need to find the real me in here…..the 143lb, very fit, very strong me. So much to do in this life, I want to be strong and fit and look great. By doing this I can encourage them to find more pleasure in bodies, and that will serve them. I just recently figured out that pleasure is not a dirty word… Life has so many more possibilities.Tom, thanks for all the positive energy you add to the world.
Ill be short and to the point here, i did a contest like this 8 years ago..should have won but it went to the guy who looked better ad not to the guy (me) who had the greatest transformation…anyways, i hate losing and since then, ive had major back problems, got marries, started 2 online businesses so ive let myself go and well over 30 lbs heaver than i used to be and just fed up with it.
Why must I?If not now, when? I will do it now because I have plenty of fat to lose. When I am done, I will be able to wear the cute size 6 clothes in my closet and chase my kids around outside after the hot summer is over.I do not want my children to lose their Momma when they are in their 20s or 30s. I want to live life more fully and losing this fat is the best place to start.I must because I am 40 and do not want to spend another decade schlepping around an extra 25 pounds of fat on my body.I must because I must. Thanks, Tom. You’re terrific.
I want to radiate positive energy, to those around me and to those I Love. If I get rid of the negative weight (fat) the positive (muscle) will shine through. Not only visually, but in a positive way it will affect me and all those around me.I want to do it now because negativity fills the world around us and the lives in which we live. Lets get rid of it now, and help those around us by example. Be the Ball!!
For over 20 years now I have continually said that I should get fit, I should lose 30 pounds, I should be more active but here I am still thinking and saying those same things. With this challenge I have decided that I must get fit and I must lose 30 pounds before the end of summer if for no other reason than I am turning 40. I really want to go through my next 40 fit and firm. I want to not worry if I have to put a bathing suit on or if I have any clothes that still fit me. I have added this challenge to my “bucket list” (things to do to make my life complete before I die). I have no excuses now. I must complete this challenge to be able to say I did it and I did it before I turned 40. Thanks for the motivation to change my life
Transforming my body is important to me because although I am fit and healthy I want to look fit and healthy. After having 2 children in the last 3 years I want to get my body looking awesome. I train hard but need more help in the nutrition department. I know what I need to do I just need a plan to follow to help me and more motivation!
SIMPLY A MATTER OF LIFE AND DEATHSadly, for many of those attempting to lose weight, each new diet program turns out to be the same ride on the same merry-go-round, just a different horse on the same carousel…I know, for I have been atop the lead pony on that ride for most of my adult life. And just like any carousel, after going in circles, I return back to where I started – the same weight (if not more)!This time it IS different. I was recently diagnosed with a brain aneurysm – the probable cause being high blood pressure due to being overweight and out of shape.All the medical professionals agree on one thing: If I want to increase my chances for staying upon the planet, I must lose weight/body fat and become more fit.That is why this 98-day challenge is a MUST – my life literally depends on it.
I have recently gotten involved in a new lifestyle and my current overweight, over-fat body just does not fit. I can’t be competitive in these endurance sports in my current body and I must be competitive. My friends are lean, fit and healthy, and I no longer want to be the fat one. I need to lose this extra fat NOW very specifically because I am planning on riding a cycling century at high altititude at the end of August and it would be borderline impossible in my current body. Secondly, I’m planning on competiting in my first Olympic length triathlon in early September and again, I need to be more fit in order to be competitive.
When I read The Body Fat Solution I made a list of reasons why I felt I needed to regain control of my body. In the end it is because all my young adult life I have been limited by injuries that were caused by my weight or my lack of strength. I feel that in order to achieve my life goals I must be fit and healthy. Health should not be an obstacle, because it is within my control. In the past three months I’ve learned something else, that I need to accept this challenge and succeed because I want to help others accept it as well. I want to show others that fitness is within their grasp.
I can get older and frailer, sicker, and let the diseases creep up and choke the joy out of my life. Let the food flavors dictate the direction of my health. Become a slug where I can then let depression finish off the last spark of light and care.Except I do have a choice.I need my body with strong responsive muscles, my brain synapses active and my thought processes working rapidly and clear, ready at the slightest impulse. I need a body that works at it’s fullest potential here and now to fulfill my dreams of climbing a real, over 10,000 foot mountain, to traverse ice and snow tirelessly, to see what only the strong and truly fit are able to reach and view witihn this planet”s beautiful wilderness. A body that gives me the surge of power when I need it. Even if it’s just to carry a rose bush to it’s new home or a baby fruit tree to it’s place in the sun in the garden.I need a body that will allow me to do all this and more and I will have it. Because this is the only body I got! Sweat is beautiful! Feeling blood coursing through my veins and warming me up as my physical self goes into second and third gear is a blast to my psyche as well as my body. I have seen a glimmer of the potential with the lil’ bit of effort I’ve put in and I want more. I have a lifetime of work ahead of me, but each mile stone is a treasure of inspiration and drive. I may have a limit, but I haven’t reached it yet, and by the end of 98 days I want to see what that milestone is!Esmeralda
I’m 39 and have hypertension, high cholesterol, and type 2 diabetes. I’m on too many meds! I’m a nursing student and I must practice what I plan to preach to my future patients! I must live a healthier life and get off these meds! Tired of swallowing so many pills every day. I’m not living my life to the fullest due to lack of energy and just being sick & tired. I must make the necessary changes to full LIVE this wonderful LIFE I’ve been blessed with!
Last year I was way overweight and 41 yrs old. I watched my food and hit the gym hard. I lost a good 10kg, about 12cm of the belly and put on some muscle.Then I stopped when I was unemployed for about three months so I’m still overweight. I’ve still been exercising so there is a good foundation there. But it is covered by a fair bit of fat still.I’ve started a new job so that part of my life is sorted. And I’ve started running 2-3 days a week during lunch as well as going to the gym in the mornings. So I have the exercise discipline but not the eating part down yet. And that is what I intend to conquer.The other thing is that with running, it is harder on the knees when I carry a few extra kilos. And the bloke I run with is much fitter than me. To his credit he is happy to go at my pace but he was someone who was quite overweight and has lost a lot of weight. So one day I want to be able to push him running. I hate it when he gets cheeky and starts running backwards as I struggle up a hill.And above all, be healthy for my little girl and beautiful wife.
I did not choose this summer to lose the most weight. I did not choose this summer to “try” and do better. I chose this summer because a few weeks ago I purchased Tom’s ebook and realized I deserve better. I deserve to go after the one dream I have had ever since I started my weight loss journey.I want to enter or at least look I could enter a figure competition.Now, I have been 200 + pounds twice now. Once on my own, and once when I was pregnant with my 1st. Luckily with my 2nd I only gained 25 lbs. However, that means I know how to lose weight. I have done it 3 times now. What I did not know how to do was lose fat, gain muscle, eat 5 times a day, exercise for fitness, not as a means to an end to eat what I want, calculate my nutrient needs, set goals and affirmations, and most of all I didn’t know how to dream big.I used to dream. I used to do daily affirmations, gratitude journals, dream boards. But that was before kids. Somewhere in the last 5 years I forgot about me and started worrying about my kids.Now, I know how important it is to give yourself that hour a day to exercise. I know it because I am a personal trainer, group exercise instructor and mom. But what I forgot was that it is ok to want more than just an ok body. A body that shows that I work out, but that is it.I have dreamt about a figure competition body since I lost my 1st 50lbs. The reason I haven’t accomplished it is, the all to familiar “content body syndrome.” I figured “if this is the worst I ever look, I am okay with that.”My husband likes my curves, I am not fat, I get complimented all the time, so I convinced myself that I was okay. Guess what? In my head I never stop setting goals for myself. I never stopped wanting to be leaner, fitter, or more toned.I started doing what most people do even though they know better, they go for the quick fix. I did HCg, South Beach, Insanity, you name it I did it. Then one night while searching for my next diet I found Tom. I am so grateful as I almost bought another ebook instead.His common sense approach was refreshing and reminded me of what I already knew. There are NO quick fixes. You just have to do the work and eat the right way, at the right times, and in the right amount. All while exercising. How simple or “boring” as Tom’s critics put it.I love it, and I am about to test it.Starting May 24th all while I go on vacation mind you, I am going to do what Tom says. I figured out my numbers, I got my body fat calipers, I hired a personal trainer for the next 5 weeks to help push me where I have trouble pushing myself (the lifting weights area) and I am going to do it.Not because of the trip (although that is a wonderful incentive) but because I can’t expect anyone else to get me where I want to be, and accomplish all the goals I have for myself now but me.I am posting my journey on my blog and hope I get some support from family and friends who read it, but most of all I hope to inspire those who read it.Thanks Tom, for being “boring” It is just what I needed.
I have been reading through these postings and it is great to see that I am not alone! A great many of them could be my entry…for me, this is a MUST DO because I have let failure become a habit and I am sick to death of it…it shocks me to realize that I let this happen…but I guess that just tells me how checked out i have been…I’m …well, I am ashamed of that lazy attitude….because it is just so unacceptable. I am going to do things differently. Where as before i would never have posted to this blog..I am making myself do it..and about that photo in a swimsuit…OMG, can I tell you I would rather pull all my teeth with a pliers and no novocaine .and then light my hair on fire? But this is about pushing boundaries…getting out of that comfort zone. And I am a firm believer that in life..courage is rewarded. So I will be seeing you inside the circle..and Tom…thank you for being so generous. Really. I can see you live in the truth and your contributions are great and many. Thank you for digging deep and being willing to answer the same question several thousand times ..maybe tens of thousands..I realize this isn’t something you have to do…its your truth..its your passion and I, for one, am grateful…so thanks..and I seriously hope I don’t let you down.
This is it. I have been passive reading everyone elses success stories and motivation goals. Now it’s my turn. At the end of the contest I will have the shape I had before having my 5 kids.
I have chosen to take this challenge this summer because I’m so done with procrastinating and putting off working towards my personal best body. I have been the type of person in the past that will only give about 75% and never finish what I start. I need to follow through and do what I’ve set out to do!! I’ve also never been the type of person who could say “I want my 20 year old body back”. I wasn’t in shape or healthy during the majority of my twenties and now that I’m in my thirties I’m taking better care of myself. I want to be proud of who and what I am. I want to know what I’m really made of. I want to set an example for my friends, family and clients. Most importantly I want other people to know that they can too!!
To transform my body, which first starts in my mind, is more than a “must” – for me it’s CRUCIAL!Stress has created havoc in my life and it’s timely departure is imminent or….unthinkable.- So to deal with stress exercise is a vital part of the plan; MY PLAN!!!For me commitment is my biggest issue. To achieve the ELITE level of both fitness and body composition that I expect, commitment will be the critical element.
I am approaching retirement. I should get my blood pressure down to Normal . I should also get my sugar level down to 5.1.I also have to loose the last 10 pounds. I have not been able to loose these after I lost 20 pounds 2 years ago.The best way to do this and feel good about myself is thru diet, exercise and self discipline and setting a MUST target for my self. I have alresdy started exercising again using “The Body Fat Solution” as my guide and am feeling much better and motivated. I am now confident that if I commit I should be able to loose my last 10 pounds and be more active. The motivation I get from your emails helps a lot. Thanks.
I live on the Big Island of Hawaii where swim suits and shorts are the standard dress code – all year long!!! Although I’m an active 54 year old mother of two and grandmother of two I want to have AND maintain that tight/toned body that everyone envisions. I have been watching those pounds creep up as the years go by and am determined to make a permanent change in my lifestyle. I WILL have that body I have always dreamed about and your Burn The Fat challenge will be the key to that transformation!!!
I HATE my 12 week post baby body with a passion. I am an unhappy mother, wife, daughter and friend.I MUST transform my body:- to feel good in my own skin again and like what I see in the mirror;- to feel healthy and energetic, not sluggish and unmotivated;- to fit into a full wardrobe of pre-baby clothes;- to set a good example of healthy living for my daughter;and to love myself so that I can love others in return.
I have had the privilage of taking care of several chronically ill family members… actually about 14 years now, that’s what I have done. The daughter went through massive amounts of surgeries thanks to a drunk driver, dad had alzheimer’s, mom is diabetic with all of the stuff that goes along with it like her eyes and kidney…. A dear friend has just had cancer removed and living at the house for now (but doing very well). Well… to make a long story shorter…everyone is at a well point (as well as it gets for a while anyway, right…lol) and I have recently decided that NOW is the time for me! There are several reasons…like if I don’t take care of me, who takes care of them then… but the truth… I want to look hot when I play outside with my grandson! :-)
I was a college athlete with 17% body fat, lean and muscular and could eat anything I wanted and remain a constant 155 pounds (at 6’1″)~~~~Time progresses forward~~~~ Desk job for 20 years, three kids, ex husband from hell, dad dying at age 54….and the list goes on and on and on….and I used all these stressors for an excuse to use food as a coping mechanism without the benefit of exercise to help offset. I have put myself in a vicious circle….I had my right ankle reconstructed, 4 right knee surgeries, three shoulder surgeries , left foot surger and a bazillion cortisone shots (all from basketball)…I have arthritis all over and I am only 43. I have created this avoidance of pain lifestyle that is causing nothing but that….I need to go through a little pain to get out of some pain. I picked up Burn the Fat book and shortly after starting to read there was a line that said “I am responsible” and it was so true that I laid in bed thinking about it all night. I have had so many issues, instances, problems, concerns etc etc to blame my binging on that I finally needed to own up to it and look in the mirror.I have always taken care of others first and I worry about things that are beyond my control (for example…the other day I was irritated for hours because I saw a teenager yelling and honking at an old lady for driving too slow) I am an emotional sponge and need to grow some thick skin…..I really want to do this 98 day challenge for me. I need to get “myself” back, stop beating myself up for ruining my body as an young athlete andas my sister put it…. I need to resign from being the Manager of the Universe. I need this challenge. I am 65 pounds beyond my college weight. I am in constant pain and feel buried alive.
All my life I have been on diets but did not maintain the results . Therefore transforming my body this summer is a must because I believe and want to prove to myself that it is possible with Tom’s Method and couching to loose fat, weight, improve health, body shape, and maintain all of them in an optimized level aiming at a healthier quality of life for the years ahead. I am ready to change habits. It is a big challenge to reduce 39% of body fat and maintain it on a healthy level! I will try hard to succeed.
I just graduated from college and am moving into the career world for the first time. I’ve got nothing but time to devote myself to the lifestyle that I already live by (although I have been cheating a little more than usual as of recent). A bunch of great prizes is enough motivation to put me back into that mode of absolute determination and willpower, to succeed at creating a self that I can be happy with as well as achieving the goals I set for the next 3 months.Watch me win this thing.
Your books are amazing. I have read “the body fat solution” and “Burn the fat feed the muscle” and most of the reports on nutrition and fat loss. The only thing I miss for now is a membership in the Inner Circle and I hope that with this comment everything could happen.
Tom. This July I will turn 47. I have lifted weights for over 30 years. When I started out I was that “98” pound weakling everyone reads about. No one believed I could add size to my frame. My dad took me aside one day and I will never forget his words, “You are just going to have to accept being skinny. It is not going to be possible for you to get muscular”. I went to my room and felt sorry for myself. Then I got mad. Maybe he was right. Maybe I couldn’t get any bigger, but I was damn sure going to try. I figured I would at least try to get stronger, maybe some size would follow. Two years went by. My strength did increase, but my ribs still showed through. Then one day at the high school pool, one of the other guys asked me if I had been working out? “Yes I have. Why? I asked”. He said “because you didn’t look like that last year”. WOO HOO!!!! Some one noticed. If one person noticed, I must have made progress. That was all I needed. Since then I have achieved all the goals I have set. That is, all but one. In my quest for strength and size, my once washboard resembles a wash tub. When my wife suggests going to the beach, I cringe. When I start reducing my weight I feel like I am becoming that skinny kid again. I always put the weight back on. Then when I read your book and saw your challenge I knew it was for me. I didn’t really have to lose weight. Not really. I could transform my body, reacquaint myself with stomach muscles from long ago, and lose body fat. The scale would not be the major player in this game, body fat and the mirror. I can do this. I will do this. My best wishes to everyone during this transformation. See you all in 98 days. My wife took me to Hawaii 3 years ago when she went on a business trip. It was absolutely beautiful there. I told her then that the next time we went, I would be taking her. This is my chance. She deserves a better me. I deserve a better me. Dad, what do you say? Double or nothing?
THIS SUMMER I WANT TO TELL MYSELF AND THE WHOLE WORLD THAT NO MATTER WHATEVER WORK WE DO , NO MATTER HOW MUCH BUSY WE ARE , NO MATTER HOW MUCH STRESSFULL LIFE WE LIVE IN !NOW THE TIME HAS COME TO STOP LIVING THE LIFE BY LOOKING AT THE WATCH INSTEAD START ENJOYING SINGLE MOVEMENT OF YOUR LIFE BY TRANSFORMING NOT EVEN YOUR BODY SHAPE BUT PROVIDING OXYGEN TO EVERY CELL AND TISSUE OF YOUR BODY AND THIS WILL TRANSFORM YOUR THINKING HOW YOU LOOK AT THE WORLD AROUND YOU ? BELEIVE ME.TOM HELP EVERYBODY ! THANKS.
Today, at about 7% body fat, I´m very satisfied with my body. I believe that I deserve to feel absolutely, 100%, extraordinary thrilled when seeing myself in the mirror – and thats why I got to get really, really ripped.It´s part of my purpose to be a role modell for fitness!Keep up the goodwork!I appreciate You / Claes
Transforming my body this summer is important to me because I don’t feel whole when I neglect my body. I must focus on my physical strength and fitness because my state of fitness affects all other aspects of my life. I must transform my body this summer in order that I am in the best shape that I can possibly be in at forty two years old. 100 days from now I am going to be ripped, shredded, cut and strong. I am going to take my final pictures and measurements and yell with pride, “I did it man, I did it! Yaaaaaa”
The reason I MUST be in better shape is I am going to finally finish something I start in the allotted amount of time…. I am one of those procrastinators who in the end is a last minute wonder…… I usually do get it done – but never in the time frame or style I need to. Not the best example for my 3 girls. I am going to change this by committing my mine, body and soul over to this summer burn!!! When I am done not only will I have a new body but I will also have a new mind set for setting goals and being accountable. I am 40 and it’s time for a new me – I want this and I can see the light at the end of my tunnel… This is a MUST because I want change, I need change and I am going to do it… so there – It’s out their for the world to see…. See you in 99 Days as a WINNER!
I must change because this is something I promised myself for years, and I’m tired of breaking my promises to myself. I must change to enjoy my life more and bring out the true me and do the things I want to and love doing. I must do this because life is mine to live…
Transforming my body NOW in the upcoming 98 days is an absolute MUST for me because I want to start living again. Self-hatred, an unhealthy diet regimen and thinking that I wasn’t able to achieve my dreams have led me to the body and lifestyle I have today. Now I want to change both – body and lifestyle – and live the life I was born to live: I no longer want to feel like the victim in this game called life – I want to become the master of my own game!
In the past 6 months I’ve been working on learning healthy habits that will help me lead a long and healthy life. In my head I know that these habits will help me break my cycle of unhealthy eating and dieting and lackluster exercise. I want to be in better shape by the end of the summer to show myself that I can achieve my goals and be in the best shape of my life. Transforming my body needs to happen now because I’m ready for the change and don’t want any obstacle to be more important than me living my healthiest life ever.
Hi Tom,I need to transform my body now as I am running out of time. I am middle aged and always feeling tired, looking after everyone except for myself. Its time for me! Tom, with you as my mentor I know I can succeed and get my health and my life back. Good luck to everyone!!!
I had dieted and lost weight before, and have been fairly active most of my adult life, but never knew that building muscle was the way to KEEP IT OFF until I encountered the Burn the Fat data. I have been inspired to start on a fitness certification program to learn more. I hope to be able to work with folks that are NOT SO MOBILE to ease them into a more active way of life. As a (hopeful) teacher – I need to better model what can be accomplished, and prove it to myself!
A body transformation is a MUST for everyone, not just because they want to look nice or something. Having a great body can boost my confidence and self-esteem, give me a healthier body and prepare me for any physical activity. A body transformation can also gives me an edge in all aspects of my life as a fitter body means a fitter mind. I will be able to experience mental clarity, feeling energized all day long and live a happy life. In short, anyone one who doesn’t think they MUST transform their body will never be able to improve their lives.
Why MUST I do this?If I have a choice between junk food (mainly sweets) and food, I choose junk! I have done this since I can remember. If I carry on this way, I will become diabetic – my main fear. I HAVE to change NOW, before it is to late.Why is it important to me?1) To prove to myself that I CAN do it!2) To FEEL GOOD about my body!3) To prove to others that getting fat is NOT something one must get used to as you get older because it “happens to everyone”!!! (I am 43).4) A big one for me – to be cellulite free for the first time since…. uhh… I forget.5) To find a healthy eating/exercise lifestyle that I can LIVE WITH for the rest of my life.I am going to enter the challenge and I WILL succeed!
“It is not the mountain we overcome, but ourselves” (Sir Edmund Hilary). [I LOOOOVE this quote!!! – found on the wallpaper section of the IC]For far too long I have restricted myself because of limiting beliefs. I have often had fitness goals in mind, but never reached it because I lacked 1. faith in myself and 2. had a faltering and somewhat depleted support system.I KNOW this challenge will be differnet, because, for the first time I am surrounded by a supportive community, by people spurring me on, giving their encouragment, celebrating the small victories along the way and hopefully edging me on when times are tougher.For the first time, I have also set clearly defined goals (as per Tom’s CH1 in BFFM book). I have gone the nerdy root and printed&laminated goal cards, copies of which I keep in my car, wallet, office etc – so that I can’t miss it.I will complete this challenge successfully because each week will be planned in advance and reinstate my goals visually on a daily basis. I believe in the power of visualisation and affirmation. I will be running a 21day V&A (visulisation&affirmation) test on myself to see whether this can, ultimately, change my behaviour and thinking.I believe that by behaving and thinking like a winner, the actions will follow suit naturally. And then ofcourse, it just comes down to HARD work (which I am ready for – bring it baby!).This challenge is the first one I will be entering in my life (very excited to see what I can achieve). It is going to be an awesome transformation, not only physically, but even more importantly – psychologically.I know that by tapping into the poewer of the mind and in succeeding in this challenge (goal:to reach by personal best), I will be able to achieve so much more with my life. I am tired of making excuses for living a mediocre life, of not having the courage to pursue my dreams. This challenge, will be the first step.Here I go…:-)
YESTERDAY I CRIED BECAUSE I LOOKED RIDICULOUS IN MY SWIMSUIT AND I HAD PROMISED TO TAKE MY SONS TO THE WATERPARK. ITS NOT THE FIRST TIME AND UNLESS I CHANGE SOMETHING IT WONT BE THE LAST. MY BOYS ARE A PICTURE OF HEALTH AND ARE VERY PROUD OF THEIR MUSCLES AND LIKE TO PLAY SPORTS. THIS SUMMER THEY WILL MEET SOME OF MY FAMILY FOR THE FIRST TIME AND I KNOW THE HOLIDAY WILL BE AN ADVENTURE PACKED ONE. I AM TERRIFIED AS I KNOW THAT I HAVE NO ENERGY AND NO STRENGTH. I AM OBESE (164CM/227LBS) AND I KNOW THAT I MUST TAKE CHARGE OF MY LIFE NOW. I DON’T CARE TO BE SKINNY, BUT I NEED TO BE STRONG. I NEED SOME GUIDANCE AS HOW TO GET STRONG AS ALL I KNOW IS HOW TO LOSE WEIGHT THROUGH DIET AND CARDIO. HOW DO I GET STRONG? I MUST FIND SOME HELP TO FIGURE OUT WHAT TO DO. I MUST MAKE MY BOYS PROUD OF THEIR MUM BEFORE I MAKE THEM GRIEVE FOR HER.
I MUST be in the best shape of my life this summer because……..it is the best way I know for me to motivate, inspire, support, uplift and encourage as many people as I can, to help them ‘know’ that their own radically increased levels of health and fitness, will inspire others within their circle of influence to do the same.If WE are REALLY going to take responsibility for our own state of HEALTH and FITNESS, then we need to ” pay it forward ” as much as we can, by starting to redress the massive imbalance between those who are obese and those who are starving.We can do that simply by BEING the person we want to be this summer.In the inimitable, thought provoking, words of St Francis of Assisi: ” I spread the gospel wherever I go…and sometimes I use a few words.”
I am ready to tweak my body to its top potential because I am the closest I’ve ever been. It seems surprising, as I’ve always been fit, because I’ve been the busiest of my life – with two children (1 and 3 years old), career, etc… but I think because of my desire to make it happen I WILL. I’m goal oriented and I am looking forward to this!
I am a 41 year old male and will be 42 on May 23rd. I have a bulging disk, arthritis and a deformed facet all in the same place in my lower back. I have 2 bad knees and a bad shoulder. I have allowed myself to use these as excuses to not take care of myself when it comes to my weight. You would think these issues would make me want to get in shape but they didn’t. For the last 6 months it has really been bothering me that I have been so overweight and have been struggling for motivation. When I saw that this contest started the day after by birthday it just hit me so hard that this needs to be my wake up call. To win the contest would be cool but quite honestly I will be more than satisfied to just get myself heading down a more healthier path to make sure I will be around longer for my wife and kids.
This competition coincides with a stressful change in jobs and countries – i am doing a full circle and finally heading back to my hometown. Somewhere near the end of the challenge i will be on the plane heading home.What better way to start a new life than with a new body! Healthier, fitter and more energy – all MUSTS before i get off the plane. By shredding this excess BF i will have the energy which will be needed for the move, for my new career and most importantly for my family.
Would eliminating joint and skeletal pain, looking healthier and feeling physically and psychologically better about myself be a worthy reason to step up to the plate, and challenge myself, to begin the journey of getting back into shape over the next 98 days?Or should I just continue the charade of looking somewhat in shape with an appearance of someone in their mid 40 to early 50’s, but in reality is soon to be 62 with unwanted poundage that rivals my age, but somehow mysteriously hides itself from everyday observers. But unfortunately not from my skeletal system that aches with pain from the burden of unwanted weight and years of physical neglect; especially in my knee joints that have now personally met the surgeons knife on three separate occasions.Well, the choice is obvious to me, so here I am putting it all out on the line, fat and all, because this former national gymnastics champion, physical education & health major is humbly admitting he scrwed up a good thing, by allowing himself to be overtaken by a negative mindset over life’s setbacks… But no longer, because this fella is gonna kick his butt into gear (with the help of his challenge team mates) and regain the meat (muscle) that the fat has shamefully taken over under squatters rights… It’s NOW time to get rid of the fat squatters..!!
I am 38 and have been yo-yo diteting since I can remember, I bought bffm back in 2008 and lost 20lbs and was in pretty good shape, then some things happened in my personnal life, nothing dramatic now i look back and think about it but I just fell off the wagon. Early last year I tried again and was going great guns until I discovered I had a DVT in my left leg and was told by my doctor to cut down on my excercise, well I took his words too literally and stopped training and being off work for 3 months was pretty boring so started eating junk and picking food constantly. I having been telling myself for the last 6 months how sick I am of being out of shape and overweight but I have never bothered to do anything about it so when I got Tom’s email telling me about the Summer Challenge it was just the thing I needed to get my ass in to gear. I joined the Inner Circle because I dont want to fail this time and with all the support and information available on the site I know I can do it this time and not just for a short time but forever, its about changing my lifestyle and mindset and I really cant wait for the challenge to start.Thanks Tom
Can’t wait for it to start. I have lost 16kg and need that final push to lose the last bit of fat and feel fit and healthy!
As a mum of 3 who learnt to drive last year i have put on alot of wieght as im no longer rushing to the bus stop in order to get to school. Im not impressed with myself and always cover up and now im sick of being covered up and wanna be able to wear my pre driving clothes without feeling the squezze,
Transforming my body is really a great challenge this summer if this journey is a success then ill certainly get benefited by this……it improves our confidence and boosts our self esteem………..i m gonna do it…yes i will
A body Transformation is important to me because I am in college and next school year is “do or die” for my career plans. I want to be a US Air Force Officer so, I’m enrolled in the ROTC program and my physical fitness performance next semester will either wash me out or allow me to continue in the program. I must have a low (15-20%) body fat and I must score well (80+ out of 100) on the fitness test. If I get RIPPED in the process, that’s just a fringe benefit! I must …
I keep yo yoing….I feel like a complete loser….everytime I think I have it……I sabotage myself again……this is my final attempt…after this…..I will give up and let nature take it’s course come what may…… Im 53 and its time I took my life into hand…….but my body seems to have other ideas..wish me well….
I will be moving back to the U.S. from Russia just as this contest begins. This summer represents a major life transformation for me – physically, mentally, spiritually, and professionally. I MUST transform my body and mind this summer because I know that it is a major part of this total life transformation “bridge” that I need to cross.This summer I will be homeless and jobless because my government job is a term-limited position that ends on June 5. I will not necessarily be looking for a job in the same line of work or in Washington, DC (where I lived for 13 yrs before Russia). Basically, my life is a blank palette at this point and i get to design the life I want to lead and it MUST be a healthy one.I had my Turkish coffee grounds “read” a few weeks ago (like a fortune teller) when I was in Istanbul and the lady said that there would be a man “involved” in my life that would help me and support me as I go through all of the changes ahead. She said this man has a “T” in his name. No Mr. T came to mind until now. Tom Venutto perhaps? That’s 3 Ts!This contest will coincide with my re-entry into the good ol’ USA and all of the social and family life that I have so dearly missed. I will be looking for a job, but i have given myself permission to “take the summer off” for travel and he pursuit of happiness. And to me, that means having the body and lifestyle that I have always wanted. I’ve been ripped (before 2 back surgeries took their toll on me), but I will be taking it to a new level this time. I have always wanted to live in a very outdoorsy community like Denver or Oregon. This is my chance seize the opportunity to really change my life – all aspects of it!I MUST use the next 14 weeks to create a better body and a mindset that will help me achieve anything I put my mind to.
I need to get into shape because I KNOW that being fit and healthy is the type of person I want to be. I look at really fit people and think ‘that is the type of person I want to be!’ I feel like a hypocrite because I want to be in the health and fitness industry (the sport side) but my weight and body are so embarrassing, i have been trying to lose weight for years, and I have put in SO much hard work, yet i have nothing to show for it. Instead of lowering my weight, after a couple of years of Personal Trainers, lots of gym classes, running and working out, I am about 5kgs heavier.I need to change my life NOW!
I want to lose weight because my mood and energy lift even when I lose a few pounds. I tend to lose some and then go right back up again. My family has a lot of Type 2 Diabetes and I would prefer to avoid it. 20 lbs gone and I will be happy.
I managed to lose about 30 pounds of fat by semi-following the principles of BFFM. Despite being of almost “normal” weight, I still don’t like what I see in the mirror, since the remaining fat is not really distributed advantageously (moobs anyone?). This has had a very demotivating effect and I’ve been stuck with my current weight for a couple of months (no yoyo mind you). Instead of being all whiny about the situation I must see it as a motivator to not only get to a “normal” weight, but to become shredded and crispy. If I don’t manage to get there this summer I will most likely stop caring all together and become as fat as I was a year ago… not a good option with my genes (both parents type II diabetic and with severe CHD).
I have always lived with the fear of inheriting the overworked, overweight and chronically ill body that my mother suffered under for as long as I can remember. She was a single parent of five and devoted all her time and energy to make sure we had a better life but never took the time to take care of herself and her health.Having this numbing fear of reliving my mothers life, it is ironic that everything I have vowed not to do has led my to the same path I have tried all my life not to follow. I have tried all kind of diets out of desperation and being recently diagnosed with hypertension at the age of 32 made me realize that I MUST transform my life and I KNOW you can show me how.
Due to various health issues over the last 20 years, such as a serious back injury and a liver tumour, I have put on 15-20kg. In the last 12 months I have been working hard to lose the weight that crept on over the years, and to qualify for the Australian Age Group Olympic Distance Triathlon team for the World Championships. Well in April this year I DID qualify for the team and I am off to Budapest in September this year. At this point in time I am 10kg down and have 5 kg to go. But don’t just want to be “skinny”, I want to be buff … I want to look like a triathlete … and I want my look to reflect the early rises and the hard work I put in everyday.I have concurred so much in my life and now it is time to concur myself. The negative self talk has to go. Not being proud when I look in the mirror has to go. Believing in myself has to start now. Loving what my mumma gave me has to start now.The next 98 days are going to be cruicial as the World Championships is in the 2nd week of September, and the challenge ends in the last week in August, so time to get cracking. What would be better than showing off the new me to the triathletes of the world??? Nothing more motivating to get me out of bed on these winter mornings in Oz than getting the body of my dreams. This body is going to serve me of the rest of my life, through marriage, pregnancies and into old age. Bring it on!
This summer I want to get below 10% body fat.With the help of your ebook I have started the transformation from a 25%+ body fat constantly tired office slab to the currently 15% body fat, emotionally balanced and energetic new me. Eating healthy and working out is great for the mind too…
Tom, I bought your e-book back in 2003. Since then I have recommended it to at least 100 people. Sad to say, I have never had the discipline (until now) to seriously apply it. I wish I had. Now I have end-stage osteoarthritis in both hips and need 2 canes to walk.Ready for a good laugh? In my early 20’s I was a gym instructor for the Beverly Hills Health Club for Men. My old students would laugh at me now if they could see me. I really let myself go. Oh, how I only wish I had Tom’s book back then. I would have been a major success with all my students. You see, because of my past failures with body building, I can really appreciate the breakthroughs revealed in Tom’s book. I know enough about the subject of weightlifting that I can see for myself just how much work he has really put into his research. I wish I had done it, but I never had the energy.Alas, there is always some excuse for not following through. However, I am tired of being an invalid. I WANT TO LIVE. I am over 150 lbs overweight and it is crucial to lose at least 80 pounds before the surgeon will even think about scheduling me for my two hip replacements. Yet, it IS possible for me to still weight lift. I just have to stay seated. There are even leg exercises that I can still do. I can swim and use some of the seated cross-training devices at the gym as well. I never got good at using the skin caliphers, but I am bound and determined to do so this time.The biggest realization I had was while reading Tom’s email. It suddenly dawned on me how being fat affects EVERY area of life. Hell, with my big gut I even have to struggle to enjoy my favorite hobby: playing the guitar. Weight affects all my life’s activities. My nephew and I had been trying to figure out why we have been tired for the last 20 years (he’s overweight too). Then we realized: being 100 lbs overweight is tantamount to having TEN sacks of 10-lb potatoes strapped to your body day and night. Just imagine how you would feel at the end of the day after toting 100 pounds of potatoes everywhere you went. NO WONDER one of the biggest joys people have after losing weight is how much ENERGY they have now.Well, I WANT ENERGY AGAIN. i envy people who always get things done all day long and still have enough energy to play at night. When I think of how much LIFE I am missing out on because of my beer barrel of useless fat, it makes me sick.I want to lose the weight NOW because I need to get my hip operations by February (or sooner) of next year and I want to start living again. Having 2 bad hips sure can make a person feel old, old. old and I’m not ready to cash in my chips just yet. There’s still a LOT of living to do, damn it!
The reasons why I want to be in better shape are nothing new, role model for my kids, better, healthier life, fitness, look good ina bikini (or even own one). These are all common reasons that most of us here would share. However I have not really BELIEVED I have had the power to REALLY make any of that happen. I must do this now because I have been trying for my whole life to actually achieve something I have set out to do. But that little voice inside my head always tells me I cant do it, why bother, etc. Well I dont want that voice to be right any longer. I am sick of making promises to myself then not achieveing them. I want the power, the self-confidence and the self-belief that I can do anything i want to. I am spcial, I am extraordinary and I want to believe that NOW
1. To successfully address high blood pressure and too high body fat percentage so that I may achieve the goals of2. Longevity of life to enjoy with family; and3. Immediate improved health and vibrance to enjoy current time with family even more than I already do and4. Generally feel better about myself as a result of being on a pathway to achieving goals 1-3 as well as generally looking and feeling better5. Having ultimate confidence in my ability to achieve any goal I set for myself
I am so tired of waiting for my body to magically transform back to the healthy, slim, fit, energetic body I used to have. I am committing to this challenge to save myself. This will be a lifestyle reversal for me. Can’t wait for tomorrow, already pumped up, ready to rip!!
Why? Because there is no time like the present. I’m not unhappy with my current fitness, but I can always look better; there’s really no excuse not to. Break out the food scale!!
I really must do it because it is high time. I’ve wasted more than enough time considering it.I have been on the right track before and I know how good it feels to be living the right way. I slipped and fell deeper and deeper. However, fat gain doesn’t have a rock bottom, or at least the rock bottom is 6 feet under and I cannot wait to hit that…What better time than NOW?
I feel like I could be called the queen of almost there. I have grown fed up with myself for getting so close to my goals and stopping just short of them. I am ready to finish what I started and finally reach my goal body fat % and weight. Some of my family and friends might be surprised to hear that I am unsatisfied. I work hard and eat well. Mine is not an issue of health, but is all about me following all the way through and reaching a goal. I know I can do this and I am not going to let any negative thoughts get in the way!
I MUST lose weight for me because I MUST keep a promise to my daughter. Due to the distance we live apart, I only see her once a year. During her visit last year, I promised I would lose some weight before her next visit because she is beginning to worry about my health. I’ve been putting off my promise and I feel bad about that. This contest is a perfect opportunity as her next visit is just 9 weeks away. I MUST prove to myself I can do this.
Very simply—If not now? – when?If not me? – Who?I am 61 and have been overweight or obese my whole life.I have already dropped 67 pounds since December using a Doctor supervised modified low carb diet. Unfortunately, I lost about 25-30% of that weight in lean body weight and I am still at 32% body fat despite working out with weights 3 days a week and light cardio 5 days a week.I bought the BTF book and read it twice, it makes sense, so as I said:If not now? – when?If not me? – Who?
THERE ARE NO EXCUSES !!!!!!!!!!!!!Applied Knowledge is now my POWER.A lifetime of eating for pleasure has resulted in an out of balance body, much like my previous diet.In a conscious effort to get fit as a new year resolution I went looking for the answers and help on the wonderful world wide web. Now my subconscience is no longer my enemy but my friend. With the right tools in place I am succeeding. This challenge is one of those very important tools. MOTIVATION.PS. 20Kg lost, 17Kg to reach end of year goal.
Hey Tom,I could list all the standard reasons, health, adult-onset diabetes, bad knees, being a good role model for my daughter . . . and they would all be valid and important reasons, but they have stopped being the main reason of wanting to lose weight.On the survey I was one of the ones who said that I was uncomfortable with showing my body in the before and after pictures. Raised by a devout feminist, I was taught that looks don’t matter, it is the person within that is important. I would love it if everyone lived and believed that ideal, but sadly it isn’t true. My mental picture of myself is great, but when I see the true physical picture of me, I get down, knowing that people see the physical representation and make their first-impression judgment on that. If I didn’t know me, what would my first impression of me be? It is a question I don’t want to answer because I don’t want to think of myself in those terms—fat, obese, out-of-control, unhealthy. So, I avoid mirrors and avoid being in pictures. I have been in this state for so long, that when I look at my college and high school pictures, I don’t recognize the person in the picture. “Yes, that is my dog, but who is that person with him?” I question.My life is good, I have a great husband, and a wonderful child. But how much more could I do with them if I wasn’t lugging around an extra 50 to 75 pounds? If the energy used for that were used for hiking and rafting and biking and running with my dogs, instead of taking pictures of them doing it?I started BFFM around February of this year—really gung-ho in the beginning—and lost 20 pounds. Since then, without “working the program” I have put back on two of those pounds. I am amazed that most of the weight has stayed off, although my body fat percentage has crept up a little.It is as my husband always tells me, “math doesn’t lie.” This program doesn’t offer a quick fix, it isn’t a miracle diet. It deals with the math and explains the math; when I put it into action, the math works.I want to transform my body for the shallow reason of making a better first impression; I must join the contest for sustainability . . . 98 days of encouragement to stick with the program and make lifestyle changes.Anna-Marie
Hey guys i’m from the sunny germany:pMy dream is to get ripped for the summer.To pull off the t-shirt at the sea. And now i don’t have to be afraid that there is some belly fat on my rips that everyone is looking for. IN wanna have am sixpack.So lets get started and train hard!See you!
I am now 51 years old and loving every moment of my life. Prior to October 2008 (49 years old) when ever I looked into a mirror I was disappointed in the way I looked, sagging chest, expanding waistline etc etc etc. I realized then that this was going to be my lot in life. I knew I should get into shape. I read a plethora of material on the net even bought the BFFM eBook. The change happened when my doctor read the results of my physical, all indications showed that the middle age degeneration started… blood pressure, cholorestol, stiffness of joints and weak muscles. It was a “now or never” and must do moment in my life.. To be a statistic or an exception to the rule. Then all the previous reading made sense.I am going to change and I am going to make a difference. I knew that it was going to be difficult but before my 50th I am going to reach single digit fat %. (pics soon to be posted in the inner circle). I encourage all who are thinking about getting into shape to “DO IT”. Become the exception, it will be hard work, I am generally skeptical of those who claim it to be easy. One thing I have learnt and know…… It is worth every ache, every gasping breath, every missed indulgence…. Have a goal…..Stop remembering what you were in your youth…”never look back…. keep looking forward…..have a picture in your mind of what you want to be”God willing you will be seeing a lot more of me
Of cause I want to be fit & healthy.Of cause I want to have six pack abs.But since I read your book “The Body Fat Solution” I had to be honest to myself in many ways.I was limited in thinking, limited in beeing ABLE to change.I had been a great saboteur to myself, my job & my private life.But there are no excuses!I have to WORK HARD & DO WHATEVER IT TAKES TO BECOME STRONG, HEALTHY & CAPABLE TO BE THE BEST I CAN BE.LIFE IS TOO SHORT.We all have a limited time around here and I don´t want to waste a single second of mine.Greetings from Colognep.s. Thanks for your book Tom – GREAT WORK!
I MUST transform my body this summer.I weighed 223 lbs 2 yrs ago, got down to 180 last summer, then back up to 200 lbs last December.I need to make healthy choices when it comes to eating and exercise daily as part of my lifestyle. My middle name is Procrastination and I need to change this NOW.I want to look good in swim trunks and also feel good about myself. I’m turning 39 next friday and there is no better time than NOW to start taking care of myself.
Tom, Your material has always had an effect on me. I recently did a 12 weeks transformation using the principals from your Body Solution book. I lost 15 pounds during the process going from 212 to 197. My body fat decreased about 4%. I feel much better and have received a few compliments. Nothing better than compliments. I really would like to enter your challenge with a few goals in mind.1. I would like to see my abs for the first time in my life.2. I’m competitive. One of my close friends has lost 50lbs and weighs the same as me now. He looks great and I’m proud of him but I want to take my fitness and body a step farther and see if he has the mettle to compete with me.3. I believe in the system now. I had trouble with the mental aspect of your book. Goal setting was not something I wanted to try. During the period of my 15lb loss I realized what worked. Not sets and reps, although thats important too, but the mindset of fatloss. Every thing I did all day was in an effort to move closer to my goal.I’m within striking distance but I need a push. A challenge.
My husband and I had a busisness for over 40 years. We stopped end 06. This changed my life. I slowly gained weight. Back-issues I had most of my life, decreased. Last year I had my back fixed. For 3 month after that I was not allowed to do sports. I was in a bad condition and overweight. I couldn’t even walk slowly for more than a mile. I am now 63, I don’t want to feel old. So early this spring I made my plan to get my condition back. I started walking more often from 15 min. to 45min.up to one hour now.Since two weeks I have two buddies to go for a weekly walk with ………………and there is the summerchallenge, exactly at the right time for me. Wow.I couldn’t imagine that I could be so far in 14 weeks. There is so much that I can do again where I don’t have the energie for now. That’s where I go for.
Transforming my body this summer is extremely important to me because I am planning to do my first figure competition on October 9th of this year. I will be turning 41 in June and I have been planning on competitin for the past 10 years but didn’t have the knowlege I do now after reading your book on how to be able to lean down to that single digit in order to be able to compete. Looking forward to the challenge this summer as this will keep me motivated to do my very best.
WOW! So much info on the comments so far so I won’t leave a novel! How are you even gonna read it all Tom? :)My story is that I am still trying to fight my nutritional demons and am yet to find a way to overcome them. I KNOW exactly what some of the foods I eat and drink do to my fitness efforts, I KNOW exactly what type of body I have and how to train it to lose weight and fat, I give great and helpful fitness advice to my friends and colleagues and I even have a fitness website where I give all this information to visitors!Yet personally, I CONTINUE to put off training for other activities (work and play), I CONTINUE to eat the wrong foods at times even while hating myself for doing it and I CONTINUE to go against my own knowledge all the while being totally aware of it! Curse this human brain we have and how sometimes it is so hard to control!Just my little vent… :)Cameron
Hello Tom,Couldn’t resist leaving my own reasons to change my body in the next few weeks.1) I got married three years ago to a lovely and charming French man (crazy about him). I’ve put more than 10 kg since I moved to France and I hate the way my loved one looks – very discretly – to the beauties in Paris. There is a war going on here! I wanna my fit body back!2) I work in an engineering (I mean men) environment and I miss the times when my coulegues would smile with their eyes when looked at me – should I say, with no shame, at my body? The other day I met a felow I hadn’t seem for more than 4 years (winter time – he couldn’t see below my coat) and he said with no shy ‘ Hey, great to see you! Do u still have that gorgeus body? You were the dream girl in the office!’ I was surprised to hear this! Then I remembered that time I used to go religiously to gym and even play soccer twice/three times a week!3) I travel a lot for work and I have a great wardrobe with beautiful clothes (I enjoy looking good in meetings) – nothing fits me anymore. In France, it’s very hard to find nice clothes for my new size – I’m tall and overweight – that get really into my nerves4) I used to deny all the above reasons for thinking they were too superficial, but they are not. They make me feel sad and, despite health is the word that should come first in the list, vanity – with the correct balance – is a great motivation – and does lead to a healthy body.5) I ruined my knees playing soccer and had to operate it 5 years ago. It was a very successful operation but my doctor warned me I must look after my weight. And I can tell, It’s been really painfull walking with those extra kilos – specially in hight hills!I could list a few more reasons here and explain where they can interfere in my mood, personal and professional life, but these are more than enough to get me back on the tracks and a great body shape!Good bye croissants, crème brulées and foi gras! The Lion is back!
I started reading your books a year ago and have been a huge fan of your articles since. But that is where the problem is! I only read but have yet to commit myself to doing something about my health. I’m 42 and on medication for high blood pressure since age 30.Doc says its hereditary and there is not much I can do about that! But I started exercising a year ago and during the initial state my BP went down to 120/70 which was unbelievable! However work got the better of me and have been slacking since.I even got myself a personal trainer(paid big bucks for that) but was always defaulting on my training. In the end it was money down the drain.Sigh! Now Doc says if my BP continues to remain high he will increase my medication in 4 months time. Reading about the contest has somewhat given me a ‘push’ factor. I do not know if I will be able to participate given my habit of falling by the wayside but I am going to give it a go. I want to go on with life with the kind of zest that your fans have shown by all the blogs I have read so far. It is definitely a first step to something good and I can feel the positive vibes already. I am not alone in wanting to be healthy and it is so important to know that. Thanks a million Tom!
I need to finally break free of that last 20 pounds. This is the year I’m going to do it.
To start this challenge and transform myself and my body is important for me because:- 20 years ago (I’m 40 now) I was in a great physical condition, very sporty and active. Now, after years of inactivity I realise that I’ve got 20+ extra kilos, +15 cm in my waist and whole bunch of health problems about to start. I must stop this and turn clock on 20 years back- I’ll show myself that I have enough willpower and desire to break the circle and become a totally different man in 3 months by the spring (I’m from Melbourne)- I always had a dream to look really muscular and in excellent shape. Now there is a chance.
I’ve been working out off and on for the better part of 20+ years. Have I lost weight? absolutely anyone can do that! Have I been able to keep it off? now that’s the hard part. I can pump weights with the best of them, do cardio for hours on end, eat low calories, no carbs, none fat diets better than anyone and drop the pounds but still in the end gain it back. I slowly began to realized what I needed to find that balance between eating without being hungry and exercise and still loose weight. Last year I was down to 13% bodyfat and as I write this I’m at 20%. As I began to evaluate what went wrong I slowly began to realize the problem was my calories were just too low. I went from about 20% to 13% in a matter of months but I believe it was too quick and my calories were too low. I couldn’t sustain it because I was not eating a healthy that included all the food groups. Once I did the weight slowly came back on even though my exercise had increased in intensity! I knew the problem was not exercise because I love working out I knew it was nutrition. I understood that nutrition was at least 80% of the equation. I started studying nutrition ordering information about it where ever I could find it. I’ve read alot of them and in weeding through all the information I saw an underlying them which was eating to feed the muscle and at the same time eating just enough to drop fat. There’s that balance thing I’ve been looking for. The problem was no one was addressing it in it’s entirety. Sure they hinted at it, mentioned it in passing but no one stressed it, dug deeply into they just said do it. I find info on eating the right kinds of carbs in one document, then watching how much carbs you ate in another, eating the goods fats in this online doc but watching your fat in that online doc. I found myself piece mealing the information. I think I was starting to get it but still all the info was so scattered :( Then I found BFFM and thought this is problem what I’m looking for. As I began to read I realized it was exactly what I was looking for. Someone to tell how to eat and then how to dial it in based on results. I wanted to be able to get to a healthy comfortable bodyfat percentage while getting good solid nutrition. I realized this was the ticket and now I’m ready to see it in action.My goal is to let my body do what it’s going to do naturally with good nutrition and hard work. I’m not sure what that bodyfat percentage will be but I’ll know it when I get there, in the meanwhile I want to just enjoy ride!
There is no shortage of really good reasons to lose excess body fat – improving health, buying clothes, yada yada – but the one that occasionally sneaks out of its dark corner and slaps me in the face is: to be taken seriously as a person, as a work colleague and as an athlete.I am very fit, I am very strong and I have excellent core strength. In tests at my state Sports Institute, I had the aerobic fitness (VO2 max) of an elite athlete. In my work population which is about 500 people, I would confidently expect to be in the top 10 per cent on any fitness test.But none of this counts in the way people see me.I disgust my own sister who is a certifiable fat-phobic. I am a figure of fun to many people because what they see is someone who is carrying a significant amount of excess body fat but who is exercising in spite of it. They see me out on my bike and laugh openly or fail to keep their amusement discreetly to themselves.In the Sports Institute tests, I was downgraded because in spite of many good results, I ‘failed’ my skinfolds. I believe I am less trusted, less relied upon, less respected in my work than my leaner colleagues.The most important reason for me to lose body fat is so that people will think I look like an athlete, like a person in control of herself, like a success instead of assuming I fit this mythical stereotype of the greedy, undisciplined fat slob.And the reason why it is important to do it now (even though it is winter not summer in Australia, Tom!) is that the tap dancing group I have started going to recently is very keen for me to be in a concert in November and I will have to wear leotards with feathers, sequins and frills in front of an audience, and I would like people to think ‘she taps quite well for a beginner’ instead of ‘she taps quite well for a fat person’.
I want to be in better shape by the end of the summer because I want to follow my dream and reach my goals but I always hide behind my body as a reason I can’t.I MUST transform my body in the next 98 days because I have set my goals and I must reach them. I want to inspire and teach and motivate other 40-year-old overweight women and show them dreams at 40 and beyond ARE obtainable without TV trainers, personal chefs and plastic surgeons. The only thing between me and the body I want is me and I need to get me out of the way, to overcome my fear of success and step up. I KNOW I can, I just need a little push here and there.
I have been very slowly losing weight for 10 years. I need to lose another 10 lbs this summer to finally get into my healthy athletic performance weight range.This needs to finally happen this summer 1–So I can be healthy. 2–So I can climb hills well on my bicycle. 3–So I can finally get my body to a steady size so I can buy some decent clothes. 4–So I can finally buy the new racing bicycle I promised myself when I lose 50 lbs.
What are the REASONS WHY I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than I am today? Why is transforming my body NOW – in the next 98 days- an absolute MUST for me?There are few things in life we have complete control of, work, friends, family, the weather are all governed by factors outside of what we can do. Yet the one thing we do have complete control of, our bodies & minds, we very rarely take to the possibilities they are capable of. I think over the course of my life I have gotten better at realizing this and am making efforts to do more about it.I have been working out for over 20 years, something my husband helped me start and he has always encouraged me. This year, at the age of 49, I am making an effort to get to a point with my work outs, diet and efforts to be the absolute best I have ever been. Transforming myself now is an abosolute must for me because I am so close, closer than ever before that I cannot stop and say its good enough. I need to be able to look in the mirror at my body and to my mind and say you finally did it. You’ve done the best you can at something you set out to do, no excuses, no close enough, no something got in the way. You’ve done it and you can show it off.
I have read your ebook and I am making progress. However any assistance would be appreciated. My reasons well the main reason is I want off of medications. I currently take medications for High blood pressure and Type II diabetes. I want to be off meds and every pound off excites me to no end. So I will take the challenge because well just think perhaps this is the summer I will be off meds. BTW I am 53 yrs old and my doctor says it will never happen, I will need to take meds for the rest of my life. I say lets prove him wrong, will you help me in my quest?
I have been trying kick my addiction to sugar for a few years now. I’m concerned about developing diabetes, and I’m concerned about the example I’m setting for my kids. I have to get in excellent shape now, for the duration of the contest, so that I can kick my addiction to sugar and move on to a better state of mind. I want to move from physically resisting the temptation to eat the sugar and sweets I crave, to being indifferent to them.
i always said when it was time to lose fat i’d do it myself my own way, its true it has worked when i’ve tried but my career has always come first so i never transformed. i am not a quitter and this challenge will be prof of that. losing fat is now a must as my body can no longer handle the constant growing and torture i put it through. i am covered in stretch marks i am not supposed to be big i will not be able to take my career to th next level if i do not change and i must do something now to fulfill my dream. i will.
In 98 days I will have a transformed body, something I have never had before – fit, healthy and full of energy. In 98 days I will have moved to a new country to start a new life and will need all the energy and enthusiasm for living each day that I can muster. They say that moving is one of the most stressful things you can do and under stress, I eat. I want to counter the stress and apprehension of finding a job, making new friends and learning a new culture by having the stability of a healthy body, and giving it the right fuel it needs to perform at its peak. The reality is that my circumstances are going to change and with this I want to welcome a change for my body that has for too long been neglected. My father died too young from complications of an overweight and unhealthy lifestyle; not for me, I will live differently.
Because anyday could be the last day of my life and I don’t want to look back when that day comes with regrets. I don’t want to think that life would have been better if I had only fulfilled my goals and dreams. So, it’s time to achieve my goals!
Transforming my body this summer is a must because while my mind has been asking for it, my body has begun demanding it. My knees ache, my back aches, I sleep with a CPAP machine, I get winded walking briskly and struggle upstairs and I’m not an old woman, I’m 31! My body has taken the punishment of weight gain as best as it could for 8 years and my doctors are amazed that I am not diabetic or pre-diabetic, that I don’t have high cholesterol or high blood pressure but all of those things run in my family and we all know that I am on borrowed time in the fight to stay free of these ailments. I should have done this 8 years ago, 6 years ago, hell, even last year but I MUST do it this summer. I MUST do it this summer because I want to have children and have to lose the weight to prevent fibroid tumor regrowth and be pregnancy-ready by the end of the year. I MUST do it this summer because I want to be healthy by choice and stop depending on chance. I MUST do it this summer because not doing it means that all of my worst fears and health concerns come true.
there is no more time for wishing and wanting. as part of putting an end to a cycle of self sabotage and procrastination it’s time to get moving. limited energy and lyme disease be damned, it’s time to start living again.
Everyone in my husband’s family, except my husband, is morbidly obese and we are very close to them. We have always wanted to teach our children the importance of a healthy lifestyle to help save them from the pain that can come with serious obesity that we know their grandparents and aunts and uncles deal with. But as I get older and my body is changing for the worse, and my children see the poor choices and bad habits of their extended family, I realize the only lesson that will ever make a valuable impression is to teach by example. So it has to be a good one and it has to start now!
In 98 days I want to be in better shape for work with the military and for my brand new baby girl. this is a must for me becasue i don’t want to be out of breath when going up three flights of stairs. i want to be able to run arund the yard all day with my daughter when she is able to walk. i need to have a healthler lifestyle.
I have tried everything out there,pills products low carbs…The fat always returns and then some I am ready to try work and sweat! At 32 I would like to be hot for once in my life I have been huge my hole life, it stops today!!!
WHY:About 20 years ago I was a Shriners patient. I was never able to play sports, be physically active, etc. I needed surgery, but my family was against it. I have suffered for years and will not turn to Rx or surgery. I started training to help with the pain. Of course that caused more pain, but I am willing to deal. I was told that I will need surgery recently. I refuse to let this be my only option. This is why I NEED to transform!NOW is a MUST:I must do this now before I get worse. I truly believe that in my heart, with the will and determination of someone who has always had to fight for everything, that I will come out with a lower body fat %, an increase in lean muscle mass, and through proper exercise, which in itself is a battle of trial and error, that I will have a body that will be supported with strength and no pain, and no Surgery!!!I have found a Game worth playing. Like so many, I have beaten the odds of my own physical ailments, and play this Game to avoid what we all have seen others go through. I have achieved my own personal best by Improving, and not just Maintaining. I combine good nutrition, cardio, weight training, and mental training not just for a result, but for Synergistic results.Shortcuts are for the weak; Train Hard, and be Patient, without Pain there is NO Gain.
I’m entering this Challenge to not only stay in shape but to get in the best shape ever because this will be a very stressful summer. Over the course of 98 days, I will change my body for the better – even as I graduate, say goodbye to all my friends, move to a new city, join the military, start medical school, and adjust to a long distance relationship. In the past, stress has caused me to stop exercising, eat junk food, and generally shut down and stop doing what’s good for me. This summer will be DIFFERENT. I will achieve my goals this summer!
I must do this this summer because it’s a dream that will not die, no matter how much I try to talk myself out of it sometimes. Because I’m not getting any younger, and I want to stretch myself, to put a lot of effort into reaching a goal. Because that double chin has got to go, and that fifteen pounds I’ve gained in the last ten years is NOT OKAY.
The main reason I’m taking this challenge is to be a better version of me. I always put everyone and everything before me. I’m always last in line if there’s any extra time in the day. That has to stop because I know I will be a better mom, wife, friend and coworker if I get my body where I want it to be. This is going to be the last summer ever that I won’t be able to find an atttractive swimsuit to wear in public. I’m over 40 and I want my daughter to be proud of how I look and set an example for her to use as she grows up and struggles with food temptations. I’m ready to hop off the sugar train and get it right. Next stop: Hot Body. To push myself a bit more, a figure competition in the next year might do the trick!
I’ve come a long way, I lost 60 pounds and have made serious lifestye changes. I am going to finish the journey by completing my body transformation. I can see my lean body, it’s time to get to work so my family and friends can see it, too.
i have tried various different “diet plans” no of which worked , i came across your site and have been reading everything , it certainly makes sense , before i started last week i had to give up the worse habit “SMOKING ” it has been 4 weeks now ,, and i feel i am now up to the challenge of working out and eating sensible to loose the weight ,,
The reason changing my body is a MUST for me is to be an example…No-one in my family is healthy. My husband weights over 350 pounds. My dad weights over 400. My mom weights probably around 250. My brother is a “skinny fat person” who smokes. I have lost 40 pounds with out real “dieting” but just by eating more clean.I need to do this challenge because I need to get off my duff and just “do it”.
The timing of the challenge is perfect for me. I need the accountablity. In September I fly back to Wisconsin to see family and friends. Some I have not seen in 6 years. It’s very important to me for them to see that I’m happy and on the road to leading a healthy life. I don’t want them to worry about me. I want to inspire them. I have been doing alot of soul searching. God willing, I have I have another 40+ years to live. I am going to be the best person I can be. I have been overweight for most of the first 47 years of my life. To be my best, to be able to give and share with others, I need to take charge of my life first. Getting healthy is the 1st step in my journey. I’m changing my life for me first, for those I love, for those I have not yet met. I’m changing my life to be the best person I can be for the next 40+ years of my life!
In thinking about responding to this blog, I have come to realize that not having a good enough reason is probably the principal reason I haven’t been able to consistently achieve my fitness goals. I first found BFFM after losing over 60 pounds on Weight Watchers. While I lost a lot of weight, my body looked like crap (skinny fat). However, after starting BFFM, I lacked the motivation since I really didn’t have that strong a reason. My main reason at that time was to “get ripped”. That obviously wasn’t enough since I managed to gain back most of my loss over the last 3 years. I got so discouraged that I basically gave up on fitness altogether. I still got Tom’s emails but I kept making excuses. So – how do I get a good enough reason to get ripped when “getting ripped” is not good enough?I believe for me to succeed in this body transformation contest I need to realize that this about more than getting ripped physically. It is about getting ripped in all aspects of my life – work, fitness, home & family, financial, and spiritual. It is about character – the examples I set for my kids and family, my coworkers and colleagues, my friends and acquaintances.This is the big reason – it has to be about more than personal vanity. It has to be about character.Jon
I am sick and tired of avoiding people and events due to embarrassment and shame over how I look. I avoid pictures and looking in mirrors, and life is too short to hide from my own life. Although I swore I’d never let this happen again after throwing out all my fat clothes, my skinny clothes don’t fit and I’m wasting more money on clothes that don’t fit well and don’t do justice to my spirit. I’m ready to stop being a slave to food and eager to set goals and achieve them. Working with the amazing support system of Burn the Fat Inner Circle means that I’ll have tons of resources and encouragement to get me farther than I can on my own.
Two years ago I was well on my way to the transformed body, mind and spirit I have always dreamed of.Two years ago. . . I was the receipient of a badly broken heart.Two years ago I stopped living the life of my dreams.April 9, 2010, I decided that I MUST physically catch up with where I am wanting to go, where I have already gone in my mind and in my spirit.Because, I can’t not be what I have already become in my mind and in my spirit.I see myself as a lean, strong, beautiful, head turning, jaw dropping beacon of well being!
My reasons why I am going to loose the weight and become the healthiest I ever have been is, I am almost done with nursing school and it’s pretty hard to teach others to eat correctly and exercise when I’m obviously not doing the same. I’m just sick of being out of shape. I also want to look good again.My MUST reasons are; I sprained my back and have been in pain for years,which makes it hard to do my job and everything else in life. I also have PCOS (polycystic ovary syndrome)and the weight loss will improve all my symptoms, including the horrible hormonal unbalances.I AM DOING IT FOR ME!
I MUST complete my transformation this summer b/c I want to enter the field of health and fitness. It’s important for me to not only know the info, but finally put it all to use on myself.I’ve read the bodyfat solution, and I’d like the rest of the tools to assist me in my transformation.
Well, the time has come, and the time is now. My 10 plus year goal of entering a figure competition is becoming a reality. I have made a commitment to do it this year. I reached my goal of an 80 pound weight loss over a year ago, and I have been holding onto the last 20 for over a year now. It is time to let go, take that final step, and reach my loftiest goal once and for all. The timing of this contest could not be more prefect. Let’s just see where it takes us!
I will be doing this challenge because I have been eating well for over 3 years now, and have lost weight, but have not managed to get my muscles into shape, or reduce my bodyfat. I have tried to do it alone, but to no avail, so this competition will be the “handholding” that I need.It is also an emotional challenge for me, to prove that I can be successful when I apply myself, and that I am worth it.Thank you Tom.
My current body fat percentage is about 17%. At the start of the year , i set a goal for myself to bring it down to less than 10%. I have started in earnest with my workouts and proper diet. I have become a bit of a role model to my colleagues to maintain their fitness.My hectic office schedule poses a severe challenge to my motivation.I must achieve that goal of achieving less than 10% body fat becauseI hate letting myself downI want to be a role model for my friends , collegaues and family to adapt a healthier lifestyle and make them believe , no matter how hectic your life , supreme fitness is a question of how much you desire it. Plus I could always do with looking good naked :)
its important to me becouse i am down to approx 30 bf now after losing 145 pounds and having an unknow bf count before. i would really like to see myself down to about 25 % . ps just finsished readin the body fat solution good info!
Greetings all. I am excited to begin this 14 week challenge, as it represents an opportunity not only to transform my body, but my life as a whole.There are several reasons why I must complete this challenge. I am married with one son, an owner in an engineering firm, and about to turn 39. I have had a life long history of procrastination and am also a workaholic. These two character flaws along with lack of exercise and poor diet have been very self destructive and resulted in me being on high blood pressure medication and experience some loss of kidney function.A little over a year ago, some of my colleagues and I started a 3 month fat boy challenge. I lost 23 lbs and 5% body fat over those 3 months but gained it all back over the next 9. We had another challenge this spring. I lost around 15 lbs and 3% body fat, but wasn’t able to exercise the last 5 weeks due to the flu. The most frustrating thing was realizing how much work it was going to be to lose that fat again.The reasons why I must complete this challenge are: 1. To improve my overall health so that I am here for my family and business. 2. To inspire my wife as she also struggles with weight, my son, and my employees, 3. To prove to myself and others that I can finish what I started, 4. To boost my self confidence and self image, and lastly 4. In the works of Lester Burnham from the movie American Beauty… “I want to look good naked!”
I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer because as I’ve gotten older (41 years old) I’ve realized that being in shape is vital and a requirement if you wish to live a life in abunance without all the necessities of medication for high blood pressure, blood clots, high cholesterol, ect…It’s hard to feel good about your life, your loved ones, ect…if you don’t feel good physically. It takes your mind away from other things. Having a good, healthy physical body is a necessity and it’s a simple thing to embark on. Perhaps not easy to obtain in a short amount of time, but easy to progress to.Transforming my body now, in the next 98 days is an absolute must for me because if I continue to procastinate then theres a good chance that I may never begin my journey. People say that sunshine helps improve one’s mood, so what better time to begin my journey of fitness than during the spring and summer months? I must begin my journey now, because who knows how important 1 day makes? My mind is made up NOW, my goal is fixed in my heart NOW…so I MUST begin my journey NOW before procrastination and laziness takes hold and robs me of my body’s potential once again for yet another day.
I want to be in better shape by the end of the summer because I have been “working out” and “dieting” for the last 3 years (if that’s even what you can call it). I’m tired of putting SO MUCH time and effort into weight loss and not seeing the results. I don’t want to be a skinny “fat” person…I want to see lean muscle!! This is an absolute MUST for me to accomplish this summer because I feel like the time is now or never. I am ready to put my time and energy into doing it right and transforming my body by using a program that is not a gimic, just plain old fashioned hard work. I have the tools I need for success…now it’s time to put them to work!!!
I want to finally achieve the body that I have been dreaming of for the past few years. I always get so close and then it blows up in my face. I need help just getting past that last phase to reach my goal.
My reasons for better shape:Better shape => better health => better quality of life for myself and for the dear people around meI must transform myself just for the heck of proofing to myself that I can do it!
This year I will be turning 40 years old, and there is a lot of stigma surrounding that age. My reason for wanting to enter the challenge is that on my 40th birthday, I want to be in the best shape I have ever been in my life. I owe it to my wife, my daughter and myself to be around as long as I can. And only I can make the decision to do so. I MUST enter this contest to be everything I can be as long as I can be for them!!
i am 50 in september , and i am nearly at the weight i was when i was 24 ,and its all thanks to tom venuto !!!!!!!!!!!
I have sooo many reasons why I want to do this challenge. I’ve made some changes already to my diet and lifestyle and this challenge will take me to the next level and keep me motivated. Plus, I’ve had injuries and I finally realized that I need to do this so that I can strengthen my muscles and avoid future injuries. Another reason is my family history of heart attacks and cancer. I want to do all that I can to avoid being a statistic.
I am participating in the challenge because I am scared. Scared to death. I have been cheating myself for years. Taking care of everyone else except me. Always using that as the excuse to not start again. I know what to do, but I don’t do it. It’s time to stop being scared and start becoming the person I used to recognize in the mirror.
I only read the first chapters of your book and came to this conclusion:We are only ordinary people in the extent that we believe that. Extraordinary abilities lay in each of us!So count me in, Tom for the challenge of changing MY OWN life. Participating in your Challenge is only my present 3 months goal…
For me is a must, because I was recently diagnosed with 384 cholesterol and the combination with other factors put me in a high risk of a heart atack. I´ll be 49 next week, I´ll do what ever it takes to be healthier and fitted before my 50th birthday…it’s a must. Then I’ll become a roll model for 2 of my 3 children who also have overweigth problems.
Hi Tom,I have fought my weight since jr. high. I even had a kid call me a fatty. That stuck in my mind since then. That is when dieting started and continued over the years. Even with exercise I fought that last 10lbs. off and on over the years. I did start using BFFM along with exercise got that last 10 off for over a year, UNTIL last year when I figured if I fit on the outside, I needed to be fit on the inside. I kicked a 14 yr. romance with smoking. I focused on my eating so I wouldn’t gain the 25 lbs that others had. Well, I’m not going to tell you that when the pounds started packing back on that i didn’t want to pick the smoked back up. I had gained back 11 lbs!!! At this time, I’m still having trouble getting the remaining 6 lbs. off. I AM TIRED OF TRYING EVERYTHING OUT THERE TO GET THIS WEIGHT OFF. I DON’T WANT TO LOOK LIKE EVERY OTHER “OVER 50” PERSON. Sure exercise helps, but I know that it’s time to put your nutrition information to good use also and stop letting this setback keep me from achieving the results I know that I can achieve my goals and inspire others!
I MUST continue with my transformation. I have lost 50 lbs since September 2009 and am proud of it! But there is more to do. I like how I feel now and am excited for how I will feel later.The last 7 months+ have seen a relationship breakup, a diabetes scare and diagnosis of a hip problem that required surgery. The surgeon required that I lose weight… and I DID! At the same time, I blew away the diabetes scare and learned to value myself and my abilities without the approval of anyone else.While recovery has been slow with a few setbacks, I am determined to continue this journey. This contest is great motivation, along with controlling other health conditions that will be well-controlled with my newly transformed body and self.Thanks, Tom!
I WILL get in the best shape of my life this summer because I am on a mission to find myself again. I must do this because I am not defined by my personal mistakes and bad decisions that I’ve made this past year. I must do this because I miss that girl who just got lost. I will do this because I can already see it – see how good I look, feel the self- confidence I miss so much, I must do this and I will do this because I need to meet that girl again who I know is still alive.r
I must get into shape to:-Improve my mental health-Redefine the way I look at my self-Inspire others-Reflect my inner self-Strengthen my Confidence-Bust my energy-Earn Security-Add some beauty to first impressions-Change my love life-Prevent cancer-BE HEALTHIER AND HAPPIER!!
I have to be honest – I am not sure I am ready for pictures of me to be posted in a fat loss challenge. That being said, I AM going to do this challenge. Why? I have been diabetic for 10 years, but “in control”. Now, I have regular fasting readings over 300. Diabetes is finally scaring the heck out of me, and if I don’t so something NOW, I’m afraid I never will. I am the King of Procrastination. I lived with a torn ACL for 24 years before finally getting it replaced. I have had tremendous pain in my shoulder for 4 years, and just saw the doctor about it last Thursday. “Extensive Calcification” was the diagnosis. I guess that means bursitis or tendonitis. Anyway, I am 54 years old, 260 pounds, diabetic, and have a resting heart beat of 92. If I don’t do this now, I will probably be buzzing around in a scooter by the end of the summer.
I have watched my family struggle with health and mental problems for years, all of which has been magnified by poor diet and lack of exercise. With having four precious munchkins and a great husband, I want to be proactive in caring for my family by making sure I am as healthy as I can be. For the last several years I have made excuses about the lack of exercise because I’m too busy homeschooling the kids, volunteering for my husband’s unit, and so on. While I have a desire to get ripped, what I really want is to trim down, tone up, and be as healthy as I can possibly be, so that I can keep up my energy and strength to care for my family for years to come.
Dear Tom,I’m not really big on contests but, due to your program I’ve lost 17 pounds since January 2010. I once worked out for muscle mass but being nearly 55 years old I changed my program to a lean muscle program. I’m 6′-1″ and currently weigh 182 pounds. I’ve added HIIT to my regimen along with weight training and frankly I’m in better shape than I was at 30 years of age. Your program works…period. It worked so well for me that even my elderly parents are on a program. My Dad whom I was very concerned about at Christmas time of 2009 has doubled his mobility and now works in the yard shoveling, mowing grass WITH the grass catcher on (he couldn’t before as he couldn’t empty them), snow blows the drive etc. Leading by example has proven effective for members of my family and friends. Thanks for your help along the way.With best regards,Mike
I really want to participate in the summer challenge but am scheduled to have back surgery on June 3rd so there will be several days where I will be unavailable to post what I’ve eaten and how much (if any) I was able to exercise. I will however catch up with you guys and follow along as soon as I’m recovered and able. Heck, I don’t need a trip to Maui to be motivated to get into the best shape of my life!
This year I entered into full menopause, and it has been a very difficult transition for me. I know from the literature and from my own experience that caffeine, sugar, and alcohol very much increase menopausal symptoms, and for years I have regularly used all of these substances to handle my feelings. In the case of sugar, I have been using it since I was a small child.Now that I am over 50, I would like to finally learn how to deal with my feelings in healthy ways.I want to use this challenge to gain the strength and confidence I need to look after my body CONSISTENTLY, regardless of my mood and my circumstances.Over the past 3 years I have gained about 14 pounds, and have developed a big belly. I am very concerned about the health implications of my body’s changes.From a vanity standpoint, I don’t like the ‘old lady’ arms that just seemed to show up out of nowhere. I want toned, full muscles!Bottom line, I want to feel and look great, and to feel great about myself.I must do this NOW, because regret feels awful.
I’m 43 with 3 girls ages 9, 7 and 5 and am at least 40 pounds overweight. Yesterday my oldest daughter was playing soccer and got very over heated and needed her drink (which had been left in the car). I had to run around 1/2 the soccer field to get to her. I knew I was out of shape and needed to lose the fat I had accumulated after having all 3 kids. Here my daughter needed me and I wasn’t even able to keep running all the way to get her what she needed. She had to wait on me, because I was not physically able to run that far and it made me feel terrible. I Must lose the fat and get into better shape for myself and my family. I want to be able to keep up with my kids and still be here when they have kids of their own so this needs to be a lifetime change not just for the summer.
Reasons WHY:I’ve put on fluff in the past few months.I like being ripped.I’ve never gotten as cut as I’d like to be.I know I can do better.It will help me focus and achieve in other areas as well.This transformation is a MUST now because:Eating clean will be better for me and my baby.I only have 4 month left before recovery.To prove I can.To see what my expanding body is capable of.To improve the health and development of my baby.Because some people believe pregnancy is NOT a time to decrease body fat and I want to prove them wrong, no matter how hard my hormones make it.To stay positive and upbeat and know that while I’m gaining weight and expanding, I’m still in control and can improve my health even though it’s tougher.To be a better person, mother and wife.Because achieving something great is better than wishing you had.There are other reasons, but this is a start.
Why now? Because I’ve lived this way long enough. For my adult life, I’ve never had a body that I was completely comfortable in. So now, this year, with some effort on my own, I’ve lost a good amount of weight and more importantly changed the way my body looks. I’m looking in the mirror and liking what I see. It’s a good start, but there’s more work to be done.
This last six months I sat back and watched my beautiful wife lose 32 lbs. I’m so proud of her; at 62, she’s in the best shape of her life. Now it’s my turn. I’m 66 and weigh 230. I’m entering the Challenge so I can catch up with my wife and lower my blood pressure and cholesterol. Don’t look back, Honey, someone may be gaining on you!
I have had a lot of success so far inky fitness journey. My longterm goal is to compete in a bodybuilding competition. However, my body fat is not low enough to attempt it yet. This 98 day Big Burn will be a great spring board to hold me accountable to my goal of single digit body fat. I have a lot of motivation on my own but with a trip to Maui on the line it gives me a little more incentive. I look forward to the next 14 weeks as I transform my body into the lean mean machine I’ve always dreamed of having.
Hi,This contest seems like a great opportunity for me, but I am turning 18 in late June. Is there any way you could reopen the entries again in say, the beginning of July?Thank you for being an example of integrity,Becky L
I have two “shoulds” that I am making “musts”.I am a somewhat “older” father; I am 42 and have a beautiful 30 something wife and two wonderful children, a darling girl almost 4 and an 8 month old baby boy. They deserve a dad who can run and play with them and be the very best father. With knee problems beginning and concerns over my age, weight and health, I must improve my body composition to keep up, and not be a “sideline” dad and husband.My second “should” is a bit more selfish. I found myself for the first time last year, unable to “power through” all the hiking and stalking involved in Colorado elk hunting. My knees literally gave out after 4 days and I had difficulty getting home. I now “must” improve my body composition so that my love of the outdoors, traditional archery and elk hunting won’t become just something I reminisce about, rather, an experience I can share with my children in the years to come.I have done this course before, a couple of years ago, for 14 weeks and saw dramatic improvement, but my motivation faded and I have nearly lost all I had gained. I am excited to get back on board and truly change my life.Thanks Tom!!!John
I’m 52 and weigh over 300. I have a lot of living to do, and a lot of experiences i want to share with my 2 college age sons. I am unable toparticipate in the activities I love at the level I want to. I love to hike, camp, kayak, swim, and jet ski… I love the outdoors, but I am limited at my current weight and state of health. It is physically painful to carry this weight, and emotionally painful to fear there’s no way to win back a beautiful, healthy and toned body. I see your examples of winners, and it gives me hope. Your sight is an inspiration! You are all winners and I’m ready to join your ranks!!
I’m 49. I’ll be 50 in February.I wasn’t heavy as a kid. I was active and I grew up on a farm, where we ate in a way that was extremely healthy — we just didn’t know it. We grew our own vegetables and raised our own meat and that’s what we had. I didn’t have a vegetable out of a can until I was in my 20s.After years of half-hearted loss and gain sequences, I made a decision last Fall to get my act together. I’ve seen some success (down from a size 32 to almost a 24, as of now, even though I’m not losing a ton of weight, I know I’m building muscle) but I know I have a LONG way to go. Summer’s the best time; lots of good local fresh food to buy to eat better, but I want to have a real handle on my fitness and being in better shape before that next birthday rolls around. It’s hard enough now — the longer I wait, the harder it will get. Your program makes the most sense to me and I want to be fit!
When I’m in great shape, my overall confidence is high. When I’m not in great shape, like now, my confidence lags. I have lots of things I want to accomplish and need all the confidence I can get – SO it’s time I must get myself in great shape.
I lost 54 pounds over three years ago (between March 2005 and March 2006) as I went through menopause (how’s that for a switch?) and have kept it off through changes in all aspects of my daily life the most important of which is my mindset. I have continued to challenge myself with new activities and am now planning on being certified to teach group exercise classes and pilates. Although I am in great shape I carry extra fat in the hip/thigh area and desire to effectively target eliminating these fat stores this summer. I feel it is time for me to follow a sound, solid, and sensible approach to success!
I will be 70 years young in november. I am overweight by about 60 lbs.I read nico’comment about skiing i want to rollerblade around town with my grandchildren lord knows i have the time. I think your doing good thing here it is a very insperational to read all the blogs and rhanks nico. and to tou also tom.
What are the REASONS WHY you want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than you are today?My Dad, when he was my age and I was half that, said “All I notice with aging is that more things hurt more”. I have systematically atrophied my cyclist’s legs and more modest other muscles by doing practically no exercise for about four decades.That was not all bad! Not being worn out from the gym has enabled me to work very hard on other things, “living on my savings” in terms of tissue. But it’s time to make some muscle to hold the bones together.Why is transforming your body NOW – in the next 98 days- an absolute MUST for you?If Tom were a guru rather than a coach, I would have to assume “He MUST read my mind!” How did you know that I have reached the un-postponable this-is-it point? I’m not fat, but I’m not as strong as I need to be, to pick things up without hurting myself, to feel good, and to live to age 120 until (as a funny friend likes to say) I am murdered by an envious rival!
I’ve just passed an important weight loss milestone, but I need all the help I can get to keep going! I must stay on track and think this could work for me. I’m ready!
I would like to get back to my pre baby weight and body. The past year of sleep deprivation and loss of motivation has kept me from working out. I don’t want to spend another day saying, “I will work out tomorrow”. I want to do it now!
I need to change and believe in myself. I want to be healthy and in control of what I eat. I think it`s time to experience life in a different position and feel good about myself. I really want to learn how to deal with adversities in a positive behavior instead of eating throughout the problems. I guess this opportunity could teach me how to stay strong about my goals in life.
Hello BFFM Family,I am 40 years old and about to retire from over 22 years of service in the Army. Instead of being in the best shape ever, I’m in the worst shape. A few REASONS WHY I need to be in shape by the end of this summer is 1st, for my overall health. I am experiencing health issues I never did before I put on all this weight and stopped working out like I used to. 2nd, I want to be an example for my Sons and Daughter. Your kids seem to love you no matter what, but I know they are not PROUD to see dad with a gut and out of shape…besides, it gives them the notion that they can “Take me on” haha, that will be the day.Transforming my body NOW is a MUST for me because I owe it to my wife and children to be the best I can be for them. Also, heart disease runs rampant in my family history, and i Must do everything to prevent what I can from developing these same problems. Also, since I’m retireing in the next 6 months, I will be searching for a new career. I know employers are not supposed to discriminate against overweight applicants…but face it…they do. I want to make a positive impression to up my chances for success. The lessons of BFFM are a fact and lifeline to get to these goals. Thank you BFFM.
I must compleate this summer challange. I will compleate this summer challange. I must do it for my health, both physical and mental! I don’t want to write too much, but will keep this space updated on my progress. Good luck to all.
I will be 51 next month and am in the worst shape of my life. I have fallen off the wagon in exercise and eating habits, and weigh the most I have since I was pregnant 20+ years ago. I have a ‘pooch’ belly and can feel fat rolls around my waist, which give me a lovely ‘muffin top’ when I wear my jeans. I am embarrassed to put on my bathing suit, something I was proud to do just 5 years ago when I was more disciplined. I am tired of thinking and talking about it, now is the time for ACTION! I need to take better care of my health so that I can be around for my (someday) grandchildren and have lots of fun with them.I MUST do this now and stop this downhill spiral. I WILL NOT let myself be sabotaged by myself or anyone around me (my very loving husband). I WILL set clear and measurable goals and track them weekly to achieve them in the next 98 days! Then I will continue to take care of myself and be healthier than my parents ever were at my age.
Hi Tom,Greetings from Sweden. My MUST is why accept being unfit when being welltrained earlier in life so now I say enough and will kickstart for the next 98 days. In my 20´s I used to be 210 lbs and fit. Now I´m pushing against 49 this summer and work and an injured knee has taken its toll. Despite the pain in the knee I walk for 5 hours per week and visit the gym 3-4 times per week since a couple of years. I´m 250 lbs nowdays with a LBM at 178 lbs. Unfortunaltey I started out with a quick fix 25 days diet crash course and my I started to loose weight fast but it was my muscles that started to shrink and I lost strenght rapidly and at the same time I kept my fat percentage at the same lever. Talk about a real biggest looser following that so now I´m back on track getting my body back and reduce the fat percentage.I´m dedicated and nothing will stop me from success. I´m checking out myself with my personal Futrex 500Ai so I know excatly what happens to body lean mass versus fat percentage.Whats really ringing in my ears are a MP3 recording with Tom and a great guy I unfortunately forgot the namn of but the central part of this interview was “how bad do you want it?” and my response to that is – its a MUST. I love icecream but love a fit body more so its no looking back now.
Today I have been unpacking boxes from our recent move. Inevitably I (not my husband) was faced with the task of unpacking the picture box; you know, the box that shows how the struggle to transform my body has resulted in failure every time.To be sure, most people would consider me to be thin, very in shape. It’s true, I have been dedicated to fitness and healthy eating for all of my adult life. The problem is, “healthy” eating has meant different things at different times: there was the high carb phase, the low carb phase, the no-eating at all phase – you get the picture.Here’s the thing, I have worked through many, many programs to achieve the physique of a strong, healthy woman and have been frustrated every time. Sure, I’m thin, but I want to be muscular (ripped!). Now is the time, and I am sure that BFFM is what I have been looking for.It is something I must do, so I can close the box on all of those pictures that show the woman I used to be.
I lost 45 pounds in 3 months and then hit a plateau. I am at the point where weight loss isn’t enough. I want to change the way my body looks for good. I want to be proud of my body once and for all.
I recently reached the end of 39 years of teaching college physical education – years of high activity and fitness. I had run a 3-hour Boston marathon, completed triathlons, got to the finals of racquetball tournaments, averaged above 190 in bowling, etc.But during a Maine-to-Florida bike ride, I was hit by a truck in North Carolina. My exercise and fitness plummeted after surgery. I started to teach Internet and lecture courses instead of my former activity classes. “Born to Run,” I no longer had the stamina to keep up with Bruce Springsteen during an E Street 3+ hour concert. After my “Wreck on the Highway,” I was riding a “Downbound Train.”A 24-mile commute that had averaged 25 minutes in the early 1970s was taking 45-50 minutes on good days. The student population had changed negatively. Then a 2004 “promotion” to assistant dean sat me in front of a computer for hours daily. By the time I retired, I was stressed out, almost clinically depressed, and in the worst condition of my life; at 5′ 8” I was 205.5 lbs. and 30.7% fat with a 41.5 inch waist.But my “Glory Days” can’t all be behind me. Years of life may be limited for me at 67, but I can add life to my years. Retirement here I come! The “Promised Land” is just 100 days away.
I want to get in the best shape of my life this summer because having a hot, healthy body is something I’ve wanted my entire life. I’m turning 30 next week and want a much better body than I had in my 20’s. I don’t want to be the average american women’s size anymore, which is a 14/16. It’s nearly impossible to find clothes as that size because many designers don’t make clothes that big and plus size designers often don’t make them that small. I want to be able to wear whatever I want. I want to look great in a swimsuit for the first time in my life. I want cellulite-free legs. I want to WANT to go to the beach. I want a body that I’m proud of. I want more energy all day long. I want to be a good example to my family and not a victim of endomorphic genetics. I want to have a passionate love life with my husband my whole life. I want to be a good example of a healthy person to my step-daughter and teach her good habits as she grows. I want a body worthy of pregnancy should my husband and I ever choose to have kids. I want to prove to my friends, family, and even aquaintances that I can accomplish anything I set my mind to. Why this summer? Well I’m working part-time from home and can work out any time of day I choose, for practically as long as I choose. Who else can say they have that kind of opportunity? I also am not tempted by junk food at my desk or lunch out with friends because of this wonderful work-at-home situation. I have all the support and a minimum of temptations right now. This won’t last forever, though, so I must take advantage of the opportunity to change right NOW! Not everyone is so lucky to have this time and it would be foolish not to take advantage it! Also, I really really REALLY want the grand prize. My husband and I have our 1-year anniversary next week and still haven’t gone on a honeymoon because we just don’t have the money. A vacation in Maui would be so amazing– a dream come true! Having a fat-free, lean body and being on a dream honeymoon is actually possible if I go for it this summer–and I will!
My b-day is on Tuesday. I am going to be 51 yrs old. I have been fat my entire adult life. The last time I wasn’t was when I was 15 yrs old. I don’t even care about winning this blog entry. I just want to shop in normal department stores, in the “Misses” section, not the “Women’s” of “Plus” sizes. I want to be looked at as a strong, healthy athlete.I’m running out of time for chances to meet my goal.
I MUST transform my body this summer because it has taken me 2 years to lose 30lbs (220lbs to 190lbs), BF from 45% to 40% but what I’ve been doing is not working anymore.I still have a a ways to go – my target is 140lbs and 25% BF.I MUST transform my body this summer because I feel better now than I have in the last 10 years, but I’ll feel even better when all the excess fat is off. My blood pressure has improved from pre-hypertensive to normal, and I feel so much more alive.I MUST transform my body this summer because I feel like I have not made good use of the last 10 years of my life (I’ve been busy raising kids, putting everyones’ needs ahead of my own, and using food to make the pain go away), and I want the next 10, 20, 30 years to be the best years of my life, and that will only happen when I lose the fat and get healthy – there is diabetes and high blood pressure in my family.I MUST transform my body this summer because I’m a mother of 2 teenagers, in my 40s and I don’t have anytime to waste.
This is the last summer before I turn 50. You always think in your head “when I get older”, well…it’s here. I have gone through menopause and the threats of lowered metabolism, loss of muscle mass and weakening of bones have reared their ugly heads! Now is my time to take action and make a move.I also have found that “as goes Mom, so goes the family”. If my habits change, then the habits of my family will change. Wouldn’t it be a blessing to establish these “fit” habits in my daughter during her teen years!!??I am crazy to think this will be easy or that there won’t be times when I want to fall back into my old habits, but if it was easy then everyone would be doing it…….I need to face the challenge. I need to overcome my procrastination. I need to burn the fat!Here’s to the rest of you on this journey…..Good luck and God bless!
Hello! My name is Anna and why do I want burn my fat so badly?Well, ever since I was little, I’ve been overweight, not obese, but very pudgy all the same. I didn’t like sports and watched A LOT of television with my sister (who must be a mesomorph because she has always been fine), bringing like 3 packets of Milka chocolate with us.I knew I needed to lose fat (actually, at the time I thought only weight was important, but hey, at least I know now) but I never did anything about it. I would practically always put it off to the next day, or when I did actually do something good, I would keep doing it for a while and then I would go back to my old habits.But in the last year, I developed a strange adoration for sports (especially jogging, horse riding, cycling and team sports) and with that fondness I lost 16 kg!!It was great and quite a few people didn’t even recognize me, but I took it for granted. I started doing less sport and my weight didn’t change, though I felt fatter. Now, I see my weight and BF is creeping back up whereas my LBM is going down.Anyway,I realize I MUST lose this extra BF so that I can show my family (especially my mother who is starting to worry me) that it DOES matter what you eat, I Must eat healthily to avoid sickness and feel great and proud about myself. I must lose body fat so that I’m one of the pretty girls of my class and so that I actually dar wear cute skirts and dresses, which I love but never wear beacause my legs are muscly, but covered in a thick layer of fat!I must ACE this summer challenge so that my body is beautiful by the time I enter my new school next year and so that nobody ever even thinks I’ve been overweight!I’m sick of hearing this guy in my class talk about my weight behind my back! At the end of this challenge, I want to see him again and watch his jaw DROP!!!!!And my dream is to be a singer/actress, and I know I will have much more self confidence and it’ll be much easier if I have a toned healthy body!I must also never live another with regret or think “Gee, I just wasted a WHOLE day!” because I was doing futile unproductive things instead of working on my rise to success!!!This is what the next 98 days mean to me!
There are several different heart problems among the members of my family. I myself was having trouble with what the first cardiologist said was my heart skipping beats. I decided to do something about my excess weight at that time before the problem became worse. So I joined Jenny Craig. It fit with my schedule, my commute to and from work is 2 hours plus I put in anywhere from 8 to 10 hours on the job. I went from 215 lbs down to 148 lbs in a year and a half, since then I have just been going back and forth between 155 and 152. I stand 5′ 3 1/2″, I’m 62 years old, and since starting on my weight loss journey I have had to have a pacemaker implant because of an Atrial Valve blockage causing my heart to only beat about 42 beats per minute. I have continued using the Jenny Craig plan but have not been able to have anymore success at getting to the goal of 140 lbs plus the fact that I am still carrying excess fat on my abdomen, thighs and buttocks. The challenge for me will be to get the exercise that I know I need to be able to get rid of this additional fat. It’s time to move on from the Jenny Craig plan.
This is the summer before my fiance and I turn 45 and we have to get in shape because if we don’t do it now we will never get to do it. Definitively, the older you get the more work and dedication it takes. Never had I experienced so much selfawareness than now and never had I craved a tight butt and lean thighs as I crave them now. I really regret the time I wasted, all the years I did not do anything but worry about being a skinny fat person and now that I want it I realize that because of my procastination it is going to take me twice the time (and sweat) it would have taken me to achieve it 20 or 30 years ago.
Tom,The list of reasons why I want to transform my body is extensive. Now that I have all the children I want I can focus on a goal I have had for the last 12 years. My dream of competing in a figure competition has seemed out of my reach year after year. Each year for the last 12 years I have mentioned competing to friends or family members but something always came in the way (mostly excuses and lack of knowledge). After reading your book “Burn The Fat Feed The Muscle” I feel that I have been handed the fail safe recipe for absolute success! Nothing can come in the way of my goal except for me.This total body transformation must happen for me within the next 98 days because I have declared that it will happen to my family and the universe! Every tool I need to make this goal attainable is in my possession now thanks to the help of your outstanding support and knowledge. My success will pave a road of health and fitness for my children and serve as a testimony to dreaming BIG! I will inspire countless others to achieve thier dreams by attaining my own. Thank you for the opportunity!Seraina A
3 years ago at 23 I started a fitness programme to get in shape after a terrible injury and the fear of further damage resulted in leaving all kinds of sports as well as dancing behind for many years. Needless to say I got carried away, trying to see how far I could get and losing wait was soon all that was on my mind, turning me into 40 kilos of mere bones, losing all the muscle I had. I totally wrecked my metabolism and my relation to food. Beginning to see food as good fuel now, carbs are important – all I want is to be strong and get all my muscle back, look like Mel B :-) I want to be the healthiest and strongest I have ever been in my life.
Six years ago is when I first heard of BFFM. It was in January and I was going to be married in June. I went from 230 lbs. to 180 lbs. on my wedding day.I felt wonderful and felt as if I could go forever at whatever I was doing.Then I became lazy, quit working out, quit the cardio, quit eating right thinking “No big deal, if I gain a little then I’ll just work it off again”. Well that didn’t work. I got up to 193 and no changes, 206 and no changes, 224 nothing. Now I’m up to 254 lbs. and I feel utterly horrible. I’m frustrated at myself and have a pretty bad attitude at most things much of the time. I must make changes and get back to that great feeling that I had when I was in shape. It’s not only hurting me but also the people around me can tell also. It’s time to stop making excuses and get off my lazy rear end and get myself in gear! I’m turning 40 in 7 months and would love to fell like my old self again and enjoy everything that life has to offer again. I want to take my shirt off without feeling embarrased, I don’t want to have to pay for 2 seats on an airplane (I don’t have to yet but if I keep this up it won’t be much longer), I don’t want to be out of breath by just taking one flight of stairs, I’m tired of my doctor getting mad at me for not losing any weight. I’m so frustrated at myself for letting this happen when I was there at one time. I MUST get back to that point. I NEED to get back to that point and I can and will do it again!!
My fiancé and I broke up recently… mainly because of my poor treatment of her.I am in the process of reinventing myself: spiritually, mentally as well as physically. I want to become the man she would be proud to be seen next to, and if not her, hopefully some other special lady.I am becoming more self-confident and happy, and one of the major factors in becoming more self-confident has been my improvements in my body. I am currently at 21% bodyfat. In 98 days I WILL be at 10%, this is not negotiable, I am going to look amazing, and more importantly I am going to feel amazing about myself. Nothing can stop me now.
I need to get in the best physical shape possible so that I can live comfortably in this body for (hopefully) a very long time. I refuse to let my newly diagnosed rheumatoid arthritis slow me down. I will not be an easy target for diabetes or high blood pressure. I want to be healthy for me, and encourage my family and everyone else that I come in contact with to follow suite. Two years ago my goal was to do 10 “man style push ups”, and not be embarrassed to go sleeveless. Now after a slight relapse, I’m finally ready to take it to the next level.
I want to look good and feel attractive . Is that enough though? I don’t think so. So why do i want the new body? I don’t know. I think i have a reason. but it’s not good enough or powerful enough to last me 100 days, let alone a lifetime. Motivation can only carry me so far. What happens when i fail in 3 weeks or 4 weeks. The true reason for change lies deep within me. I have to find out what it is. In the meantime I’ll let the need to look and feel energetic take me for the first few weeks.
I must complete this challenge because:1) I’ve been suffering from back pain, which I attribute to recent fat gain.2) In August I am leaving the US to study for 4 months in Madrid, Spain. I refuse to represent my nation as the “fat, lazy” stereotype. I want to be in good enough shape to run around the city to explore. (And be strong enough to carry my luggage long distances during my travels!) Since I leave in 82 days, I must start now. Because tomorrow isn’t here yet so why should I wait?3) I must set a good example for my two young siblings who look up to me.4) I must take control of my body and my choices. After I read the Body Fat Solution, I realized the state of my body was related to a belief that I would never be able to achieve some “ideal” set for me by someone else. My body was a mess because my focus was on being thin instead of strong and healthy. Now my attitude has changed and for me this challenge is less about how I will look by the end (which, of course will be a nice bonus) and more to do with resisting the notion that women ought to be a certain way. (Thin, with a low body weight and certainly not muscular.) The habits I employed to get there were keeping me fat and unhappy because they were based on deprivation and guilt instead of nourishment and empowerment. Now, my motivation has more to do with how much sharper and happier I feel when I’m engaged in a routine based on strength building. I want to be as strong physically as I am mentally and emotionally. At my university I’m a leader of a women’s organization, and I want to set an example for the girls on my campus, to prove that being healthy and being weak are mutually exclusive, and that weights aren’t just for boys! (My friends actually refer to the weight section of our gym as ‘the guys side’, and I cringe every time.)5) I deserve it. I know this, but sometimes I don’t feel it, which is what has prevented me from reaching my fitness goals.
I am my heaviest ever at this point in my life. I had a baby six months ago via c-section. After the birth of my son I was hospitalized with a C-diff infection. This infection caused severe diarreah and serious sleep deprivation and brought on postpartum mania. To treat this condition I was given medication which causes severe weight gain. Now I am still taking medicine, and trying to lose the weight. I must regain my lost strength and take control of my life.
Its mid Autumn here in Australia and a must for this summer is to be in good shape. Belly at the beach is not a good look. Carrying extra weight is unhealthy.I must work hard as my health is suffering through lack of exercise and I just dont feel good. I have started, taking more care with diet but I must incorporate more exercise to B T F.I must also set the example for the rest of my family by working hard not only at my job and around the house but for my body and myself…
2010/2011/2012…Jan/Feb/March/April…Mon/Tues/Wed/Thursday…I will be on this earth for a limited time, but it cannot be defined by a calendar, or a clock. Those are simply artificial measurements created by the human brain to help grasp the enormity of this statement.The only thing that I MUST do is live my life to the fullest at every opportunity.Today I will work my muscles to keep my body flexible, my joints fluid and my muscles strong. I will walk through my neighborhood to awaken my senses to sights, sounds and smells found only under the canopy of a tree, or in the shadow of a puffy cloud wafting by. I will laugh with my friends, and hug my son. I will feast on spinach, kale and garlic from my garden. I will read a few pages of a novel while savoring a piece of dark chocolate.And as I do each of these things I am mindful of the moment that I am experiencing. Not in a ZEN kind of way, but in a grab the world by the *ss kind of way.I try not to look back with regret on opportunities that seem to have passed me by, instead remembering that those too have added value to my life.I MUST make these and all choices now, today, because health, well being and happiness are twined around me like a cloak of life . Through away the calendar, unplug the clock and get down to it right NOW!
Why should I enter the contest? There are simple answers why I must:1. I’m fat2. My 16 year old needs me to step up to the plate, show her how discipline and planning can lead toward a healthier lifestyle and a slimmer body3. I’m fat4. I’m over 40, and my cholesterol and triglyceride levels are sneaking into a place where if I don’t soon get a grip…I’ll end up on medications, or in the hospital with a heart attack or stroke5. I’m fat6. My knees hurt…probably from the aforementioned fat7. I’m fat8. I’m weak strength-wise, and I never was before…weird how it all of a sudden was noticeable. I used to have strong muscles, and now I have fat and no muscles…9. and 10. I’m fatI think that’s it…
Transforming my body used to be all about how i looked. but now its different, the looks are just a plus. I want to be HEALTHY, my body is my temple, i need to keep what God gave me in top notch shape.It really is a must because, your body is you life. no matter what you do it is what it is and how you treat it is what’s going to determine not only how you live in the future, but how long you live.In truth, I DONT WANT THE GRAND PRIZE, so don’t give me it if in by some miracle i managed to get it. Give me the help instead ( the ebook, the membership…)i’m so glad i found this site, i really appreciate the tips, help, and information. It’s helping me slowly transform myself but i still feel like im missing most of the information. I’m ready for a challenge.
cannot wait for this to start!!!!!!!!!!!!
Tom, I have every reason in the book as reason(s) enough for getting in the best shape of my life. I am a single mother of 4 boys (16,8,7,4). My 7 year old is quadriplegic with cerebral palsy. My recent ex-husband said he cheated on me because those women were in shape and I wasn’t. My entire family is plagued with type 2 diabetes. In my recent divorce, I lost my home, furnishings, car…everything. Then a few months of these incidents, I was laid off a 17 year career due to the economy. I have every reason to do this, however, the frank truth is I am tired of feeling over weight and out of shape. I am tired of feeling flabby, tired of not being able to fit into 85% of my clothes, tired of feeling out of breath at the simplest jog, tired of having low endurance, tired of feeling weak, tired of feeling slugish after eating the worst possible calorie-filled fatty food, tired of tucking in my stomach when I wear clothes, tired of not being able to wear dresses because of the fat I carry on my legs, tired of feeling my skin hang over my jeans. I’m just tired of being sick and tired of being overweight and out of shape. At 36, I want to start my life all over again. I’m excited and focused to complete this challenge for me and for my children. This is it, it’s time to get to work!
When I look in the mirror I want to love what I see. I want to be lean and muscular and have the body I’ve always dreamed of. I want to be able to go to the beach take my shirt off and have other men look at me with envy. I want women to hardly be able to keep their eyes off me. I want my wife to want to make love all the time and not be able to keep her hands off of me. I want my kids to be able to brag about their dad’s muscles to their friends. I want to have the energy to do the things I want to do when I want to do them. I want to be strong, healthy and vibrant and be able to maintain this healthy lifestyle for the rest of my life. I want to live longer than my parents and grandparents. I want to be around for my kids to able to give them advice as they become adults. I want to be there to watch my grandkids grow up and be able to be active with them. I want to set an example of living a healthy lifestyle for my family by leading the way. I want to live a long prosperous and healthy life. I want to See The Reaching. That’s why I want to transform my body.P.S.- I want to have a body Like Evander Holyfield at 47years old. I’ll be that on August 20th.
The song says” If you ain’t lovin’ then you ain’t livin'”… I’ve spent years not livin’ because I’ve not been loving ME… No more excuses… If it’s going to be it’s up to ME!!! I must get into the best shape of my life and this challenge is just the kick in the’pants’ to get me going again.I am 43, and weigh 236 pounds(actually had lost 72 already in the last 3 years but got disheartened and started gaining it back..From 289down to 217 and back up to 236).Motivation and will are at my beck and call once again. I must do this, I have mountains to climb and miles to go before this life is over. I must do this to reduce blood pressure, stress,cholesterol, depression.I must do this to see my children and grandchildren grow up. NO more being on the sidelines… NO more being doormat for anybody! They say you teach people how to treat you.Well, attention class, there is a new lesson for you all.. and I am the first to learn it. I must do this for all these reasons and more.One of the most important reasons why is to prove to myself first and foremost, then to the world that I AM A FORCE TO BE RECKONED WITH, I CAN DO this, and anything else I set my mind to doing.Look out WORLD! Look out Maui! Here I come!
I MUST lose the weight as I’m 8 months away from turning 40! I’ve been lucky so far, and even though I’m overweight, I haven’t developed have hypertension, diabetes, heart problems, high cholesterol, etc. But I know that luck will not last. So it’s high time to get in the best shape of my life and it starts NOW!!
I am going to lose the fat because I want to enjoy my life again. I’m over fifty and overweight. I’ve been significantly fat for over 10 years now. One of the curious things about being overweight is that you become invisible. But, this is the only life I have and I am going to make it count! I’m writing my own script now, and I am training like an olympian to achieve my goals.
I just got a call on Friday that took me back to a place that I never want to go again. I have been a Zumba instructor since September 2009. I was given the chance after being a participant in the classes for 9 months. Well, at 237 pounds I am definitely the biggest fitness instructor at my gym but I love what I do so much! My boss called on Friday to say that she she received complaints about my class and that she would have to pull me out of it. People didn’t feel like they were getting enough intensity and that they felt like they could do more than me and I didn’t chellenge them enough. She said that I could switch to a different class that was more of a basic beginner level and that I should be able to handle that one.I was absolutely crushed!! The reason that I MUST be in better shape by the end of summer is that I never want to feel that sense of inadequacy, insecurity, and defeat again. I know that I’m good at what I do, but I need to lose this weight not only for teaching classes, but for myself. My family has history of diabetes, stroke, obesity, high blood presure, etc. I MUST and I WILL change my life and give hope to other people as well to know that they can change their lives for good!!
I MUST transform my body from its current soft, flabby, embarrassing and unhealthy state. I must be a person who lives a fit and healthy lifestyle because my primary values are based on family, and at the moment I avoid things like swimming in public with my two gorgeous children. I also avoid most things that involve prolonged exertion like gardening, playing games with the kids, and home renovations. My behaviours, therefore, are not in alignment with my values and consequently I feel, flat, socially anxious, and depressed. I must start living and eating healthy and exercising today so I can transform my body into a strong, fit and healthy state. I must do this so I can live in accordance with my values and feel comfortable and proud when I go swimming with the kids, so I can be a dad who builds and maintains a welcoming home and yard environment, so I can be an awesome role model for my children, and so I can feel great about life again!
This is a great opportunity to focus on the most important aspects of life: a healthy body inside and out to enjoy life to the fullest and share it with others. I have a tender achiles tendon to manage, and this contest is the opportunity to make sure being strong and healthy does not take a backseat this summer. I owe it to myself and to my family. Thank you for putting together these incredibly motivating opportunities!
I have come so far. I’ve lost 40 lbs but have hit a wall. I need something to help push me past the plateau, and hopefully this is it.
Well Tom, without reading any of the other posts and I usually do just to get a feel for what others say, I will admit to you that I have been a constant user of “should a” and “would a” throughtout all aspects of my life that I’m finally determined to get rid of those nasty, procrastinating ideas or thoughts and actually finish something I start in my life…finally! Seems I have never been able to finish important things I start only because of a fear of failure, I guess! Well, I am going to change that right now, and I’m not going to depend on anyone to make sure I do! The ball is in my court and I will be accountable for my own success!Thanks for asking, Tom!Paul
This blog entry made me realize I’m not giving my body the same urgency as some other things in my life. I must take charge, because who else will?
Ready to get in shape and enjoy a more physical lifestyle. Would like to look at a picture of myself and be proud of what I see.
Four years ago I worked hard, ate right, exercised and slowly over 10 months dropped 60 pounds. I was in the best shape of my life and kept it that way for almost three years. But then life got busy and work got stressful. I started stress eating. Exercise wasn’t as big of a priority. I started enjoying junk food again. And now I have gained back over 30 pounds. My clothes don’t fit and I’m not happy with myself. I need to get back my discipline. I enjoyed being in shape and eating right. It is way past time to get back to that and what I need is accountability and motivation. I think that this just may do the job – which would be good since my job isn’t going to slow down or get less stressful.
The reason I must become better physically is because people watch me and interrogate me (haha). I came out of the closet and announced that I was a, ‘Tom Venuto,’ groupie this past year. Never expecting to become a groupie of any kind I found myself pretty much worshiping the fat loss bible, BFFM. After working as a Registered Nurse for a crazy amount of years and growing up in a family of insane nurses, I have always been surrounded with health issues and health ideals. I quickly realized that many, many, of the problems that I was treating in the hospital were results and/or contributions of obesity and self-neglect. People suffer, people die, and those they love suffer along with them. I got tired of chasing disease. I figured why not take control of what you, “can,” and use it for all that it is worth! I took myself out of the hospitals and started preaching in the gyms, out of the gyms, and well- anywhere someone would listen to me. “Prevent it – don’t chase it!” I got my Personal Trainer Certificate through NSCA and I am not making near the paycheck I was in nursing – but I have a fire under the seat of my pants and I believe what I have learned through NSCA and reading BFFM. It is just a case of simple addition and subtraction mixed with a dose of DO IT NOW then watch as the miraculous body does what it was made to do. It has nothing to do with injections and/or strange drugs – YOU ARE in control! Talk about empowerment! If I can get a 72 year old lady into the gym lifting weights on a regular basis and walking distances she wasn’t able to for several years and she is STILL doing it over a year later, I MUST do it. Talk about competition! All I can say is watch out HCG – you will soon see your days run short.
In 98 days summer will be around the corner in New Zealand. My body will be transformed by then because:1. I am over being FAT FAT FAT infact I’m actually MORBIDLY HORRIBLY TERRIBLY OBESE!2. I do not want to go on our family holiday to Samoa in September in the current state.3. My body has been nicotine-free for the last 17 months and now it’s time for a HEALTHY-FIT-TONED-LOW FAT nicotine-free body.4. I want energy and the body to do lots of fun activities (outdoor and water) with my children and husband. I can’t wait to ride a rollercoaster again!5. It will prepare me for when my only son becomes a toddler with all the running around I will have to take on.6. And of course…. I want to be DROP DEAD gorgeous again especially since I will be going to Maui next year!!!!
My must is to take it to the next level. It is too easy to just get through your workout each week. I need to get it going for real. No more just working out. It is time to push myself to see what I can really do.
This challenge is a MUST for me because I am putting me first this time. I have lost some weight on my own but need the push to get me to my goal of being as healthy as I can be. I have watched my dad struggle with multiple issues, heart, knees, weight, etc. I don’t want to live like that. I want to show my daughters what determination and hard work can do. Thanks for the great website!
Must, must, must! I am a fat fitness instructor. I feel embarrassed to admit that to myself, not to mention blog it, UNTIL I remember how far I’ve come. I was a 240 lb. 5′ 7″ sedentary cigarette smoking mother of 2. I traded my cigarettes for a world renowned fitness program and loved it so much I wanted to take my workouts to the instructor level. Still overweight, I passed workshop trainings. Two years went by and my workouts increased in intensity, but my eating habits stayed the same. I did tone up, lose inches, and even lost 20 lbs. But that was it. Then I found BFFM. After reading the ebook and figured out what/when to eat and how to calculate it all, my body changed. My workouts became more instructor worthy. I was working more efficiently with more intensity, energy, and strength. 30 lbs of fat melted away and muscle definition was starting to shine through. With my goal weight of 166 lbs in sight and feeling fabulous at 34, I decided it was time for my 3rd and final baby. I continued eating the BFFM way at the maintenance level and exercisng which my OB was supportive of. After complications unrelated to diet and exercise, I went on brief bedrest and started eating junk. I knew I could get back to BFFM and reach my goal after delivery. Baby #3 turned 1 May 10th and I weigh 200 lbs. My goal is 34 lbs. away and I am ready to take my body back. 98 days over summer vacation for a public school employee is perfect timing. Our hectic lives will slow down some and I can focus on me. I want to be a visibly fit instructor, sporting the midrift tops and shorter shorts, letting my good looking abs shine through! Going to Maui will be sweet, I’ve never taken an adult vacation before. This challenge is a MUST!
I need to get motivated and I badly need to be part of the innercircle but I don’t have the money for now to join. It would be so cool if I can win a membership this time.
I want to change my body in 98 for my family. My wife has a serious history of heart disease and I want to make sure one of us is around for our children. I want to wake up and feel refreshed and energized so I can enjoy a long life with my family. I believe with Tom’s book and system I will be able to beat the fat for life.
All of my life I was overweight, after losing my father to diabetes, my why has changed and is no longer a should — I want to be on in this physical existence and share life with my family. I have two growing children and I want to be an important part of their lives for as long as I possibily can!
I have proven to myself that Feed the “Muscle, Burn the Fat” really works even after trying every other diet on the planet.After losing 83 pounds I have beome a role model for my 10 year old granddaughter who has a tendency toward weight gain. She is a real dynamo on the soccer field but runs short of breath about half time. I want to work on myself in order to set the example and hopefully encourage her to join me on the journey.Perhaps by fall she will be in the shape of her life in order to have the time of her life on that soccer field. And hopefully I will be her shining star on the sideline.
What are the REASONS WHY you want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than you are today?I want to be in the best shape of my life for so many reasons, but a couple of the most important are this: Last year my father died at the age of 56 primarily due to abusing his body with food and alcohol. My mother is on the same path. I want to break that cycle. I already struggle with compulsive eating (i.e. fad/starvation diets and bingeing) and I don’t want that to turn into something worse down the road (i.e. alcholism). I am 35 years old and have been on diets since I was 11. I’m so done. I also am planning a trip to Italy this fall which has been a life-long dream and would love to feel great about my body. And after that trip I want to take the next step with my husband and have children. I don’t want to pass on bad body image or eating habits to my children, so its time I figure this out! My time is NOW!
I MUST transform myself from a 70 year old obese person so I can enjoy life as it should be. We enjoy being with our grand kids and I want to be able to continue to do things with them as they get older.I have both of Tom’s books, but I now need to put the information I have learned to use. The exercise is the easiest. My after dinner ‘snacking’ is what is my main problem.I have always been overweight to some extent, and this summer is when I must take action to prolong my life to take advantage of any long life genes I have.
I MUST do this because it’s one more step in my journey towards fitness. In the last 14 months, I’ve lost 90 lbs and have gone from a place where I could barely lift 7.5 lb hand weights to lifting heavier than a lot of the guys at the gym and running a half-marathon. I MUST take my life back from just being about my career. I MUST become healthy and functional. I’ve been a little afraid to have my body fat composition measured and I think this contest will force me to face some of my demons.
I love all the great feedback to this question of must. I am 55, and I have lost over 50 lb since last October and have been working out consistently since January. I still have a way to go to get to where I want to go. I feel that I am at a tipping point of moving forward or backward. I must move forward to reach my goal of single digit body fat. And although this 98 days won’t get me there, it will move me in the right direction that I must go.
It definitely is inspiring to read everyone’s motivations. Reading what some people wrote really makes me want to cheer them on even harder. I admittedly do not have any reason as major or pressing as an immediate health concern, but I just think it’s time. I’ve been putting off developing my body into what I know it could be because I have been afraid. I will begin teaching martial arts and self defense part time, and though I have overcome many of my fears through my training I think I am naturally moving on to overcoming more of my emotional fears. I MUST take charge of my health and my body this summer because it is the next barrier on my path, and I know I need to break through it to move on. I know doing so will make me a stronger person and a better instructor. :) Good luck to everyone out there!
What are the REASONS WHY you want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than you are today?1. I want to set a good example of physical fitness for my children.2. I want to be in the best shape of my life when I turn 40.I have been big my entire life. Athletic and in good health, but big. I am now in my late thirtys and over the last several years my weight reached an all time high (320). I bought your book last year and it guided me back to the gym and I lost 50 pounds and reduced my body fat percentage by 12% in 6 months. On past diets I focused on weight as the most important goal. Your book taught me to focus on body composition and I did a great job improving by 12% in 6 months. I have recently stalled and lost focus, but I intend to reach my final goal that I set last year. This challenge will help me focus on my final goal and will serve as my 3 month target.Why is transforming your body NOW – in the next 98 days- an absolute MUST for you?I will be forty in two years, and I MUST start the second half of my life in great shape. My fear is that the longer I wait to get in shape, the harder it will be to do it. My twins just turned 5 and they are at the age where they are setting their own habits. I WILL be a positive role model for them. They WILL see their father as someone who is strong and in shape and works out regularly. I WILL set a good example so they will not be overweight as children like I was!
I MUST transform my body and my life this summer because I don’t want my children to wonder if their kids will ever know their grandparents. I’m still young and kids are a few years off, but it kills me to see the health problems my older relatives are having. I find myself pleading that they make small, healthy choices so that they’ll still be around when the next generation comes, because I want my kids to know them.I MUST transform my body and my life this summer because I don’t want to wonder if I will know my grandkids and great-grandkids. My grandma is a sassy 80-year-old who recently went on the longest ZipRider zip line in the world in Alaska. I feel so lucky that I’ve gotten the chance to get to know her as an adult, and I want my grandkids to be so lucky, too. Not to mention, I want to be TWICE as sassy as she is when I’m 80!I MUST transform my body and my life this summer because I’m making big changes in my life, and I want to enter this next phase as the healthiest, happiest, hottest version of me that’s possible. The confidence and energy I’ll have can only benefit the other areas of my life.Thanks Tom!
Aloha Tom!I’m turning the big 4-0 this summer and my mantra has been “4 pack at 40.” (with a 6 pack to follow!) Been working at it for some time and have totally plateaued out with about 5-7 pounds to go. It’s really time to start burning off the fat and showing off the muscle. I’ve been “on board” with fitness and nutrition for many years and have had great success, however I’ve yet to hit the ultimate goal of seeing my abs and that is is why I want it.
I must achieve my goal to transform my body into a healthy muscular lady in the next 98 day BFFM contest. Summer is here and my daughters are out for school and me too for that matter, so NOW IS THE TIME. I will have that little extra time that I need to get in the good workouts without driving back and forth to school and doing & helping with homework.I am 47 years old : I weigh 195 lbs and need to lose about 20-25 lbs of fat. I believe that Jesus died so that I can live life in the fullest and I cannot possibly live life in the fullest 25 lbs overweight. I want to run a 5k in under 30 minutes — right now it takes me 42 and I get shin splints easily. I can’t wait to run without an extra 30 lbs going with me!I also have two daughters 7 & 9 (I’m 47) and I want to stay young and athletic for them. Also, my 9 yr old is beginning to gain some weight (she weighed 11 lbs 10 oz when she was born so we’ve been trying to keep a close eye on her, she loves to eat!! I MUST show her NOW before it’s too late…it’s so much harder to get it off. I want to give her the tools she needs now to keep it off so she doesn’t have the same struggles I had when I was younger and kids called me fatty, fatty. She is such a sweet girl and fades into the background so easily around her friends.Lastly for me! I have been talking about losing weight for 7 years — came pretty close to goal a couple of times but never made it — and the weight starts creeping back on because I used starvation methods. My blood pressure has dropped to 90/52 so many times and I have felt so bad trying to “Die t” I have lost vision in one of my eyes for a short time. Talk about crazy!!! I know I CANNOT lose weight and get into good shape starving myself I MUST BURN THE FAT AND FEED THE MUSCLE!!! This time I am going to do it right!! Thank you for this contest, it has come at the PERFECT time : )
Hi Tom,Yesterday I turned 37 and it`s not that easy to loose weight.I went for a fun run yesterday and it wasn`t only me who jogged but even my jelly belly started moving.At my age I constantly have to think to keep my breath in to keep my stomach in.We have a very long summer in my country lasting almost till October,and I did not come out of Winter hibernation yet.I`m not sure if I can make it in 6-8 weeks.My worst problem has always been my stomach since my teens. As soon as I start binging my stomach tyres come out.I`m dreading the moment of myself taking off my clothes to take the first swim on the beach.
The reason I want to achieve this challenge in 98 days is because I want being out of shape to be over! That’s why I want to do it in 98 days. But the reason I want to get in shape Tom’s way is because from the time I was 16yrs old I wanted to get into body building. I would work out at my high school gym and the guys would be amazed that I knew what exercise I was doing and what muscle it was working. And as much as it wasn’t that long ago (i’ll be 39 in aug this year), it really wasn’t main stream for a woman to lift weights. So over the years I have maintained muscle that is covered with fat. I don’t want to lose weight, I want to lose fat. I truely believe all the amazing reasons for maintaining health, I’m sure we all have an ailing family member, but this is for me, something I have wanted for a very long time and will finally get to accomplish.
Tom,I just got to know about your website recently when I was browsing on health and exercise related topics. So, I had been following your news letters and updates on the contest lately.The reason I want to get fit this summer is – I have been working out since last 10 years and feel like I reached a plateau and still 7 kgs overweight and need to break that.Also, after crossing 30, have been having all kinds of problems (knee pain, back pain) and feels like I lost control of my body. So, I definitely want to get the control back and feel confident with a fit body-Sri
Hi there Tom,I guess my reasons are the same as many others, for me, at 45 with small kids, I realised that I don´t have that much time with them, our eldest is 15 soon and I want to be able to do all the fun stuff, and not just be a tired mum all the time. My youngest is 2 with more energy than the others put together – need I say more?
I MUST make this body transformation not only for myself, but for my 8 year old daughter who weighs over 100 lbs. If I don’t step up as a mother and learn the proper way to care for myself, then I am setting my child up for failure. I can’t teach her the proper things to eat because I don’t know! I can’t teach her the proper way to exercise or stay active because I don’t know how! I’m a mother of three…my 17 year old is disable and somewhat over weight…my 8 year old is considerably overweight…and my 5 month old will probably be overweight if I can’t take control of my health! Although all of my children mean the world to me and I want them to be healthy, my 8 year old is the one who I am most concerned about. She is a very intelligent child and imitates me. She helps me so much with the baby and her older sister, but because I am overweight and miserable, she is overweight and miserable. I MUST accomplish this goal so that my children and myself can learn to LIVE a happy and healthy life without being miserable, overweight and using food to cure our emotional woes! I MUST do this today!!!!
This challange is very important to me. I MUST transform my body this summer because:1. This year I became my first baby and I put on weight 44 lbs. I lost now 22 lbs but I want to loose next 37 lbs and keep it for rest of my life2. I am a fitness instructor and I want to enspire my customers with my new body3. Next year I am turning 40 and I want to be to this date in the best shape of my life
Tom,A lot has happened in the past three years, including losing my gym membership, the death of my mother, a new job, and finally, my husband losing his job. I can think of a dozen excuses not to work out. I’m 45 and am starting to experience what I believe is my hereditary penchant for arthritis and fibromyalgia.I need to be strong for my family, and now is the time to get serious about it. I’ve subscribed to your email list and have wished I had enough money to buy your series. Maybe now is the time.Thanks Tom
I’m on the verge of erasing everything I’ve achieved over the past six years. If I keep going down the path I’m on at the moment, I’ll end up with the same fat body that I had in high school, when I rejected exercise out of fear of failure.I’ve always prided myself on being one of the few people who has been able to keep off lost weight, through a change in lifestyle. However, I see the old habits creeping up on me: eating out of stress, lonliness, or boredom. I also see that my sucess or failure with weight, fitness and healthy eating is affecting my mental health, and my relationship with my husband. For all these reasons, and many more, now is the time to get back on track. I need to take action NOW, because every pound I gain is one I’ll have to work hard at losing in the future.
I am 3 months away from turning 30 and need to begin the journey towards feeling and being healthier. I need to take control of my eating & exercise habits so that I can take contorl of the rest of my life. I need to discipline myself into eating healthy and exercising regularly before having children as I will not bring a child into a household where food is still an issue.
Been working out the last year and a half and I drastically improved on my nutrition…..I still weigh more or less the same but my bodyfat is down by at least 6% and I gained some lean muscle……the transformation is really noticable but fat loss and muscle gain has come to a halt about 6 months ago :( …I feel so de-motivated,I really need this challenge to get me going again. It is the start of winter in my country, so this will be more like a winter challenge for me…..really looking forward to being a part of this challenge.
Been working out the last year and a half and I drastically improved on my nutrition…..I still weigh more or less the same but my bodyfat is down by at least 6% and I gained some lean muscle……the transformation is really noticable but fat loss and muscle gain has come to a halt about 6 months ago :(I feel so de-motivated,I really need this challenge to get me going again. It is the start of winter in my country, so this will be more like a winter challenge for me.Really looking forward to being a part of this challenge.
I have reached the MUST time of my life.I MUST lose weight to:-1) Fit into an airplane seat2) Be able to tie up my sneakers easily3) Be able to get up off the floor easily4) Live to see my children grow and have their own kids5) Be able to experience life to the full6) Be able to buy clothes off the rack7) Not feel humilated by my size8) Be able to love myself
I must change my body, because I’m worried about my health. Two of my grandparents died from stroke, and my dad had a stroke last summer, luckily he survived, despite that the first prognocise was pessimistic. My bad cholesterol is also too high. I´m a skinny fat guy. I’m otherwise skinny, but have too much belly fat, and too little muscle. I must change my bodycomposition, loose fat and gain muscle. This has been very difficult for me, despite that I have been working out quit a lot, but with little results. I hope this challenge will make a difference.
Why is transforming your body NOW – in the next 98 days- an absolute MUST for you?I have always struggled with my wieght and even thought i go to the gym 6 days a week i can never lose those last few lbs. I want to start a family and i dont want to pass my bad eating habbits on to my children.
I’m over the 4.. 0 .. mark and had a pretty tough life. Widow, 3 kids business – never enough time for myself after giving to everyone else. Always feeling that i am not capable of pulling off something like this – that i am not quite good enough. Of cousre i need to get rid of this type of “Thinking and Attitude “. I need to make this body transformationan an absolute must to proove to myself once and for all that i am worthy and capable of having a great body, fantastic health, unlimited energy and passion for life ..
I’m ready…It is time for me to loose what I’ve carried most of my adult life. I need this for me and have to do it for me because no one else can do it for me.I’d like to finish this and in the end have to go out and buy new clothes in a much smaller size. I want to shop and fit into clothes that don’t have a “W” or an “X” in the size label.I know it won’t be easy but I have to do it for me, I have so much to loose and so much more confidence in myself to gain.
Using the BFFM programme rapidly made a significant impact on my health and fitness levels and reduced my BMI from the borderline top end of normal to the mid-range normal. However, I’ve relied too much on the nutrition and aerobic fitness aspects to undergo any significant body transformation, and am still a classic skinny-fat person. I have totally plateaued in the last six months. Now my weight is beginning to show signs of creeping up by a couple of kilos, and that will all be fat for sure. I’m totally convinced the BFFM has all the elements needed for me to produce a significant change in my body composition – and I think taking on the summer challenge could help focus me back on the actions I need to take to make it happen.
Hi Tom, thanks to you and your e-book, I’m already on my way to what I know will be the most amazing transformation. In just 5 weeks I have already lost 8llbs in weight and 4% body fat and I haven’t even had to give too much up!! I’m a great believer in you get out what you put in and there is no greather motivater than results. I am an advodate of the good life, great food, good wine and a full and hectic socal life I discovered I don’t have to give any of that up – I just have to make different choices and its really not that hard – believe me If I can do it anyone can !!
Here are the reasons why I want to transform my body this summer:I want to feel good about how I lookI want to play with my kids without getting out of breathI want my kids to be proud of what their dad can achieveI want to be able to put on my clothes without them feeling too tightI want to feel healthy and energeticI want to win the competitionI AM going to do this and this is the perfect goal that I need to achieve it. The competition for me though is to reach the end knowing that I have given it my all. If I do that then I have won my very own competition. Then – its guarenteed that I will be in a much better place than I am now.Good luck everyone – we can do it.BRING IT ON !!!Thanks Tom.
I need to shape my body to make it stronger, leaner and healthier. this will improve my wellbeing and make life better and happier.
Transforming my body NOW is an absolute MUST to me because i want to overcome my depression and be an inspirational for my three kids.
The REASONS WHY i want to be in better shape at the end of the summer is that i am a woman and almost reaching the age of 30, so i want to remain feeling myself beautifull.
I’m 39 in 2 weeks, I’ve been overweight all my life, not obese but still overweight, and just figured “thats the way I’m meant to be, it’s genetic”. Now I know it’s not genetic, I just eat too much cr*p, drink too many beers and don’t execise enough, and then I lie to myself to justify my bad habits.If I want to be healthy, avoid heart disease, stroke and any number of other horrible self inflicted diseases, I MUST take control over my actions and lose the fat.Yes, I want to be healthy, but I also want to look good and feel great. When I turn 40 I WILL be lean. That means I MUST accept the BFFM challenge and start my transformation today.Thanks Tom.
It is a MUST as seeing the world around me looking so unhealthy. I am here to help others realize it is about a lifestyle change and not an on again off again roller coaster.
AlohaI want to weight 100 kilos ’cause surfing is my passion.As you might know if you surf you are back in the food chain.So in case of a shark attack I wanna be able to fight.I weight 85 kilos right know and work hard to achieve my goal.Mahalo & best regards from Germany,Dan
My story goes. In June 2009, I found out that my husband was having an affair outside our marriage. I was so hurt that I thought my life was coming to an end. So, I decided to engage in one weight loss program (It was in form of supplements).Within 3 months into the pragram, I shed a lot of weight. In December 2009, when we got to a party, I looked very beautiful in my party dress, even my husband could not control and hide his feelings. He commented on it, and we started life again like the new found lovers. so after February this year, I noticed that I have put a lot of weight again, the man now went back to his former life. I now concluded that his going outside is because of my weight. When I saw your program on internet and the success stories, I vowed that I MUST transform my body and my life this summer to attract this man because I really love him will not like to share him with anybody.
SUMMER …the end of spring and the beginning of fall. This is going to be great. I can put an end to all the old habits and begin Fall with a new body and new thinking surrounding my eating and exercising habits. Fall is normally a terribly busy time for me workwise. I need to do this NOW so I won’t be able to use the excuse that I’m too busy to change. I am so excited about this. Embarassing as it is to admit this, my baby is 14 months old and I’m still wearing maternity pants. Wow. Horrible to see that in black and white. I’m ready to throw all the matrnity and big clothes away for good. I’m need to not only lose my 20 pounds of pregnancy weight but I need to beat my leanest body fat of 20%. I’m ready to be my most fit ever. 98 days is enough time to do it. Let’s go!!Sheryl J.
I am 45 years old and have been an exerciser and a 70% clean eater for about 15 years. I have encouraged many people for years about how to exercise and eat. I have a scale that says I am at 30% body fat. Not a very good role model. I am more than ready to get rid of the unsightly fat on my body. I am tired of not getting the results I want. I want to lose 15% of my body fat. I have been getting these letters since Feburary. I am gettting it in my head that you have the plan that works. I want to win this contest and prove it. Teach me how!
This year I get to my 55th birthday. This is a milestone for me in many ways, many of them really positive. However, where it comes to my weight and fat levels, it’s a reminder of how much I haven’t achieved. I weigh in at 208 with a body fat percentage of somewhere between 18 and 22%. My whole life has been a struggle with being fat from being a fat baby, kid, teenager, etc. Two years ago I managed through extreme dieting via a soy based approach to get my weight down to 180 but I was unable to sustain it longer than 9 months. So, I’m hoping that this will be the motivator for me to push my body composition to a more optimal level. My age and body type (endomorph) work against me but I really don’t want to head to my senior years carrying these extra pounds. So, here I go again – I’m really hoping I can make it happen.
Simply put… Postponed too many times… Procrastination they say…
“EVERYBODY DIES, BUT NOT EVERYBODY LIVES!!” Obesity has surely helped with the first part of the qoute, I now want to experience the second part of the qoute, by losing all those unhealthy, unneeded extra weight and reclaim my life; I am going to LIVE!!!
I want this summer to be special. I turned 40 last October and so far, it has been the best year of my life. I want to continue to transform my body to be the best it can be as well. Many of my co-workers and students have seen the changes that I have accomplished so far, and have been inspired by them. However, I want to show them what is truly possible, even after you hit the big 4-0. Also, I want to continue to be an inspiration to my students, many of whom have changed their health for the better with my help. And finally, I want to look my best for my husband, who is currently deployed with the United States Army. I want to be absolutely ‘smokin’ when he returns home in September. I know that the BFFM program will help me achieve these goals!!
Oh my, I have a lot of should’s but I’m tired of those – I never follow through on them.I am overweight and hate that I haven’t moved past my defeatism and my quick fix attitude. Nothing but hard work and dedication is going to do it for me.I’m not doing this for my kids, though its a help, but for me. I don’t want to move into my 40’s with an overweight body – I want to be fit and fabulous and never stop moving forward.Thanks so much for the opportunity!
Transforming my body now is an absolute must for me, as I want to show my three young boys the power of the subconscious mind. I must show them that they can accomplish anything they desire with positive thinking and perseverance regardless of the obstacles stacked against them. NOW is the time!
I AM STRUGGLING WITH MY MENU. I EAT THE SAME THINGS EVERYDAY AND I SO TIRED. I DON’T LIKE A LOT OF FOODS AND IT’S BEEN VERY HARD TO DIET. IF ANYONE HAS ANY SUGGESTIONS, PLEASE HELP!!!!!! THANKS IN ADVANCE.
I’m getting married – in September – and because of injuries in the past while running ultras (50 mile plus races) I am NOT in the shape that I want to be, need to be, and should be. My fiance is a bodybuilder and keeps in great shape and I refuse to be the one out of shape in our wedding pictures. I am back to running but only about 20 miles a week and I need to lift weights and get my muscles back to being able to wear “The Dress’ and to enjoy my life. I love being active and strong. I love feeling my muscles work – I would just like it if I could SEE them work under this layer of fat I’ve got going on right now.
Thnaks Tom. Your book and nutrition advice has been a huge help. It’s really turned my life and health around!Shawn
~I must take this challenge and change my life for many reasons…. Health, well-being, to set an example for my children, self-esteme, confidence, to be inspiration to others, to look good in anything I wear, gain energy, lift my spirits, stop the yo-yo cycle, look more attractive, etc…~The reason I MUST do this challenge and change my life is because “should have, could have, would have” never got me anywhere. I MUST do it to break free from the bondage this condition has had over every aspect of my life for decades. I MUST do it, because it will set me free.
My last trip to my doctor revealed that my tirglycerides were too high to calculate from my cholesterol readings. My doctor wants to put me on yet another medication to lower my triglycerides. I know that with proper diet and exercise I can lower it naturally, and I don’t want to be on any medications I don’t have to be on. Also, my soon-to-be 14 year old daugter, who is overfat, questions why she should listen to my advise on losig fat when I have the same problem. I want to be an example and an inspiration to her so she doesn’t have to suffer through years of a low self-image like I have.
Reasons why I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than I am today and why is transforming my body NOW – in the next 98 days- an absolute MUST for me? I can no longer just keep putting it off. I can no longer say I will do it tomorrow. Change must happen now my health is depending on me getting up and doing something about it. I was an athlete in high school, played all the sports. I even did weight lifting for exercise after high school to keep in shape and I looked great. Now after 2 kids and a sedentary job of sitting and typing for 8 hours a day and a lot of years later I am in the worst shape of my life. I am 44 and weigh 180 pounds at 5’ 4”. I continue to do some exercise such as walking and biking but just have never gotten back into weights like I know I need to do in order to transform my body, my life and myself. Over the years I have put the weight on a little here a little there it was no big deal. Now I am starting to deal with health issues because of the extra pounds. I know I am putting my health at risk because of this weight especially due to family history of heart disease and diabetes. Putting this weight on especially around my stomach area only increases my risks more and more for diseases such as diabetes and heart disease. I do not want my weight and out of shape body to put a hindrance on my life. I want to live life to the fullest, enjoying an active life with my husband and children. I want to ride my bike and go for walks and hikes with my family and whatever other adventures are out there awaiting me. I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than I am now to prove to myself I can be in great shape again and how great that feels. How great it feels to be in shape and healthy, I remember that awesome feeling of feeling healthy and knowing I was healthy. I want to feel that again I want to be in great shape again. I also want to decrease my health risks so I do not have to deal with the pain and suffering associated with these diseases. I also want to be an inspiration for my family members and other to let them see that it can be done and encourage them to take care of themselves so they do not have to deal with heart disease and diabetes. I need to transform now and change my thinking, change my attitudes. I must transform now so that I can get on the right track and stay there and not keep going down this path of destruction. Thanks for your motivation and encouragements Tom.
I am going to prove to myself, and to my husband, that I can do hard things. I’m not going to quit when things get hard and I’m going to push through. I also want to learn to love me for the things i can and do accomplish, and to love my body. I want to gain energy so that I can play with my children and teach them the importance of making exercise and healthy eating habits a part of their lives. I want to learn to love exercise and the feeling of eating healthy eating and keep the desire of those two things in my life for a long time.
I have been working out with a trainer for about 6 years now and am a certified trainer myself though I am not currently training anyone. I love to train, but can’t seem to get motivated to get my diet on track and totally embrace the fit lifestyle. I am also an amateur triathlete – having competed in 3 Half Ironmans! I am currently 140 lbs and 24% body fat. That makes me sick, as does the roll flopping over my waistband! I can’t even think about putting on a bikini. With all the effort I put into training, I know I have great abs (i even teach a 30 min Abs class!), but they are hidden under FAT!!! I will be turning 43 in 2 weeks and this contest is just what I need to get me motivated to lose body fat and show my 6-pack!!!! Thanks, Tom! Your info rocks!
I did not struggle much with my weight when I was younger. I am 5’7″ and have been between 125-135 for most of my life, even if I gained weight, it was relatively easy for me to lose when I made the decision. All that changed when I reached my late 30s and early 40s. The last 5 or 6 years I have really struggled with my weight. To make matters worse I have dealt with multiple medical conditions that have derailed my weight loss. I have had back surgery, broke my right foot twice (once requiring surgical repair) and undergone multiple fertility treatments and diagnostic testing all of which prevented me from working out for some period of time. After four unsuccessful fertility treatments, I found myself at an all time high of 200 lbs. I have lost about 25 lbs, so I know I can do it, but have struggled to get below 175 lbs. Most recently my back problems have returned and I have been diagnosed with gall bladder disease and will have it removed later this week.I “MUST” get my diet right to avoid any future digestive issues as I believe my diet is a big factor in gall bladder disease. I also believe getting my diet right is a huge factor in weight loss and will prevent future weight gain.I “MUST” lose the weight because I believe it will help alleviate/prevent additional back issues.I want to lose the weight for myself. I want to look better and feel better about myself this year in my bikini. My inability to have children has been a real blow and I want to move on and get back to the carefree person I once was. Changing my appearance is a giant step in that direction.I truly believe I “MUST” lose this weight for both my mental and physical well being.
After three years of bad health, that is, three surgeries (hernia), severe tennis elbow on both arms from shoveling snow, and othe issues, I ballon, without the strings, to over 250lbs. I’ve been unable to do any type of weight lifting, my walking went to sitting on a chair, and my confidence and motivation took a vacation in a warmer climate and still haven’t returned. I’m feeling fine and want to lose the weight, get off the high blood pressue meds, and feel right for the first time in years. On my door I posted a paper, three years ago, saying: weight 185, waist 32-36, toned muscles, 15 to18 percent body fat or less, off blood presure meds. This will be a challenge because of all the sit backs I have in the past. The mountain will not move to come to me, but I can move and climb that mountain.
Tom,Because of BFFM, I have lowered my body fat from 24% to 12% in 7 months. With the new contest, it will motivate me even more to reach my goal of 8% or less.I am 45 years old and just want to be in the best shape of my life! And I want to look ripped! ; )Thanks Again!Kraig
I am starting a new “chapter” in my life and would love to go into it as healthy as possible. Although I have had a pretty regular exercise routine my entire adulthood (I’m 41) I have never achieved the lean body that I would love to have. I am SO ready to take the challenge to do this now! I would love to win the program so that I can use it to achieve my dream of a leaner and healthier body. Thanks for the chance to try!
I have read BFFM. I have a vision board with pictures of inspirational women and quotes. I have cleaned out the cabinets of all the junk (that my family will allow). I have a food scale. I have a home gym, dumbbells, bands, videos, water bottles and mp3 player. And I have many, many, many failed or incomplete attempts at losing fat and transforming my body. I have had some success in losing weight. But after reading your book I realize it was probably mostly water, some fat, and some muscle. I also have my many excuses. The same reasons and excuses we all have! Work, children, on the road, too busy, prior commitments, hindering health and disease diagnosis’ telling me all the reasons those ‘after pictures’ will never be me, or ‘it’s just too hard!’.I MUST do this because I know I CAN do this. And everyday that I wake up and HAVEN’T done it, sends me deeper into the depression I’ve called home for so long. Well, I’m ready to SAY so long! So long depression, so long excuses, so long old body. Hello joy, energy, strength, confidence, and hello success. Hello water parks, Maui beaches, camera’s, and sexy lingerie! I must do this because right now I am the before photo. My after photo is hidden under the before photo. I want to take the before photo that I see in the mirror everyday and literally RIP IT TO SHREDS! I must crawl out of this deep well of depression that I’m in. This transformation challenge is the rope that has been tossed down to me. Now it’s up to me to do the work to pull myself up out of this well. It’s all me now!
I am already in great shape and have been focusing on optimal training and nutrition for several years. Although, I’m in decent shape I know I can take my body to the next level and achieve a higher standard of physical, mental, and spiritual excellence.Currently I am about 167lbs @ 14% bodyfat which is a little higher than I’d like to be. As an ectomorph my goal has always been to gain more muscle and that still is my goal. For this contest I plan to add more muscle and burn the fat into the single-digits.I MUST do this……. to take my body to the next level…. to realize my lifelong dream…. to walk the talk and be a positive role model…. to pave the path for others who follow…. to transform my body and my life…. to be the man I truly want to be…. to defeat old habits and evolve…. to embrace health and vitality…. to set a higher standard of excellence and achievement…. to create my own reality…. to fulfill my ultimate potential in life…. to help others achieve their own physique goals.Thanks for providing the motivation and inspiration!Let’s do this!Brandon
I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than I am today because maintaining an 80+ pound weight loss over the last three years has left me feeling and looking good…but I want to feel and look GREAT!As I go forward with my plans to get a graduate degree in nutrition, I want to be a physical embodiment of what nutrition and exercise can achieve. I want future patients or clients to have absolutely no doubt that I don’t just talk the talk, but that I also walk the walk.Plus, I want to really rock a pair of jeans and to feel good in a bikini for the first time ever (right now I cling to my lower-body cover-up like a security blanket). I’ve struggled with weight since I was a child, and even during times when I was “normal” weight, I never really, really, felt good about my body. There was always that amount of extra body fat hanging around. I’m 41, which seems like an obstacle to many to achieve a great body, but I’ve seen enough examples of what 40+ can look like to know that’s not true!I MUST transform my body NOW because if now now, when? I’m busy, but will be even busier a year from now. And it’s a myth that there’s a magical “perfect” time to focus on health and fitness. I need to just buck up and DO it, and NOW is the time!
I’ve decided this is the summer to get my best body ever because I am tired of living with regret. I’m a tournament water skier, and I spend most of my summer in my swim suit. Every time I put it on, I think, “I wish my belly were flatter. I wish my thighs were thinner….” Enough! I’m 46 years old, and I’ve been thinking this way for years. Decades! NOW is the time to commit to hard work. NOW is the time to quit “playing” exercise and start actually applying myself.
At the age of 18, I only weighted 97 pounds at 5.4ft. Even after I came to the United States and after all the fatty food I was eating, I still was never able to pass the 135 pounds.I was always called “Starving Boy” by my entire family and friends. I hate it. I wanted to be by big like everyone else, so I started working out a bit and eating everything in sight.Currently, I am 180 pounds in a disgusting shape. And everyone in my family saying that once you become fat and will alays be fat. So I am hoping this contest would motivate me to add at leat 5 pounds of muscle and burn 25 pounds of fat so I can prove everyone in my family wrong.
Since I’m on my way to the gym I’ll be short and to the point. I’m in it to win it, because I’m tired of hiding from the camera. I’m tired of looking back at great family moments and forgetting the fun we are having; because I’m stuck on the image of me being fat. I’m doing this for me and nobody else.See every chance as an opportunity, go forth, and leave no room for hesitation.
At age 46 I have been nominated for Mrs Modern Woman South Africa … great! Except I don’t see how I could look stunning in a night gown with this rolls around my middle. Have been excersizing for the the last 18 months doing the lady like ‘Curves” but I have reached a plato after 6 months. Been a slave of the Burn the Fat regime for the last 6 months, but I see I will need more personal inside advise! :-)
It’s a MUST and not a SHOULD because living a healthy life and taking care of my body is something that I can control, thus have the ability to change my own life. I’ve been the fat girl too long and am tired of wasting some of the best years of my life (I am 25) being overweight and a slave to my own impulses.It’s a MUST not a SHOULD because I want to be an example to others; to give hope to people who think it’s too hard or too taxing.It’s a MUST not a SHOULD because living a healthy lifestyle: working our regularly and eating food to fuel my body, not just to eat, is how I will maintain my health for years to come.Excited for the challenge! Good luck to everyone!
I must get back in shape. I’m tired of the aches and pains that I feel. I want to take control of my life and my health and I can’t do it by sitting still and running to McDonalds.
The WHY is easy: My three sons. They are 12, 10 and 1. The two older sons are getting bigger and more active by the day. My youngest is starting to walk and is getting into everything. I MUST be able to keep up the pace (even if only for a few hours after work).The HOW is the hard part: that’s where you come in, Tom. I was 75 kg 10 years ago. I peaked at 105 kg after starting a desk job in Japan (think ten hour days followed by frequent office drinking parties). I got down to my current 90 kg (with Mike Geary’s help) but I have plateaued and still need the motivation for my complete body transformation.Please HELP!
I have recently been dianosed with type 2 diabetes so I need a life style change. I am 49 and was 243 lbs and have recently lost 30 lbs so I am on my way. I love sugar and low glycemic index foods but that has all changed and I need to learned to enjoy the healthy foods. I am currently taking medication for the diabetes and I am hoping to get to where I don’t have to take the medication. My blood sugar was 498 when I went to the doctor and this morining it was 111. I need to continue and work hard to get rid of the belly fat to stay in good health for my family and myself
today is my sons 36th birthday and i want to show him that the body will respond, even being over 60 years old…wish me luck
When I was younger, I never wanted to believe that there was a possibility that I could gain weight. I always thought that would never happen to me. I have always been a fairly active person but my diet has not been the best. Well, now that I am in my mid-forties and have 4 kids, I have to eat my own words. I guess I am one of those people you would call “skinny fat”. I am not really overweight, but man do I have a lot of fat that has accumulated in my mid section these last few years. I must lose this fat now so that it does not lead to other health problems. My parents have a history of diabetes, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, etc. I already have high blood pressure I am dealing with, so I know it is must that I get this fat problem under control immediately. Also, it would be nice to be able to walk by the pool or on a beach and not be ashamed of what my stomach looks likes. Finally, Tom I want to prove to the world that you are right that with diet and exercise you can truly control your appearance and over all well being. I can’t wait to see the results!
I MUST do a 180 turn and adopt a healthy lifestyle in order to bring my high cholesterol down to normal. Heart attacks in my family have scared me into action. I need to be around for as long as I can for my wife and children. I MUST be a good example for my family.
I’m doing this contest because I want to change my beliefs! I have always been told that genetics make it impossible to change the body. I’d like to prove to myself that belief is not true. I want to feel proud of my body, increase my energy, and ultimately achieve a goal I’ve had for years. No more excuses.
After losing 50lbs 5 years ago the weight has slowly crept up and I’ve gained 25lbs back and am starting to feel horrible and hide from the camera again. I want to lose weight this summer because in the fall I’m taking a course in school that teaches everyone how to do proper height and weight measurements as part of my degree and I DO NOT want to be humiliated in front of my classmates come september.I’m ready. Sign me up:)
I must be in better shape 98 days from today for the simple reason that I am unhealthy and out-of-shape. Looks aside, I get out of breath running up a small flight of stairs. My blood pressure is on the rise to say nothing of the health numbers I can’t monitor every day. It is important for me to stay independant, and I won’t be able to be that if I don’t change my ways. Additionally, I don’t like myself right now. I don’t like the fact that I have allowed food to rule my life instead of me ruling food. It is for these reasons that I will change and be better 98 days from today than I am now.
I want to get into the best shape of my life and stay that way, so I will be a great example for my family and other women that are about to turn 50. I have a wonderful husband and family and an absolutely beautiful grand daughter that I want to be able to hopefully inspire some day. So this is not just a temporary or one time deal, this is the rest of my life and it is going to be great.
Getting in the best shape of my life is a MUST for me because I’ve never felt sexy about my body. I’ve worked out a lot but never found anything that has given me results to stay motivated.
I must transform my body this summer because I have realized that I cannot enjoy my life any other way.
For me it comes down to one thing: holding off the effects of aging. I’m 45 now and can’t justify holding on to the extra weight. Everyone has a choice of how they want to live their lives, and I’d like to make the rest of mine be as fit and able as possible. Ready for the Summer Challenge!
Transforming my body is not just a vanity issue. I am a middle aged woman and am concerned with overall health. We have a history of cancers and have found out also a history of diabetes and strokes. I have 4 children, a gorgeous husband, and a brand new grandson, as well as my parents and I need to be in shape mentally, spiritually, physically in order to take care of my family. I work full time and one of the activities that my husband and I do religiously is work out together. We watch our parents and siblings getting weaker and more prone to illness and disease, not only cutting their life short, but diminishing the quality of life as well. Having a strong, fit body is good for the soul, good for mental health and a great example and encouragement for our children, friends and family. Over the last year, we have been actively looking for a better formula for fitness: a better diet (not more complicated or expensive), a more effective way to work out in order to gain muscle and lose the fat. I need to prove to myself and the women I am around that being in your late 40’s does not mean you lose your sensuality, does not mean you can’t have a lean beautiful body, and you can improve your health with a good, nutritious, whole diet (no fads!), a workout customized for you, that you can feel GOOD about your body and feel strong! I would love to participate in this endeavor. It’s too important to all aspects of health, especially with the changes coming in health care.Sincerely,Dione Slapnicker
This challenge is important to me as I have let myself “go” since the start of 2010… letting “emotional eating” get the best of me… By following the BFFM system once again this summer, I KNOW that I can get in the best shape of my life… and with support and accountability, I am certain that I can achieve my goals this summer!
after losing approx 30% bf already (145 pounds) i am ready to get lean i would like to get to 25% bf ( 5%) more)
Here’s my answer…..WHY NOT?!?!?!?!?!
Coming up on my 33rd birthday, I have been “fat” my entire life, meaning I have never had a healthy, attractive, or even normal body fat percentage. I have always had myriad *reasons* to lose fat, but *reasons* alone clearly are not enough, and I understand this extremely well. Here are some typical *reasons* I can provide for attaining ideal body fat and adding muscle:1. Feel not just *better* about myself but actually really *good* for once2. Experience the great feeling of accomplishing a life-long goal and overcoming a literally life-long problem3. Look good, and actually feel attractive4. Feel good physically5. Be a model, inspiration, and motivational force for others6. Share useful health info with others and be a living example of it7. No longer feel uncomfortable or embarrassed in my own skin, let alone in my clothing8. Excel in and enjoy all areas of life to much greater extentThese reasons have always been the same, more or less. And yet I have still not made significant progress toward an ideal body because it was clearly never a *MUST* before (otherwise I would have already accomplished it). Why is it a MUST now?I have never *competed* in a body transformation contest of any kind. Now, I won’t be only letting myself down if I fail. I finally have some real accountability to other people whom I have told about my contest plans, so now I will be letting other people down as well if I don’t follow through and succeed this time.Additionally, my dad recently experienced having to have stints placed in arteries in his heart due to having two completely blocked arteries and a third nearly completely blocked. It was a scary time. He was very lucky to not have had a heart attack or have open heart surgery. My family has unfortunately never placed very much value health and fitness and the reality of the consequences of this must not be avoided any longer. It is extremely important to me to not only break this tradition and be an example for them now but also in the future, for example when/if I have children.These are key reasons why it is now an absolute MUST for me to achieve the best body I can, both during this 98 day contest and to continue to pursue and maintain health and fitness for a lifetime.
I have always been very active and dedicated to keeping fit as I have watched both my Dad and Mom pass away for health reasons that I know exercise and diet change could have avoided. I am determined to follow a different path. I admit I have slowed down lately and it is beginning to show. I must keep on the positive pathway. I know your wealth of information will get me there.
This past year or so has seen a HUGE change in me and in my life. I have already lost 40 pounds, separated from my husband of 22 years after 4 years of being treated like a serf, and am living on my own for the first time EVER. Now it’s time to get lean and get rid of the fat. I am READY to be the best I can possibly be. Because I’m worth it!
There is so much we cannot control. I have decided to take control of the things I can – what I eat, how much I exercise, the time with my family – to be as happy as possible.
Tom – please post the best of the MUST reasons. There are a TON of flimsy reasons, a LOT of good reasons, and a FEW GREAT reasons from what I could read in 10 minutes. And I’m only through the first hundred comments. I would love to see more of the best but can’t spend hours sifting for them.My MUSTS (or why my embarrassment is overtaking my excuses):1. I did a little fit test, and it took me 30 mins before I could stand and walk after the test.2. I have to tell my son not to over-eat certain foods so he doesn’t end up like his Daddy.3. I am now the 2nd fattest of all my friends.4. I feel disgusted at how far I let my belly grow.I really enjoy weight-lifting, and I know what to do, and I know that I can do it, and I’m eliminating the excuses I’ve allowed myself for the past 5 years.
The reason I have chosen to take this challenge is to make a positive change in who I am and who I want to be. I have struggled with my weight and how to keep it to a minimum while looking good. Burning fat for me usually consisted of fasting and abusing my body instead of using good eating and proper exercise.Tom’s Book has inspired me to prove to my subconscious that I will win the battle not just this summer but as an ongoing strife.This is a must for me cause my health is declining and I have a child who needs me
The reasons I must do the Big Burn and get into the best shape of my life is because I keep saying year after year that I want to get myself into the best shape of my life. I’m in average shape right now, but I want to become more than average this time around. No more excuses. I am 32 now and will be 33 at the end of August. What better gift to give myself than to be in the best shape of my life by then. I also play in numerous basketball leagues during the year and I wonder if I could play like I used to my early to mid-20s. When I get into the best shape of my life, I will play better than I ever have. I did the Holiday challenge and I improved considerably. Now I must take it another step further and accomplish my goal and dream of getting into the best shape ever. After that it will be up to me to maintain it and continue to improve upon it. I visualize it now, but instead of just visualizing it, I need to conquer it and I will get where my dreams and motivation and goal takes me.
Hi Tom,I have 4 beautiful kids (born within 4 years of each other). My “baby” is almost 9 years old and people still look at me and ask when is my baby due. My kids are very active throughout the year running and swimming and I am refuse to sit on the bench and just watch any more. I must transform my body, not only for my own self esteem, but to show my kids that getting older does not automatically mean you become tired and overweight.
Why must I transform my body? Why not?! I’m 35, and there’s no reason for me NOT to achieve my complete and total physical potential! I have not always attempted to fulfill my potential in life. I have recently made the decision to strive and meet my full potential in my family, career, physical, and religious aspects of my life. Transforming my body is just one piece of the pie.Type 2 diabetes runs in my family, my father has been diagnosed with it, and I am afraid unless he decides to commit to eating clean I will lose him too soon. I’m committed to serving as an example for him, other members of my family, and especially my children. Sure I want to be ripped and shredded, but more than anything I MUST instill a healthy lifestyle in my children so that they may reach their full potential in life much sooner than I.I MUST meet my physical goals for my health, my family and my children!!!Thanks
I have a job that requires lots of hours and frequent travel. I am looking forward to this challenge not only to look and feel beter but to help me break the cycle of eating whatever is easiest and not exercising enough while using “not enough time” as an excuse. I feel my health has deteriorated in the last year or so. I started working out at the gym about a year ago, but have not kept a regular schedule. Looking forward to getting back on track and learning how to eat healthy food at home and on the road. Just reread the Body Fat Solution over the weekend and look forward to putting those concepts to work. I am about 45 lbs overweight and can’t wait to feel good again!
When I was a child, i was so sensitive that almost dreamt of growing a kind of course skin which would protect me. Now, at 22 i have a full set of armour which have been rather successfully separating me from the outer world. It isolated me from its harshness, but also from its liveliness and kindness, making my sole numb and indifferent, and a dark and lonely dungeon. But i cannot keep hiding any more. I need to face the universe at its finest and at its ugliest! I need to come in touch with life, with reality. This is the time to wake up and see!
I have really been thinking about this challenge and EXACTLY why I want to do it for at least a month now. It’s so much more than just what I look like – even though I know I’ll thoroughly enjoy that result as well!1. I want the ability to be able to say ‘yes’ to anything I want to do. I am sick of my limited energy, mobility, strength being a hinderance when it comes to opportunities in life. I volunteer with high school kids and there are a lot of athletic related events that I sit out of due to embarassment. I want to GET IN THE GAME, not just be the photographer…2. Speaking of photography though, that’s another motivating reason to do this. I’ve found myself avoiding all pictures because I don’t want my current ‘self’ captured on film – especially in the age of social media. I don’t want to go through life avoiding capturing experiences though. I want to jump happily into pictures and document all of the great things that are happening in my life. I really do love my life – I want to be able to share that joy in photographs.3. I am also doing this for my kids – both the high school kids I mentor now, and the biological kids I hope to have in the future. I want to be a good example for the youth I work with in that if you work hard, you can make big changes in a short amount of time. I also want to emphasize to them how important it is to keep your health in check beginning now – not waiting until you have to take drastic measures. And of course, I want to be in better health to have children when that time comes. I think if I were to get pregnant now, it would put a great amount of stress on my body due to my weight. Not to mention, when I do have children, I want to have better health habits in place so that they have a better chance of having healthy values ingrained in them from the get go rather than having to figure it out on their own, like I did.4. My overall health is also becoming a factor – I’ve known that the weight I’m carrying has always had a negative impact on my overall health, but I’m starting to see it in numbers that I can’t deny. Last time I gave blood, my cholesterol level had shot up compared to my previous donation. Even though it’s not in a danger zone, it’s still NOT ok. I can do something about it, and I will. I’ve also noticed my joints creaking and popping, and I know my weight has a great affect on that as well. I don’t want to deteriorate my joints to the point that I have early effects of arthritis – I want to be up and active as long as possible!5. Insecurity – my weight plays into my insecurity issues a great deal. I’m at the point that I know that losing weight and achieving my perfect body isn’t the answer to all happiness, but I know it will have a great impact on my outlook. I will stop using it as a crutch and a way to hide.6. The mental challenge – I believe that the COMPLETION of this challenge is going to be a HUGE mental hurdle. When I get to the end of these 98 days, I will have stuck with something for 14 weeks. And it will be a hard, challenging 14 weeks. But I will have done it and I will have the physical results to prove it. And honestly, it’ll provide the framework for future challenges and goal setting in other areas of my life as well…I think that’s enough for now. Suffice it to say, it’s much more than just having a nice body. It’s about having a great life and sharing it with others…
Hello My Fellow Bloggers-Why must I vs why should I? I have been in denial long enough, about 10 years worth. Let me just tell you all the truth, I am fat and unhealthy. BM (before menapause) I could slack off and now that I have entered this phase of my life, I can’t because I don’t have the wonderful hormone estrogen to protect me like I did.So call it ego, vanity or just plain fed up I want to be healthy, turn heads and not go into the last 1/3 of my like an old worn out shoe.I am entering the challenge to look “hot” and be healthy. What does that look like for me? I carry around 41% body fat and have that drop below 25%, there I said it!
Greetings Tom and BFFM Staff,Well….I think my reason for entering is probably different than most of the other entries. I MUST enter this contest because I entered the Holiday Challenge last year and did not complete the work I needed to do then. I let myself down so now it’s time to pick myself up and come back stronger.Back in November it was a MUST for me to complete the BFFM challenge….now it’s a “MUST SQUARED”!!Good luck to all the contestants. You are all already winners for making the decision to change. That is the first step!
I am entering these next 98 days with my eyes on me being at or below 6% bodyfat come the end. I have been working out off and on since I was 14 (Now 32) and have always wanted that oh so elusive 6 pack but never have followed through to do what it takes, that final push, to achieve it.This year it is different, after loosing around 50# of fat last year and gaining control over my health and eating it is time to finish what I started 18 years ago and actually succeed in reaching my fitness dreams!!No need to wait until tomorrow when conditions may be better or timing may be right Today is the day and now is the time to get it done!! Why Put off till tomorrow what you can do today? Tomorrow’s success depends on today’s effort, so today’s effort will be the best that I can make it!!
I must do this challenge to change my life, for a healthier , happier me. Discipline, routine, structure, good habits, new ways, goal setting, these are all the things and more that I can see happening as I accept the challenge. I do not want to take pictures, I do not want to take measurements, and do not want to write an essay, or keep a journal. I hate to exercise. I see that I do not want to see the facts before me. but that are the key words, “before “, “after.” You have to have a starting place. Now, it is, face the facts head on, train hard and expect success. Possitive attitude, goals and plans in writing. I am not going to have this layer on me. I have PTSD, hypothyroidism, bi-polar, my weight has went from 192 to 117. I went up and down for years.I held at 165 then 145, now at 140 range.( I get completments, you are “fit as fiddle”, just last night,(from RN) when I took somene to ER.she wanted to know what I did outside, I told her I don’t work out and, I also am a master at deguise,the only thing she could see is my arms.)I work hard out doors I prefer, over exercise. 5’3/4″. Body fat 30%, goal 14%. I hate medicines. I have great difficulties staying on tasks, I am easily distracted. To complete a task, or set a goal and follow through does not happen. I feel I MUST do the challenge to change every piece of my life. To prove this can be achived. That I can change. This is the life is a challenge, I am convienced this is a win, win situation. To be able to follow through with goals; I will be setting good habits, old out, new good thoughts, old out. …So out with the old and in with the new. I conclude with the life changeing events that MUST take place in my life, to change me, spiritualy, phsyically, mentally and only I can make the changes happen. I MUST make a copy of this and read several times a day. Stay on task, stay focused, see the end results before they are here. Stay possitive, train hard, expect success, and FROG. I CAN do this, and remember with God nothing is impossible. Fully Rely On God! (FROG) I do the work and lean, “lean,lol” on Him!! Thank you Tom for all your information and hard work, and to all your staff. Now, I have to figure out the how to do this when I click on the links. How post and operate my computer and “get intense.”
Why I must GET INTO SHAPE NOWand why I WILL win your 98 day challenge.In my early years I was very much a jock, runner, bicycler, skier (never a weight lifter / body builder). Headed into thirty I was a new dad, in school and gaining weight fast. I pulled myself back into shape through raw willpower on a bicycle, running and racket sports. By the time I was hitting 40, I was wrapped up in my career, 4 children and found I had again slipped, was overweight and out of shape. I returned to riding 40 miles three days a week, running 5 miles three to four days a week, and studying Marshal Arts two nights a week. Both times I transformed my body, because I knew I didn’t want to be in terrible shape the rest of my life.Now I am a single dad of a 9 year old daughter, 57 years old, divorced twice. I know I MUST get into shape now, because if I don’t, it will only get more difficult as I get older.I entered your holiday challenge, made great improvements, but through improper planning and improperly written goals, did not come even close to the results I wanted.I want to be in the sort of shape that allows me to keep up with this late in life gift from God that I have, and I want to do everything I can to be able to be around long enough to see her children. Therefore I will at minimum, in the next 98 days:• Loose 2” minimum around my waist line.• Drop to 185 pounds maximum (I know it’s not a fat losscontest, but I am too heavy for my lower leg joints. If I endup ripped, meet my third goal below, am over 190 and feelgreat, I’ll modify this goal).• Drop to under 18% body fat.
For the last 1 1/2 years, I have been very consistant with living a healthy lifestyle. I am in the best shape of my life. However, as with anything, you are either going forwards or backwards. Nothing ever stays the same. I will be 47 this summer and I want to prove not only to myself, but to others that it is NEVER too late to improve yourself. Tom’s words are inspiring and for the first time in my life, I actually am starting to understand the importance of exersize and proper nutrition to get great results. I want to share with anyone that will listen that they can do it too!
I am entering this challenge because I have to make some serious changes to my body. I am already training, and I have a great support system, but I want MORE! In the middle of the challenge I am going to be undergoing heart surgery for a short circuit that has kept me out of the gym for 3 years. My Cardiologist said I will be OK to train again within a week, so I am training hard already, but I haven’t had the perfect diet. I am 41, with 4 kids and I am 5’4 @ 130lbs, I want to enter my first figure comp at the end of this year, and entering the challenge or the figure comp isn’t so much about winning prizes for me, it is about getting my self esteem and confidence back and being fit and healthy for the rest of my life. I want to be able to wear a nice bikini to the beach and look nice, not have thigh’s that look like a parking lot after a hailstorm! I know i can reach my goals, 115 lbs and 15% body fat, and this is just the stepping stone I need to get me to where I want to be. So If I never win a prize on here, that’s fine by me, I will be winning my own life and happiness back, I am not unhappy with my life, just my physique!
I am joining the 98 day challenge because I have to focus on my health for he benefit of my 4 month old daughter and husband of 2 years. I weighed 285 when I delivered her; luckily it was a very healthy pregnancy and birth without any complications. I bought the ebook last Friday because I have put it off for a few years and figured now is the perfect time. I weigh 265 right now and have a goal to lose 65 pounds of fat by Christmas Day. We want to have another child next year, so I have to build muscle and lose fat to be in better shape for my next pregnancy and beyond. I always wanted to be thinner for vanity reasons. Now I have a family and getting fit is my new goal; I have so much to live for and have to get to a healthy body composition to make sure I am here for them for as long as possible. Failure to do so would be selfish of me.
Before the abusive marriage: 16% body fat, happy and active. After four years of having obscenities and insults screamed at me: 30% body fat, depressed, stressed, and sedentary. This is not who I am… in my mind I’m still that lean, happy girl from before. I was brave enough to break the cycle and get out – now I MUST be brave enough to start the hard work that’s the only way to get all this misery-pudge off me. I’ve been procrastinating, but conveniently, 98 days is just about how long I’ve got until my final divorce hearing. I am going to be SMOKIN’ hot when I walk in that courtroom!
Why I must, I have a personal contest with a co-worker before Halloween 2010 to see who can get in better shape for our costumes; she Zena, me; Gladiator. At the ripe old age of 52; yikes, I want to prove to those who say I can’t, that I can get six pack abs. Heck, I want the fat to be gone and have bigger tone muscles like most guys just to flaunt it. On why I should, all the reasons that go with health and nutrition; that’s a given. But personal goals, I drink alcohol too much, i.e. beer. Where I live, beer drinking just isn’t a deer camp refreshment. Call it a cultural condiment. This will be a huge test of will for me. My eating choices won’t change to dramatically. What I found is I don’t eat enough often enough; I attest that to the ‘side of beer.’ and my social habits will need to be adjusted. So bring on the ‘Big Burn’
Tom,This contest has come at the right time in my life! I’ve been toying with the idea of competing in a figure contest for 6 months but have allowed everyday obligations derail my motivation. Here is my pledge….I will drop below 15% body fat over the next 12 weeks. I will eat small, balanced, clean meals every day. Through my hard work and dedication I will succeed in winning the female competition.
I’m 48-yrs-old, fat and frumpy, scared to death of bringing on the diabetes that’s plagued my brother and father…negotiating thyroid issues…and generally feeling that my body has been my enemy for so long. This is my year to become the best I can be. I’m a cancer survivor, which you’d have thought would have been a wakeup call. But I fell asleep again and allowed my body — my temple — to take 2nd place. Enough with excuses, with playing the victim. It’s either now or never. This is my must: I MUST take back my body and own it before diabetes owns me.
I have several reasons why I MUST do this competition and get in the best shape of my life. I am in the Army National Guard and have just found out that I have an upcoming deployment. Being in the best possible shape I can for that is important not only to me but also to the people that love me. The better shape I am in the easier that time will be on me and the better chances I will have of coming back in one piece. Being completely healthy will also help me to think more clearly and function better as a soldier. Secondly, I was diagnosed with PCOS a few years ago. This is a condition that often makes it very difficult for women to get pregnant. However, the number one thing that doctors tell women to do to help their chances of getting pregnant is to lose weight, eat healthy, exercise, and maintain a healthy body fat level. I definitely know that I want to have kids someday and so getting in great shape and staying that way is an absolute MUST. A third goal is to qualify for the Boston Marathon. I have run 2 marathons but both at a very slow pace. Qualifying for Boston is a dream I have had for a long time but that can never happen unless I train hard and lose some weight. I plan to run a marathon sometime this fall and finish in a qualifying time! So there are my top reasons why I MUST get in the best shape of my life THIS SUMMER!! Now, not later!
Right now I’m sitting at 113.6 pounds and a suprailiiac caliper reading of 2.5 mm. I’m a small woman, 5 feet in height, and fairly active by most people’s standards although my work is quite sedentary.I am NOT in dire straits. Strictly speaking, I don’t need a huge change in body composition, and it’s questionable as to whether or not a great deal of fat loss will be beneficial for me, in terms of my looks and the healthy functioning of my immune system.However, that said, I am just coasting. I play my sports, ride my bike for quick errands a couple of times of week, and dabble in a bit of additional training now and then — going for weeks or a few months or maybe just a session or two. The latter has been more true as of late. I have a computer job, and recently I started working for myself so I don’t even have to bike in to the office anymore. And I have access to a car more often than I truly need it.Lately I’ve been jettisoning some of my favourite activities more often just so I can work more, and deciding to drive instead of cycle because it seems more convenient for running multiple errands. It’s not really resulting in more getting things done; I’m spinning my wheels a lot more (in a figurative sense) and accomplishing a lot less. Between time stress and feeling just a little more out of shape than I used to be, I can feel the creep of laziness and fear of effort tickling at the edges of my psyche.So this is why I MUST make a project of getting in great shape this summer. Even if I am pretty close to a body I am happy with, I am not at all happy with my habits and my efforts, and the short shrift I am giving to the desires of the athlete, martial artist, and vibrant human being I wish to be. I’m in pretty decent shape, but I want to be in great shape. I’m a halfway decent at my sports, but I want to be great at them — as great as I can possibly be. I want to work toward maximizing whatever potential I have in the physical domain, because in doing so I know I will acquire the habits and mental and technical skills I need to achieve anything I want. I am doing this to burn the joy of working hard and consistently into my memory and psyche, so that I will always remember that this is how I get what I truly want, whatever that may be.
What are the REASONS WHY you want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than you are today?My baby is 18 years old, just married and having kids of her own now. After 18 years, I’m still trying to lose the excess weight from when I gave birth to her. Now that her wedding is completed and she starts on her own journey, it’s time to start on my own journey. I need to lose the excess body fat and weight that I have been carrying since having her along with 6 additional brothers and sisters. With all but 2 kids out of the nest, it’s time to focus on me. I want to be healthy to see my grandkids graduate and get married and to find the figure I once had before I had the kids. I realize I’ll never get back to my pre-birth figure, but I know I can get close.Why is transforming your body NOW – in the next 98 days- an absolute MUST for you?Just a little over 3 months to fully tone, lose the pooch and to get a figure back. Having the summer months, the summer fruits and veggies, and the heat can all help with eating healthy and curbing my appetite. And why should I have to wait until Jan 1st to set a new resolution? Why not do it right now and be ahead of the game.
[repost: forgot to include last initial]Right now I’m sitting at 113.6 pounds and a suprailiiac caliper reading of 2.5 mm. I’m a small woman, 5 feet in height, and fairly active by most people’s standards although my work is quite sedentary.I am NOT in dire straits. Strictly speaking, I don’t need a huge change in body composition, and it’s questionable as to whether or not a great deal of fat loss will be beneficial for me, in terms of my looks and the healthy functioning of my immune system.However, that said, I am just coasting. I play my sports, ride my bike for quick errands a couple of times of week, and dabble in a bit of additional training now and then — going for weeks or a few months or maybe just a session or two. The latter has been more true as of late. I have a computer job, and recently I started working for myself so I don’t even have to bike in to the office anymore. And I have access to a car more often than I truly need it.Lately I’ve been jettisoning some of my favourite activities more often just so I can work more, and deciding to drive instead of cycle because it seems more convenient for running multiple errands. It’s not really resulting in more getting things done; I’m spinning my wheels a lot more (in a figurative sense) and accomplishing a lot less. Between time stress and feeling just a little more out of shape than I used to be, I can feel the creep of laziness and fear of effort tickling at the edges of my psyche.So this is why I MUST make a project of getting in great shape this summer. Even if I am pretty close to a body I am happy with, I am not at all happy with my habits and my efforts, and the short shrift I am giving to the desires of the athlete, martial artist, and vibrant human being I wish to be. I’m in pretty decent shape, but I want to be in great shape. I’m a halfway decent at my sports, but I want to be great at them — as great as I can possibly be. I want to work toward maximizing whatever potential I have in the physical domain, because in doing so I know I will acquire the habits and mental and technical skills I need to achieve anything I want. I am doing this to burn the joy of working hard and consistently into my memory and psyche, so that I will always remember that this is how I get what I truly want, whatever that may be.
I MUST be in better shape by the end of the summer because there is no better time than NOW. I really want to have a sibling for my one daughter to grow up with and at 32, I’m not getting any younger. I refuse to be so unhealthy and pregnant so I best get on with it! ;-)
I know this sounds odd, but I fear success because I fear failing after succeeding. I want a great body so I can prove to myself that I can get it AND maintain it. Further, I want to inspire others to conquer their fears by showing them what they can achieve through belief and hard work. As a friend recently reminding me, “there is no secret ingredient.” It is simple, back-to-basics work coupled with belief.
I am joining the transformation challenge because I am now in the worst shaper of my life. I have 3 daughters (7, 6, 6) that I want to be around for as they grow up. Right now they want to play and wrestle with me and I am unable to. I am also in the process of adopting a 13 year old daughter from China. We will be traveling in September to get her. I want her first impression of me to be anything other than “He sure is very fat”.My problem is not knowing what to do but being motivated to do it. I have tried countless different diets and exercise programs. After a few weeks I lose all motivation. I am hoping that since this is such a long contest I will be motivated to get to the end and gain new lifelong habits.
I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than I am today because I have a goal of competing in a fitness competition this year so I better get my butt in gear. I also have low self-confidence and I believe that me getting nice muscle tone will help cure that. I’ve been ‘skinny fat’ for most of my life and what many people don’t know is that even though I may look skinny, my higher body fat percentage can mean I am still at risk for different things just as much as people who are overweight.I must transform my body NOW because I go on cruises during the fall and I have to be in tip top shape because I will in a bikini most of the time.
I want to be in better shape because having too much fat has given me very low self esteem and am not very happy with myself. I don’t want to go out anymore, I can’t fit my clothes anymore or they are too tight! If I do not transform my body now, I probably never will! I am ashamed of the way I look, so I need to focus on positivity and transform!
I am disgusted with what our society has become. It seems we center almost everything around eating, partying, and eating some more. I made a commitment about a year ago to no longer be an unhealthy contributor to this lifestyle. BFFM was, and is part of my new way of life. I preach it to others every chance I get. As for the contest; a great motivation, but the prize will be for my wife. Her selfless giving to our family and caring for our grand daughter (who has ALL), is inspiration to me and others. I will win for her, she deserves it.
I MUST get lean and healthy so I won’t be such a tempting snack to the sharks while am swimming in the crystal clear waters around Maui :)
I have no problem in motivating myself to train and have been working out for years without any breaks lasting more than a week. Even though my body looks ok, I want to go to the next level and attain that lean, muscular, and very low bodyfat look that many of the best natural bodybuilers have. What I want out of the Burn the Fat Challenge is for it to motivate me to take my training and diet into a much higher level than I have ever been before.
I MUST take on this challenge right now in my life because if I don’t I never will. I am 48 yrs old and have struggled with weight my entire life. My mother is a type 2 diabetic and I can see myself heading down that road if I don’t do something to change it NOW. I have lost and regained weight throughout my life but I have never had a challenge like this. I am hoping that this will be what I need to get my body healthier so that the next 48 years will be more enjoyable and healthy than the last.
There are several reasons why I want to be in better shape by the end of the Summer than I am today. One is that I desperatly want to get below 200 lbs, preferably reach 180 by the end of the summer. Last August I set a goal from 230 lbs to getting below 200 lbs by my 40th Birthday, which was December 23. I was 7 lbs shy of reaching that goal. At that point I got kinda depressed but I kept working out and tried to keep up my 6 small meals a day. I managed to lose 5 more pounds but I have been at a stand still since January. I am not a very competitive but I do believe that this challenge will motivate me to stay on track.Transforming my body within the nex 98 days is an absolute Must for me because I want to prove to myself that I can attain “THIS” goal, this time. I am also in the process of creating a program to teach and mentor Over weight teenage girls about the importance of Exercise, Nutrition and Self Esteem. I want to be an example and have a testimony for these Young Ladies. I want them to know that Yes U Can, with hard work and dedication.
I have always wanted to feel fit, strong, and virile. I have known my wife now for 10 years, and she doesn’t understand why I pull away from her. The truth is that I’m embarrassed by how weak I am and how unattractive I feel. I tore my right knee ACL about a month ago, and the doctor told me that since I’m 32, there’s not much sense in operating. He told me that many professional sportsmen treat the same injury through serious weight training. He also told me that if I did nothing, I could plan for knee replacement surgery in about 20 years. I have injured my ankles and knees many times, so the thought of what’s coming as I get older is truly frightening. I have a significant family history of heart disease, obesity, diabetes, lung disease… I’ve seen my grandparents and parents truly suffer from their lifestyle health choices. Now that my wife is pregnant with our first child, I don’t want to make the same mistakes. I want to be healthy and strong so I can raise my son and have him look up to me. I just started a new job – at a start-up – so I feel like my career is headed in the right direction. But I need more energy to do everything I’ve got to do. I have to break this TV-watching habit and get in control of my coffee addiciton. Most of all, I need to believe I can make this change, start something big and follow all the way through. I’ve got to go for gold, stop settling for mediocre, break through this victim/needy/I’m-a-failure mindset. I want to give this gift to my wife, my son, my friends and family. I’ve got to make it through this transformation.
Hi Tom,I am ready to get lean! I am no longer satisfied with being soft and jiggly. With your guidance I am going to transform my body back into the long and lean athletic build I had before life got in the way. I will work diligently and safely to melt 20 ponds or so of fat off my legs, buttocks, hips, stomach and arms and replace it with lean mass. Now is the time because I deserve it. I am worth it and I will make it happen. I am so excited. Thank you for the spark that has triggered my motivation!!
I will get married this August…my future wife and I would love to raise children…and I as an older fella (39) MUST be in shape for them. I will NOT be the “old man” who can’t chase around, play ball, hike with them, etc. To be ready for then, I MUST get in shape NOW.
Why must I? I’ll be 55 this summer. I’m tired of looking 55. I’m tired of feeling 55. I believe I think like I did when I was 20 and not having the exterior (reasonably) match. I used to be athletic: skiing, backpacking, biking, and a gym rat. I want to be athletic again. The reasons that I got in this sorry, overweight, dragged down state seemed reasonable fifteen years ago (too much secular work and caring for a dying parent) on reflection, weren’t really viable then, and certainly aren’t now. NOW is the time to make permanent changes and get back to what I once was. Maui is a SUPERB prize–but the best carrot of all is being fit once again. I’m going for it, full speed ahead. . .
Tom: On my next birthday I”ll be 60 yeas old (I can’t beleive it – where did the years go?). Anyway both of my grandfathers died before I was born, and I feel like I missed out on so much. I absolutely must get healthy and fit so I can have many great years with my children and my grandchildren.
Why is transforming my body important to me this summer?I am about to turn 35 in November and my wife and I are expecting our first baby on June 8th. I knw that I am at a turning point in my life and that I don’t want to be a Dad with middle age spread. I want to be in the best possible phiysical condition so that when we have some baby photos done that I can feel comfortable in front of the camera. Staying the same isn’t an option for me as I really don’t feel comfortable with myself at the moment. I have read the nutritional guides and have my diet and training planned out but am struggling to get started and know that in two or so weeks my world will be turned upside down and will make training even harder to commit to. Without wanting to make this sound like a sob story, my wife has been made redundant and I am self employed so I have been working all the hours I can which is also impacting upon my training. I know that if I had the support of the community and the challenge to win the competition that I WILL make time for the training and acheive my goals.
Transforming my body this summer is important to me because I started working out with my son in March (a month before he left for the Army) and he made me promise him I would keep it up! He finishes BCT on July 2nd, and AIT at the end of November. I want for him to be as proud of me as I am of him!
I have lost 40 pounds over the last year…about 20 more the year or so before that…SLOW AND STEADY…I AM A TORTOISE :) For me, that means going from a size 18/20 to a size 12. I lost almost 1/2 of the last 40 lbs while participating in a challenge at my gym (Gold’s). And Tom, you will be happy to hear that EVERY OUNCE of it was FAT! After reading your BFFM book and putting a lot of it into practice, I actually managed to lose 18.5 lbs of pure fat and put on a pound of lean muscle in 12 weeks!!Since that challenge ended I have maintained…but haven’t lost anymore.I have not been in a size smaller than a 12 since I WAS 12! So…I’ve been happy enough with the results I’ve gotten so far. But now…it is time to be in the BEST shape of my life! I am 35 years old with 2 children under the age of 5. It is my goal to be 20 pounds lighter and 1-2 sizes smaller by the end of this 98-day challenge! I think this BFFM summer challenge will help me stay motivated to lose my last 20 lbs :)
I started this transformation last April. I injured myself and was unable to work out for several months. This April I started again. I can’t really say there is one overwhelming thing that keeps me working out. Buying Tom’s ebook really helped. I already knew the calorie equation and the importance of cardio and strength training. The goal setting, feedback and accountability has restarted my fat loss. Fat loss is my ultimate goal. I want to be able to see the muscles I’m enhancing. Ok, my age has something to do with it. I can’t stop the clock, but I can do something about the physical changes. Really, losing fas is something I can do, and that is the reason I’m doing it.
I MUST change my life, not only transform my body. I MUST do this so that I can give my 4 month old son the best life possible, and to be the best wife I can be. I have always been overweight and NOW is the time to change. I KNOW this will work for me I just need to DO IT!!
Hey Tom,I have been your regular follower for couple of years now. I love reading your emails and I always get inspired to stay in shape. I was never an athlete, more over, I was always more of a couch potato than wanting to do anything with sports. But I have achieved some amazing results in the last couple of years. I lost a lot of fat and replaced it with muscle and I am also getting in better and better shape, while my friends are all wearing down. I still have a trouble spot I decided it’s a MUST to be fixed this summer. My lower body, more precisely saddle bags and calves need to be trimmed and turned into rocks :) I want to go surfing in bikini next time and get amazing pictures :DI am still a student, so I can’t afford to pay the fees to enter the contest, but I’ve already took pictures of me, that remind me every day to take care of that diet. I have no problem waking up in the morning and hitting the gym real hard:PKeep doing an amazing job!
hey tom, i am excited to enter the burn the fat challenge as i have been trying to lose the stubborn belly fat since last 2 years but havent had any luck. my goal was to get a six pack ab for my 40th birthday but i am soon going to be 42 but i just cant get beyond the 2 packs. even though i have lost a lot of belly fat but that last 10 pounds of stubborn fat bothers me and no matter what i try it wont go…so here i am to transform my body and look great this summer and am finally ready to shred the fat and reveal my abs and hopefully this challenge will do it for me!!!
Again and again I try in vain to diet, whether its going out with friends that ruins it or my own mental failure seems irrelevant now, my brain is now continually telling me I am the way I am and to just accept it, I must have a super slow metabolism as I find it very difficult to lose the pounds even when strict with diet and excercise, thus making it easier to give up I guess. But I cant stop, I dont want to suffer a heart attack or look 70 when 40 years of age or any else of the problems associated with being over weight, I SIMPLY HAVE TO GET FIT AND BECOME HEALTHY, for my sake and my daughters sake, and possibly to show those people around me that it can be done and that I always had the mental fortitude to accomplish something of that magnitude. I know I can do it with some guidance and perserverance. Help me Tom Venuto. Show me what you got brother.
For several summers now, my family and I have been invited to a beach event which I dread. I feel so ashamed of the way I look in a bathing suit that I usually just sit on the shore and watch everyone else. I can see in my children’s faces how sad they are that I am not enjoying the beach with them. It’s time to put an end to that! It’s time for me to say to myself YES I CAN lose this fat. I can take control of my life! So, by the end of the summer I expect and WILL see a changed woman and proudly wear a bikini to the beach event and enjoy the water with my children. That’s why it’s important for me to transform myself by the end of the summer.I MUST transform my body because for too too long i’ve made excuses about why i’m fat. While I was making excuses, my health was getting worse and worse. I want to once and for all quiet that voice in my head that tells me “you’ll never have a nice body, you can’t do it.” It takes 21 days to create a habit, but with the actions I take this during this challenge, I expect to create habits that will stay with me for the rest of my life. I’ll be 40 in 2 years. I don’t want to be frumpy and dumpy, I want to be fabulous! This challenge is the perfect starting point to transform my body (and my life) so the next 40 years will be vibrant, energetic and beautiful.
I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer because:* I want to take my level of health and fitness to a whole new (higher) level,* I want more energy to bring to my daily life and to accomplish cherished goals,* I want more confidence,* I want to reduce the cellulite,* I want to be lean, toned and shapely for the pleasure of living in a healthy body,* I want to look g-o-o-d.It is an absolute must to transform my body NOW because:* I’m 50 now. I want to live the rest of my life in a body I feel satisfied with and proud of.
I must get in shape by the end of this summer because in September I’ll be 36 and I’m sick and tired of being fat and out of shape!I have already lost 30 pounds and am in better shape than previously, but that’s not saying much.I need to set a good example for my 3 children and take care of myself better.I’d be so stoked to win a free book and entry into the contest because we just don’t have the extra $ right now to purchase it and I’d love to enter the contest.If I don’t win, I will just use your other book and challenge myself! (but that trip to Maui would be awesome!)-Faith
I am going to turn 42 next month. I am 40 pounds overweight and tired of feeling fat and slow. My energy level is low. I want to look better for my wife, have more energy, be healthier, live longer, and have the stamina to keep up with my 6 year old son. Tom’s challenge has motivated me to make a change starting this week.
Hi Tom and Fellow Fat burners,I bought Tom’s e-book several years ago. My first goal was to become healthy and change my body image which had always been very negative.I started about three years ago, got into amazing shape and was successful as I was no longer a slave to the scale. Then my life began to fall apart. My then 3 almost 4 year old son was diagnosed with autism and my husband lost his job. I had to return to work but because I also teach my children at home, had to work nights. The combined stresses, lack of sleep and general depression meant I did not look after myself. My daughter has also suffered and she feels at 11 that giving up is the best way to deal with the hard things in life.Why must I transform my body this summer? Because I need both the physical and mental attitude adjustment which will allow me to go for the long haul with my life. There are many things which i cannot control and probably will not change: My son will always have autism but he is making amazing progress. He works hard every day and that inspires me to transform myself.My daughter needs to see me doing hard things, not giving up.When I am in good physical shape, my mental state is also strong and I have the energy to care for my family.For me this challenge is not about winning a competition (I am a fairly private person and so have not entered photographs of myself) but about having some accountability other than myself.I like Tom’s motto: Train hard and expect results!
Hi Tom,I would like to participate in the summer burn the fat challenge because………That is the way it has been for me in the past, start a program, join a contest but never finish. As I look into the mirror that is how I see myself, not finished. Three years out off high school, in college full time and working a full tie and part time job I found a way to work out five or six times a week, maintain an athletic build and a high be average in the school of engineering. After graduation, I found myself working 50 hours a week in my chosen profession, in time my part time job dwindled as did the number of days I worked out soon to three days a week and eventually to only a few times a month. My best friend and long time workout partner soon went our separate ways and so did the time we spent working out.One day in the fall of 2006, I woke up and found myself weighing 350 pounds, sicker than a dog; the doctor put me on depression medication and three different diabetes medications. In less than fifteen years I had went from fit and athletic to morbidly obese and diseased laden. As bad as it sounds and as bad as it was, it gets better.I was as low as could be, but deep inside me there was a fighter. I took some time off work that fall, joined a health spa that has special programs for many different medical concerns. I turned my diet around and made exercise my job, over a six-month time frame I had lost forty pounds, started felling better I went back to work. During the time on the program the person working with me tried to deal into my head the importance of getting into a habit of working out first thing in the morning, so the things in life that happen during the day wouldn’t derail the efforts I made during the time I was off work. Well guess what, back to work back to fat..Where am I today? In the fall of 2008, fat, sick and ready to throw in the towel, I decided to try it one more time. I found it on the internet, a diet that guaranteed 15 pounds of fat loss in 30 days. I got my wife on board telling her if it worked I would stick to it for six months. It did, I did. By May of 2009, I was once again an athletic and fit 205 pounds, I was eating a pure diet and working out five times a week, life was grand. Then life (work) got in the way, I had to spend the remainder of 2009 on the road, I lost contact with the workouts and it was not soon I lost control of my diet.So where am I today? A bump on a log, no energy, no exercise although I do have control of my diet. I am a plump 255 pounds.I need your program, I need to learn how to change my lifestyle. I want to be fit, I want to exercise, I want to be proud of the food I eat, of how I look. I want others to look at me and ask how I transformed by body, my life. Please, help me to the next level.Mike BarberIndianapolis, IN.
I was an athlete when I was younger. I was blessed with natural ability and never had to work very hard to be successful. I’m over 50 now and consequently, never having to work at it has put me at 275, 70 pounds heavier than when I was in my prime. In spite of every piece of evidence that Cheetos and doughnuts are bad for your fitness and health, I’ve continued to think that I can eat whatever I want and then turn it on and be that athlete again whenever I wanted. Kind of like an alcoholic saying he can stop drinking whenever he chooses. If I don’t start now, the only chance I may have to lose weight is when I’m bench pressing 6 feet of dirt. I’ve committed to this and am ready to start.
Why I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than I am today is simple, my overall general health. I want to feel healthier, happier, look younger, have more energy. It’s easy to make excuses for falling into ‘lazy mode’. I “MUST” take action for my inner self reward. I “must” stop taking cholesterol and blood pressure medications as I firmly believe they are not good for you. Who knows what any prescription medication is made with. I do belong to a gym and one of the trainers recently said to me regarding the food we put in our mouth…. if you can’t pronounce the ingredients that are in it then chances are your body doesn’t know how to digest them. This has seriously bothered me every day since that statement was made. Today I ran to pick up a few things to and I bought ground turkey. On the label it stated “no hormones added”, a woman stopped me to me asking me how long i’ve been eating meat without hormones added. I didn’t know what to say.. I wasn’t sure exactly what that label meant. Does “added” or “injected” mean the same thing? How does this honestly effect our health? I feel if it’s a hormone ‘free’ product, that’s what it should say. “Hormone Free”. The fact that it was packaged on a styrofoam board and who knows what was used for packaging is one more thing that really made me wake up and realize that I MUST change my body to be stronger to live longer, healthier and happier. All the reasons I “want” to be thinner have turned to why I “must” be thinner. “what are we truly eating?” Will a healthier diet and exercise help prevent cancer? I do believe simple lives equal healthier, happier ones. I must live a happier, healthier life, it’s that simple.
The time has come for me to, once and for all, reclaim my body.I have my 30 year high school reunion this fall so the timing of this summer challenge couldn’t be better.I’ve been watching the posts on the inner circle and everyone seems to say that Tom’s nutrition and exercise program really work and make all the difference.I’ve owned the BFFM ebook for 4 years and thought it was not applicable to me – ‘i can’t eat that much and end up with the body i want’, ‘i’m not a body builder type person and the program is really for them’, etc…But I’ve realized through unsuccessful attempts at weight loss on my own and through weight watchers, that calories are not all that matter…i’ve tried the WW points system and know how many points all of my favorite candies and junk food are and can stick to my 21 points eating only junk food all day. And then I wonder why I am not losing any weight or am in fact gaining? I finally realized that 21 points of junk food does not equal 21 points of quality nutrient rich foods/calories. I do also eat super healthy foods. I love most vegetables and egg whites are my favorite protein. I can eat them every day!Now is the time to end my junk food ways and start a new life of eating real healthy food and 5 small meals a day consistently for the first time in my life. Honestly, I think i was born addicted to sugar. It is genetic…I remember when my son was 1 year old and in his crib. My mom was visiting and slept in his room. She couldn’t believe it when he stood up in the crib and said ‘lollipop’.My workout habits have been great for the past 2 years, so I know it’s the nutrition that will make the difference!I am committed to this challenge!
If you are worried about how you look now take a look at my pictures before I started the Holiday Challenge. It is so worth it to buckle down and clean up your act. I started last fall getting serious and then worked hard during the challenge. I kept it up after, with a bit less intensity. It works and my husband joined in. That was the best.You will make new friends too. I “talk” all the time with my new friends on Facebook and follow their families. I know they are watching at the inner circle and other places.You may have setbacks, bad eating days, struggles at the gym but with all the support here you will succeed. We all cheered each other along over the holidays and worked together. It didn’t matter if you were on someones team or not even on a team, you got support and people who understood the day to day struggles of putting this all together to make it a life style and not a diet. There is someone out there that understands the success and bumps in the road. Often a pebble looks like a boulder till someone points out you just stubbed your toe.When it was over and I wasn’t a inner circle member I felt like I lost my friends (they all weren’t my Facebook or Skype friends). Even when I got locked out for a few hours I felt like someone had died.Maui is cool (well hot) but they way you feel a few weeks in is so great. Measure food, lift heavy, enjoy walks in the sun or the stars with your friends.
Having just ended my 30 year marriage I have a new start in my life, and want to have the energy and stamina to enjoy it!
Why do I want to transform my body this summer?Well, I want to learn the correct way to transform my body… I have transformed my body before only to find myself back to where I was or further behind… I have a very active 8 year old daughter and I would love to be able to keep up with her… There has been a lot of emotional turmoil in my life but that can no longer be an excuse…
Hi Everyone,OK..We’re INTO ACTION! ALWAYS ACTION! Today was the second day of serious behavior modification (for those who didn’t read my last post, that means I’m trying to stop eating Oreos…is there a 12-step program for THAT, too?)Seriously, eating better and working out with purpose!I’m looking forward to the inevitable change that results from getting into action!Good luck to everyone on your journey!
Hi Tom,I started on a healthier lifestyle the first week of Dec. 2009.Seems to be a natural tie in. So far I’ve lost 36 lbs. of fat and gained 10 lbs. of muscle. By the way, my 50th birthday is in June, so I am really motivated to do even bigger and better things. Already entered my first 5k race to be run 2 days after my 50th, so wish me luck. My main goal there is to just finish, but really don’t want to finish last. Looking forward to more tips from you. Thanks so much.Kevin
Why is entering the Summer Challenge important to me……I’ll be pushing 50 and have lost/gained weight off and on for quite a few years. As Tom has mentioned….other challenges focuss just on the scale numbers and not anything else so yeah, I’ve been a skinny fat person for quite some time. Sure the scale shows low numbers but the body fat percentage tells a different story.So since this is 98 days of total commitment which will lead to not only a change in body composition but also a life style change. If I can do it for 98 days then I can apply the Burn the Fat Program indefinately to truly transform my whole way of thinking permanently. That’s what I’m hoping for…..a life style change.
4 Reasons I’ll get in shape (three musts and a want):1. I must look better for my very attractive wife.2. I must lose 20 pounds of fat so I can rpedal my bike up hills without getting dropped by my ride group.3. I must get rid of my belly fat to avoid diabetes (runs in the family)3. I want to go to hawaii.
I suppose that the number one reason for taking this challenge is that I would like to be able to fully enjoy my life for years to come. I’m 47 with 4 children who my wife and I keep very active in various sports. However, I find little time to commit to keeping myself healthy for the years to come when our children have moved on. Our youngest is only 8 so I find that it is necessary that I commit more time for myself to fully enjoy the kids now, but also for my wife and I’s future.Also, and probably more importantly, my health is directly related to my income as I own a small business in which I do manual labor. So my health is completely tied in to my ability to provide for my family.I hope that my entering this challenge, I will better be able to plan for and have a healthy and fulfilling life both for and with my family.
I grew up as an over achiever. I always felt I could do anything I set my mind to. For many years I did achieve whatever I really wanted to. After a year with more stress than I could handle including getting away from an abussive husband I had an emotional breakdown. I never believed it could happen to me. I have never really been the same since. I have had chronic depression most of the time since. For the past few years I felt very inadequate, as if I could accomplish nothing. With a lot of work I finally have the depression under control and I am starting to feel back like my old self….except older which I cannot change. I just turned 55 yrs old last month, but that is just a number. I am not ready to act 55 years old. In my depression I gained a little over 100 lbs. I am down 40+ pounds but at a plateau. Part of feeling like my old self means being the size of my old self. That is still the picture of me in my mind. Why do I want to be in better shape by the end of this summer? Because, I think it is the last thing I need to do to really feel like I am back to being the positive joyful person I used to be. Why is transforming my body now….in the next 98 days an absolute MUST for me? It is a must because I am very anxious to really feel like myself again. It is the first time in years that I again feel I can achieve anything I set my mind to. I am also in so much pain I can barely get around. My right knee is bone on bone and I need a knee replacement soon. I know the surgery and particularly the recovery will be much easier if I am in good shape before the surgery. I am also hoping that by reducing my weight perhaps the knee replacement can wait awhile longer. Please help me to be able to win admission to the upcoming contest, Please help me to be me again.
Tom, I MUST enter this contest for my health and my sanity. I am 48 years old, almost 50, I have studied health, nutrition and workout plans for the last 30 years. I can get to the point where I look pretty good dressed, but put that bikini on and it just isn’t a pleasant sight. Then I “fall off the wagon”. This challange will motivate me to finish what I have started so many times. I AM GOING TO BE IN THE BEST SHAPE OF MY LIFE AT 50. Then all I have to do is maintain and take care of myself to keep strong and healthy for the other half of my life!!
Working out has always been my outlet. Having 2 toddler boys, a teenager and 4 step children, slapping on my IPod and zoning into my own world for an hour a day can be sanity “savior”. Unfortunately for numerous reasons, I have not been able to work out for the better part of a year (more truthfully, I lacked the motivation to just make it happen). The reasons were stressful enough, but the worst part was that my outlet for stress was gone! If nothing else I know that making the commitment and executing on the decision to BE fit and strong has a huge synergistic benefit on your body mind and spirit.I have a decent understanding of nutritional biochemistry and exercise physiology enough to have succeeded in putting that knowledge into practice to loose body fat, gain muscle and get pretty lean. However, as fit as I ever became a few years ago, I never felt like I was anywhere close to my personal best. I didn’t feel really “great” about myself either. I did most of the right things, most of the time but I never took it to the next level. I became complacent, as if it was all “good enough” even in other areas of my life as well. Thinking about it, I realized the fundamental reason why: I have never before set my mind to a specific goal, enacted upon that goal and did everything possible to make that goal a reality. I really don’t think I ever have…I will use this physical transformation as a segue into other areas in my life I want to explore as well. It will be like a trial run on being committed, dedicated, vigilantly attending to and void of excuses toward a specific goal. In the end, no matter what I already gained something huge out of this before I have even started….I’ll be 40 next month, and I have finally made a specific goal
I must do this 98 day challenge for my family and my wifes family. Both sides are heavy and alot of illness due to overweight. As a matter of fact I lost my younger brother to cardiac failure related to weight, “its on his death certificate that way”. He was almost 43. Both sides of the family like to blame their weight and health issues on genetics. I must be the one to set the example and prove that the only thing everyone has in common is a need for a lifestyle change. About a year ago, my doctor flat out told me, “your weight is obese, you have high blood pressure, high choleterol, high triglycerides, high blood sugar, and its all related to your weight and lifestyle. He said, quote ” for a young man of 47, your fairly messed up.”Long story short, I joined a gym, purchased BFFM and went to work. In the past yr I have lost nearly 50 lbs, gained lean muscle and have corrected all the above heath issues. Ya, all the numbers are normal, wow. Im not stopping now for nothing. This 98 day challenge is an absolute must, to help me get in such good shape that my family members might put down the spoon and ask, how did you do that. I have a burning passion to transform my fittness and health, and an even larger passion to help any and all family members, when they realize, weight and weight related health issues are a result of choices they make, not a genetic inheratence.One thing I did learn in the past year is that the principles involved in loosing body fat are simple, but their not easy.
I MUST be King Procrastinator because I have waited til there is only 15 minutes left before the blog contest is over to enter.Why is transforming my body this summer important?My nieces 15th birthday is in October. In a Cuban family the 15th birthday is a huge shindig. I MUST not be the 290 lb uncle dancing with the birthday girl. I MUST be 240 lb.Why is it a MUST? Not just a should?I will be 37 in December. I have been the fat kid for the last 25 of those years. In my family there is high blood pressure, diabetes, many types of cancer to name a few factors already against me. I MUST not let my weight (something I can control) be another factor. My heaviest was 335 lbs and my skinniest (so far) has been 240 lbs back in ’99. (I did the Atkins diet and dropped about 70 lbs but in 2010 I am back up to 290 lbs) For starters I MUST get back to 240 lbs. Because I should have started many Mondays ago.So I MUST break this chain of procrastination. Instead of saying I will start my diet next week. I say “I MUST start my challenge (not a diet) by March 30th to see what I am made of”.
I turned 30 today and I have NEVER been my goal weight! I MUST get into the shape the want NOW because I am so close and yet so far. I was overweight for about 20 years of my life and now have to finish the job and finally reach my goal after 3 hard years of trying. I MUST DO IT NOW!
Hello girls and boys! I just want to say to Tom THANK U for the constant inspiration what you give me. your book, articles and your webpage helped me a LOT to achieve my goals. I am writing from a small country from eastern europe and its hard to obtain the proper foods for this lifestyle but im dedicated enough thanx to U and ur webpage, Tom. Dunno im eligible to take part in this whole game bc im not american citizen but to be honest I really dont care I just wanted to say THANK U for the cutting-edge informations and inspiration which comes from u. Hard to eat meat day after day bc its hard to obtain it here but thanx to inspiration I never gave up and I wont EVER!So thank u again god bless u guys greetings from Hungary
I am so excited to start the “Long Burn” Contest. I already lost 40 lbs following the advice of the book. I am in the process of transforming my body. I’m ready to get ripped.
I must do this because it’s time! I’ve been a negative, depressed person for too long. Completing this challenge will allow me to love and trust myself.
I am a doctor, and a majority of my patients are obese. I felt like a hypocrite when I was telling my patients that they needed to lose weight when I was 40 lbs overweight. Enough was enough. On Jan 1, 2010, I made a full commitment to lose the weight. Three months later with the advice from “Burn the Fat, Feed the Muscle”, I successfully lost my weight. Now, I am in the mode to transform my body by adding 15 pounds of muscle with less than 10% body fat. I already have inspired many patients to make a true commitment to their health.
I would love to feel fabulous, I would love to be the girl inside me dying to come out, I’ve been overweigh for far too long and I need a turning point…and this could be the one for me, I’m from South Africa and this time of year it’s winter so it’s even harder because we drink Milo to keep us warm…but no more Milo, I can do this even though my husband does not take me serious – and he as reason I never stuck to anything…I wane be and feel beautiful!!I can do this!!
Hi Tom,The Burn the Fat 2010 Summer Challenge is arriving at an opportune time. I’m about to complete a workplace fitness challenge and I need to continue the momentum & high intensity workouts I’ve adopted in order to achieve the goals I have for my body, mind & overall well-being. The inspiring photos/stories participants share, your knowledge-filled blog & the standards of accountability (ok, yeah – and the awesome prize potentials too!) will all help keep me on track…motivated towards self-betterment & achievement of my goals.I also made a list of pros/cons the other day: Reasons to Join vs. Reasons Not to Join. It became apparent that all the reasons not to join were based in fear. These fears suddenly became reasons I must join. Challenges are fun & obstacles are to be overcome! I look forward to seeing what “I’m (and others are) made of” in the 98 day transformations.Best,Matt
All my life, I have been the biggest procrastinator on the planet. I talk a good game but the sad fact is I’ve only been fooling myself. The thought of transforming my body into the kind of shape I can be proud of and being able to write about the transformation while receiving support from others with similar motivations is daunting and exciting at the same time. Too often, we see the before and after pics on different web sites and while they may look impressive, we can’t help but wonder: ” are they for real or what?” Are these people blessed with great genes or are they the result of incredibly hard work. Maybe a combination of the two. That is what is so appealing about this contest! I am not competing directly against anyone else, I am being judged by how well my body recomposes from start to finish. Is this ever a great concept? This allows us to focus on the nutrition and training while at the same time support and be supported by others with the same motivation. When I succeed in transforming my body, I plan on teaching others with Tom and your help to accomplish the same thing. I work at a fitness center and I help people all the time wishing I had the body to “walk the walk.” Well wishing is for losers! I sincerely hope that all of you accomplish your goals this summer. Good luck and train HARD!
This competition is really making me think about this summer. I’m getting married in October and am determined to be in the best shape of my life for it. I’ve always hated getting my photo taken-but there will be no avoiding it so I’d better just do something about it! I’ve found a dress I love, now I’m just going to get the toned arms I want to go with it.
Time to get back in shape, the training has been dropping to once a week and I need to be ready for the summer!
Transforming my body in the next 98 days is a must, because I need to increase my chances in living a longer and better quality of life. Second, the transformed body will be what it should be. Third, I believe there is a strong correlation between my success physically and my success in the other areas of my life.There are no guarantees that I will be here tomorrow, but the odds of living a long, productive, and quality life here on earth and with my loved increases when I restore my body to what it should be.I am 5 feet and 5 inches tall. I weigh about 180 pounds with 30% body fat. That is 54 pounds of pure body fat. That is wrong, way wrong! I must renew my body to be what it should be. Period.The times I have practiced BFFM methods and principles I have seen results. Not only physically but also in the other areas of my life. First of all, the physical benefits go beyond fat loss and weight loss. Increase in energy, digestion, sleep, rest. Those are all bonuses. Beyond the physical, the benefits spill into other areas. The muscles of discipline used to complete reps keep working in reaching my goals in finance, time management, career, ministry, and other endeavors.In short, I am compelled to change not just my body but my life, to increase my odds in living longer, with the health, physical build, and success God intended me to have.
Hi Tom Thanks for this chance to change my body shape forThe better. I have done this once before but I would like to geta lower body fat this time around. I am interest in new ideas ordifferent programs to help me keep my new body shape and to feel good about myself. I have gone from a size 16 to size 12,but I would like to be a size 10 or 8 all year round instead of having it for 4 weeks. I love a new challenge and I also need tobuild more muscle. Cheers Margot
This for me is a life changing experience, it’s not just about being physically fit this is also about being spiritually and mentally fit – it’s about feeling good about yourself and being happy with who you are.. how you feel on the inside manifests on the outside and being healthy sets an example not just for myself but for my children, .I train 3 times a week and I have had different personal trainers but they did not provide the correct guidance to suit my needs…ie: training to see certain results fat loss and nutrition advise so I purchased The Body Fat Solution, this is an amazing book with fantastic information I feel more motivated to get the results I want…An believe me I want to see results!…an this would be a great opportunity!…
Dear Tom,Why is transforming my body NOW – in the next 98 days – an absolute MUST for me? Why should I enter the Burn the Fat Challenge?There are more REASONS WHY than I could ever describe. In the first place – having once experienced the difference between the way I used to feel before and after – being again in such a bad shape is like being trapped in old bad habits, and growing older, heavier – not just on the scale, and maybe even developing a health situation I don’t even want to imagine. Moreover, I have been procrastinating for so long I know for sure, if I don’t act NOW, it might go on to the point of no return, and I absolutely don’t want that to happen.One more reason why it has to be this summer, it’s because it holds for me more than a challenge. And I know the more difficulty I encounter in my way to reaching a goal the earlier I need to work on it; and if I don’t – NOW, then when? Now is the time; and who knows, I might not have another supported, inspiring, dynamic opportunity like this one!My extra challenge this summer is that my married son and his family, including 3 kids, respectively 6 y., 2 y., and 5 m. old, are coming from Lebanon to live here in Curacao. They will be arriving this coming Saturday, May 29, and they will be staying temporarily with us – probably for the whole length of the “Burn the Fat Challenge – until they’re ready to move to their new home. This means – you can imagine, it will be extremely challenging for me to keep with any discipline… I mean, without support!Although I know I won’t be eligible for the contest, due to certain requirement I won’t be able to comply, I wish I could participate, in any possible way. This would be a real transformation time for me – my best reward.Keeping these words deeply engraved in my mind, I do“…think long term and think of this contest as a jump start to get momentum going again rather than just a 100 day goal and then it ends…”Why is transforming my body NOW – in the next 98 days – an absolute MUST for me? Why should I enter the Burn the Fat Challenge?The simplest way to answer these questions would be; because I need it so badly, and I absolutely trust “The Burn the Fat Challenge” is THE BEST!Thanks for this unique opportunity you’re so generously offering to the world!Sincerely,Marie
Because if you avoid pain long enough, everything becomes painful.Because instead of body shaping I need landscaping.Because for this I’m leaving a job, a girl-friend* and moving cities.Because I’m not just doing body transformation, I’m doing life transformation.Because it would be nice to see my feet again.*p11 5th elementBecause my written goals say so.
I have been procrastinating about my health for too many years. I’m always going to start eating right and exercising next week, or after this project. In the meantime, I’ve stopped looking at myself in pictures or the mirror–I don’t want to recognize the pudgy–no–FAT– middle-aged man with the triple chins and extra 60-80 pounds. I need to change now because life is passing me by and I’m not able to fully embrace it anymore. I want to be fully alive to my family, my wife and two-year old granddaughter. I want to be me again. Here’s to the start of a better life.Health and happiness, Daniel
Because I am pissed off !!!!….and I want to make my wife proud.My Dad died overweight at 67…diabetes, heart attack, lung cancer.He had the choice to live a healthy life and not smoke, he chose otherwise.I miss by fishing buddy terribly.He has missed out, in the most important events of my adult life.I just turned 40 and have become a first time Dad four months ago.Quick math tells me I certainly want to be around for my “Baby Kate” much longer than 27 years.My goal is to have Katie’s kids surfing with the coolest and most ripped G-Papa around…..me!!!!ALSO…..I owe my beautiful wife a trip to Hawaii !This time last year we had our tickets booked to the island of 51st dates and made plans to be blowing out a flip-flop at Jimmy B’s February 5 2010. More AWESOME than that though….on February 5th 2010 I was shoveling snow to clear the way for our Baby stroller!!!Tom, thank you for this opportunity. I look forward to meeting the new me in 98 Days.Mahalo Brah,Ian Walterhouse
Hi Tom, thanks for the opprotunity to begin my dreamed body transformation. The challenge has given me the push to start transforming my mind & body, for now on.
There is a greater urgency attached to the “must” for me to not just be successful at this challenge but to surpass MUST be done for two compelling reasons.1. To prove to myself that I have the Discipline needed to get lean once and for all.2. Age isn’t never a factor ( I am 45)3. Redemption – Last challenge I was unable to complete due to a back injury.Thanks for another opportunity and for being a wonderful mentor in the fitness industry.
First motivator is that I turned 40 this year. I WAS one of those people who could eat almost anything and exercise very little and still keep an ok shape until one day…I had kids. That was 10 years ago and although I always meant to lose the extra few pounds, slowly slowly my weight went up and my energy level went down. My husband and I both decided that this is the year we get in shape. Not just losing weight but a whole lifestyle change for us and the kids. We’re in the home stretch but would love some extra motivation to get super buff!!!
What are the REASONS WHY you want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than you are today?1. I am ready to make a change that will last a lifetime, and what better time to start than through the summer months that will have me ready for any big event in the winter! The time is NOWWhy is transforming your body NOW – in the next 98 days- an absolute MUST for you?1. I am DONE yo-yoing, done with continually looking for the next hot thing, done with always second guessing myself, done with trying something new every few weeks. I want to start NOW and follow through and be consistent, cause the truth is hard work WILL pay off. NOW is the time, no more putting it off, or settling for less.
Hi my name is Sunny Marling and I want to start a new career and what better way to go into it looking great and feeling great with better self-esteem, confidence and health. I think this challenge will get me on the right path to a successful career.I need to make a change in my life to better myself personally and professionally and i believe that being dedicated, devoted and disciplined with my fitness, diet and health plan will be a model for my professional life and make me successful.
I bought your e-book about a year and a half ago, read thru the first few pages and promptly went out and joined a weight loss program. 30lbs lighter I looked EXACTLY the way I did before, only smaller. It was tremendously disappointing. Discouraged, the weight slowly crept back on. Six months ago I began working out at the gym. The appearance of definition lines really got me excited. What I had hoped would happen when I “lost weight” was finally appearing in the mirror. My trainer kept saying “80% of what you see on the outside is a reflection of what you put on the inside”. I remembered your book and have been avidly reading ever since. I don’t want to just … weigh less. When my daughter gets married in Jamaica early next year, I want heads to turn.
I know the explanations for how the body works. I am well educated, intelligent, and well read. I have two degrees in exercise science, and help other people heal injured bodies. I have a small gym in my home, and access to a variety of equipment. On the surface I seem to have everything it takes to having a healthy, shapely body.Yet to look at me, you would know none of these things. The shape and condition of my body does not reflect my beliefs, my passions, or my desires. I have gotten caught up in chasing common goals thrust upon me by a world that feels it has the right to direct and control the way I live my life. I have lost myself in chasing dreams that have been forced upon me.The life I am living is not the life I want to live. I want to live as a reflection of my beliefs. I want my priorities to be evident in my choices. I want to be proud of who I am and how I live my life.Why must I do this now? I finally hit the point where I am fed up.I am fed up with not feeling like I can take on the world.I am fed up with giving half my attention and effort to the thing that is the most important.I am fed up with being ignored and discounted because of my appearance.I am fed up with feeling like there is more to life that I am missing.I am fed up with feeling held back by the strength and condition of my body.I am fed up with feeling ashamed of how I have treated my miraculous body, when every day I treat those who have been injured through no fault of their own.I am fed up with being, as a friend said, “pretty much a perfect woman…personality-wise.”I must do this for my pride.I must do this for my health.I must do this for my self-esteem.I must do this for my future.I must do this for myself. I am fed up, and this is happening.
98 days to 98 years – My Great grandfather lived 98 years and 51 weeks. A long and happy life. I must use the 98 days to honour my body so it will be able to live healthy for 98 or 99 years! My body enables me to participate in life and has protected me from illness. I need to show it the apprecitation it deserves. I need to disgard the self limiting beliefs as this is always my biggest hurdle. There is no real reason that I can not succeed. I need to believe in myself to achieve the results, for I have a wonderful family to support me and maybe even inspire :)
What are the reasons I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than I am today?I must attain what I have always wanted…maintaining a healthy fit body. I’ve gotten close, but not maintained. Never again!Why is transforming my body now-in the next 98 days- an absolute must for me?Because I am getting close to goal, I do not want to miss the goal and rebound back to being fat again….ever!!!!!!! I want to permantly tranform into a new body and new lifestyle.
This is great, i am on diabetes drugs and insuling with a host of other metabolic x isease drugs and married to an abusive wife.tony information and encouragement has helped be have the courage to change my life and help me live againcant thank you enoughjoe in pa
I have already started transforming my body by losing 60 lbs in the past year…but now I have to really burn the fat!! It is important to me because I have already seen results not only in my weight loss, but my cholesterol went from 250 to 180 and my BP from borderline high (130s/85) to 102/70; and I want to keep that up. I have two children that look to me for guidance in all that they do and being FAT wasn’t what I wanted them to see. I want them to see a mom that is health conscious, not just in food choices but also in being active everyday. And I want to live long enough to see my grandchildren!
I want to get in shape because I’ve been recovering from failed back surgery for two years and want to get my life back and try to go back to work. I know if I lost 50 pounds and strengthened my core I’d be in a lot less pain too. I’m an older worker and I’m scared about trying to rejoin the workforce looking like I do right now. I also want to be able to walk without my thighs rubbing together and being out of breath after a block. That and many other reasons….Veer
Like many of you, I too am going through a divorce (or other life changing event). I used to be very well disciplined in regards to diet and excercise. But as of late I’ve slipped. I am choosing to rededicate myself TO MYSELF. And that includes getting into the best shape of my life.
After having 4 children and working out religiously I still have a stubborn 10 lbs I want to get rid of. I’ve tried almost everything except diet pills to lose it and it will not seem to budge. Im fixing to turn 40 and I want to feel better about myself for the rest of my life.
Just stop making excuses and do it!
I want to bloom like a flower on a Summer’s day… NOT!GIRLS! GIRLS! GIRLS!I want a good looking girlfriend, that‘s why I must!
Why should I enter now.1. To disprove a limiting belief that my body can’t get any better than it is now2. Why now…because there is only now, the present. Everything else is an illusion
I have a long-term back injury – a herniated disk – and the extra 70 pounds I carry around just make the pain worse. I have difficulty moving around, doing things around the house, I have difficulty being ME. That’s my “MUST” – I really want to be ME again.
As a single mother, my children will both be attending college in the fall. It’s time to put myself first after 21 years of taking care of my children. I want to finally put an end to weight and body image being an issue for me.Being an empty-nester removes all the excuses I have used for why I am not in shape. I want to be happy and healthy for many years to come.
Hi, I am a single mom, wieght 338pounds, 34years old, I am tired of always being tired, of always tinking of excuses not to play with my 2 boys 4 and 6 years old. I have tried everething, every dieet I know by heart, I hate exercise! But I have realised that if I want to be around to see my kids grow up I have to change the way I think, the way I eat and the way I do. Unless you move, you will stay exactly where you are, you are in ten years time exactly what you do now, unless you change, nothing around you will change. I am not in it for the prize, that would be great to win but my main prize is ading a few years to my health and to the time with my kids.
I want to prove to myself that I can do this challenge at 50 years old. I grew up heavy, flat feet, slow, picked on, etc. But I don’t live by excuses any more. I’ve lost 70 lbs in the past few years and exercise daily. I need and want to be doing what is efficient and beneficial to maximize my results. I have sole custody of my son, I quick drinking 2 years ago and want to help others live healthy and encourage their transformation. My goal is at least to make it down to the finals or at least get to show my transformation on the site and encourage others to the same or greater achievements.
I have already started transforming my body. I am 5’10 and went from 195 lbs in 12/2009 to 170 lbs and 14% body fat in 03/2010. However, I have plateaued. I can not break past 14%. I am a single father of two kids and need to show them how to live a healthy life and that anything can be accomplished if you set your mind to it.
I am entering the challenge for motivation and because a trip to Maui sounds FANTASTIC!… I lost 92lbs on my own over a year and a half and have recently gained over 30 lbs back in the past 8 months… Recently I have been working hard on the problems within myself that causes me to “eat my feelings”… I look forward to the next 98 days of burning!… :)
In this past year I have gone from not being able to run a 1/4 mile to being able to “run” a 1/2 marathon. I’ll be participating in my third 1/2 marathon in September and want to be able to make it special. Even though I have lost 20 pounds in past year I have 30 to go. I’ve added weight lifting in past 2 months to my exercise regiment and it has helped in all the other things I do. I have a grandchild living with me and I want to be able to keep up with the little guy, and he is sure quick.
Transformation is essential to me this summer. It isn’t about good looks, or “ripped”, or feeling great and having more energy. It’s about another transformation I’m making, to being a married man. In the last 8 months, I’ve lost around 20 lbs. But like I said, I’m not focused on looking good on my wedding day in the fall (though it sure wouldn’t hurt). My family has a history of obesity and heart disease. My dad had 2 angioplasties before I graduated highschool and my grandfather had a double and triple bipass, dying of complications that arose after the triple. In those 20 lbs lost, adding muscle, and changing my lifestyle, I’v dropped my cholesterol from 237 to 165. Tom’s emails have helped (I especially liked the recent on on running stairs). The real reason for transformation is that I need to be there for my wife and future family, and I need my body to take me there.
I’ve adopted a new “If not now, when?” mentality, and this summer is here now, and it’s time for me to get busy. I love BFFM–the information is honest, and the results are undeniable!
I’ve come to a point in my live where things have finally taken a turn for the better, I’m happy healthy (except for the few extra pounds). I was married for 13 years, and was miserable. I hated everything, and finally 3 years ago the marriage was over. I was given a second chance at life. I met the love of my life and last summer we were married. He is everything I’ve ever wanted. However there is always that part of me thats never been happy with my weight. I did loose a fair amount over the years… 5+ years ago I was at my highest 213lbs, after the divorce i was down to 160 lbs, but enjoying life and all of the food that came with it… so did some of the pounds. My personal goal is to loose the weight, get fit and feel good naked – something I haven’t felt in a very long time. I’m tired of feeling self concious in front of people. After purchasing the ebook, I started the program about 2 weeks ago, and am truly impressed – not just with the simplicity of the program, but that I am actually able to stick to it… something i could never do before. I’ve beefed up my workouts to 4 times a week of cardio, and have added the circuit to the mix as well. Watch out summer burn… I want to go to Maui!!Cheers
I’m tired of carrying around the extra 100 pounds. It neds to go and many of my aches and pains will go with it. Menopause has not been nice to me!!!!
I want to lose the weight and be a good example for my husband. He is diabetic, has high blood pressure and is overweight. He has a hard time changing his eating habits. He had lost 20 lbs (without any effort) when the doctor told him he may need to take insulin shots and needs to get it blood pressure down. But his blood pressure and sugar levels didn’t improve so he lost the momentum to continue eating right and working on his weight.I have stuck to a diet and been exercising for the past 7 weeks. I lost 10 lbs and 13 inches. (not great but not bad). I know I still have a long way to go. I want to lose at least another 20 lbs but he is starting to realize I’m committed to this and he is starting to take an interest in the exercise routine I’m doing. I know if I stick with it during the summer, he will soon join me.
Tom,I am a 37 year old male. I have maintained a decent work out regime since I was 18 but I Have gained some fat over the past year due to a sinus surgery and a bad cold season. I was told last year I have osteoarthritis last year by my Dr. due to early knee injuries from sports. I have tore my right pectoral tendon and have recovered. I currently weigh 195 and would like to get down to 175 to carry less mass on my frame. I have incorporated the help of a personal trainer to get an unbaised pair of eyes on my physique. I have worked with him for a month now and have received a better perspective on my lifting form but other than that I am doing what I already know. My question is what are your thoughts on personal trainers?
Tom-I had a quad bypass 6 years ago and a kidney transplant. I am now 53 and have been burning the fat now for about 3 months. My cholesterol is the lowest it’s been in years (126), and think I look pretty good at 225 lbs for my 6’4″ frame. I started having high blood sugar, and that has come down, too. My goal is to just keep improving; watching my stats get better. I’d like to be able fool people about my age looking better than my average peers!
In the past I’ve used getting pregnant, look better in swimsuit, health etc. to motivate me to get in shape but they only helped a little.I had gotten to point where I was disgusted with what I saw in mirror and I started making slow changes and semi-realistic goals but I noticed my goals were tied to the number on scale or a number in my head.I want to take this challenge because somehow I need to reframe my fitness goals to match transformation not a number. I need to understand my body better, how it works, what it needs if I’m going to have a realistic image of what I can achieve and where i need to set my priorities.This summer is the right time. I’m off from work and if i can make these changes I will be set once school starts up again.Warmest regards and thank you.
Starting to have the health issues of a much older person. Time to get real about my health and shape. Thanks for providing the tools! My goal for next year is to run a half marathon, so this summer of melting away the fat will be the first step towards that goal.
Tom,I’m 51 and quit smoking 9 months ago. I put on 20 pounds in within 6 weeks of quitting. I am on a mission to go from my heaviest ever weight of 208lbs to a respectable 170. That should be a good spot at 5’10”. I am an avid sculler and have logged over 200,000 meters on the erg month to date. I have dropped 10 pounds in the last 2 months and hope to be in the 170’s by the end of summer—doing it the right way. I get most of my aerobic work on the erg along with some AT as well. I also lift weights to improve my core strength and also specifically target those muscles which are not actively recruited by rowing. Thank you for the wonderful articles and support.Jay
I MUST LOSE WEIGHT! I never thought I would ever hear myself say that! I have always been very skinny and the only person I know that had to go onto a “weight gain” diet when I was pregnant with my daughter. Even after having two children I was naturally thin, ate everything within sight, never giving any consideration to what I ate or how I ate.Now, current date – I am fifty years old and have no idea how to lose weight. I am two years out from a severe back surgery that really impedes on the quality of my life; I have finally been able to go back to the gym and manage my weights and cardio as to no reinjure myself. But, I have no idea how to manage my diet, and with this I could you a lot of help. I also am post-menapausal which is really posing a challenge for me as far as weight loss goes.I MUST lose around 20 pounds – all my extra weight that just started sneaking up on me at around 45 years old and it is all in the middle of my body. For 4 years I have been unable to do any exercise because of my back pain and I am now an apple when I used to be a celery stalk! I have been diagnosed as pre-diabetic and I have to get MOVE ON!My self-confidence is at an all time low . . . it is NOW that I have to make a difference in my own life. Be responsible for my health, my diet and my happiness. I am a hard worker and with a little progress in sight, I know I can do it! Thank you for your time, Lisa Phillips
This is THE time to get back in shape because……..1. at 48, I am the oldest woman in my soccer league and last week had to play goal half the game since I was winded2. turning 50 is just 22 months away, and I am going to be fabulous at 503. I am currently not setting a good example for my children4. I want to be able to do anything I want to do in my later years, so now is the time to start taking better care of myself
I want to be in better shape this summer because it’s time for a change. I’ve been putting off better health for far too long. I don’t know if I haven’t had the right tools or the right motivation, but I am absolutely ready to burn the fat NOW. It is a MUST that I transform my body now so that I can have a better outlook on the future. I am tired of holding onto this weight. I need to get in better shape now.
TomI have started on a mission since last fall when I realized 50 was just beyond the corner ( I turned 50 in March). I was skinny fat then – low muscle mass and too much extra around the tummy – typical desk riding executive. I have decided that before I turn 51 I am gonna get into the best shape of my life – when someone says I have a great physique for a man my age I want to be able to say “I have a great physique for a man HALF my age ! “To that end – I have started on a weightlifting and cardio program to drive me to that goal. At present, I have gained more than 10 lbs while stayin in the same size jeans – but those jeans are still a lot bigger around the waist then I want them to be. My goal is to take 3-4” off my gut and add as many to my chest – trimming those ABS is gonna bring out the sixpack that hides there – get rid of the saddlebags over my kidneys and give me that V-shape I always wanted.I was on the verge of cholesterol meds, blood pressure meds and meds to reduce my resting heartrate. Now my cholesterol is good, my blood pressure is good and my resting heart has dropped 15 points. I am thrilled at the health benefits for me and the effect my working out so hard has had on my three children. It motivates me to be all I can be – and your newsletter serves as a daily motivation as well !
For as long as I can to remember, I have NEVER seen my Abs. Its hard to not feel bad about your physique in today’s society when the ideal “beach body” includes not only a low body fat %, but also requires the chiseled look.I don’t consider myself to be obese, but at the same time I can definitely afford to lose fat. My current weight is around 215. When I was busy playing football my weight was at an ideal level, however now that my playing days are behind me I have no excuse to maintain my current weight level.I look forward to completely transforming my body over the next 3 months. I have already committed myself to eating healthier, and I have picked up an exercise program that will keep me busy all summer long. I cannot wait to see what the next 90+ days will bring!
I’m getting married on July 16, 2010… Still need to lose 6 to 8 pounds before then!!! Struggling with the over 40 metabolism drop… Not to mention my son’s baseball schedule, work, etc. Trying to fit in workouts when I can… I know I can do it, though!
I just turned 49 years old. Two years ago, I dropped 40 pounds of weight, most of it fat. I struggle to stay within my healthful weight range and would feel much better with 10 pounds less fat. Now that I know WHERE I want to be, I need to be HOW I want to be as well.More than anything else, I want this so I can keep up with the activities of my teenage and adult children. I want to hike in the mountains with them…and wait for them to catch up with me. I want to take them on the tennis court and see them asking for water breaks. I want to have them ask me, “Dad, how did you get in such good shape?” And I want to be able to tell them, so they can do it now and for the rest of their lives.
i already know that exercise & muscle-building are the cures for pretty much everything. having surgery was great, but it was really the exercise that cured my bum knee. once i was able to get up & around again i joined a gym and realized how bad i had been feeling. feeling great was such a surprise! exercise has given me so much energy and i feel great all the time now. in my 40’s i’m in the best shape ever.not every bum knee can turn out like this, but every couch potato can feel infinitely better through exercise. 100% guaranteed.now i’m on a plateau and have a really hard time losing the last few pounds. i must enter now to break through the last barriers!
Thank you Tom for another great post.I must stop lieing to myself.I will start on Monday…I will lose 20 pounds… I will not eat this or that…All lies. I can not let my self down any more and it needs to start with being honest with myself. I am a honest person with others but some how I have allowed myself to lie to myself and be OK with it. I am not OK lieing to others and If I say I am going to do it than Get R Done.
I am going to transform my body and I am determined to see my goal to its end, a promise I made to myself before the onset of my 27th birthday in August. In essence, it’s because I believe in what Tom once said, to “walk the walk”. I am health conscious, and as a holistic nutritional consultant, my physique must resemble what I preach. Also, I am going to run the marathon in October, so the Burn the Fat Challenge is a definite must!
I am alive today because I have narrowly escaped death no less than 5 times. And every time I heard someone say that it was a miracle that I survived, I thought to myself that it was no miracle at all that I put in the effort to maintain a strong and fit body that enabled me to endure and survive some of life’s toughest challenges. The miracle was to have been given the gift of life and health from the very beginning. So often, it is easy to take for granted that very basic thing. It is not vanity that drives me to be my best physically, mentally, and emotionally, it is gratitude.And that is why I feel I must accept this challenge.
“. . .most people won’t change until the pain of staying the same becomes greater than the pain of changing.” In all of the b.s. and bro-science dropped into the fitness industry, THAT is the truest statement I’ve ever read. I’ve spent the last few years saying “I should, I should,” because I don’t want to end up like my skinny-fat mother – with a shut-down pancreas and taking insulin shots; because I don’t want to end up like my heart-disease addled father. I keep saying “I should” develop healthy habits instead of insane, stringent fasts and starvation and mono-food diets. I am now at a place where I *must* make changes that stick because I’m miserable and becoming physically unable to keep up with the sports that my husband and I used to share together (surfing, snowboarding). I *must* make the changes because I’m exhausted and tired of feeling sorry for myself; I’m tired of feeling frustrated and I’m tired of feeling defeated. The pain of me turning into all of the things I DON’T want to be is finally making me say “I must” instead of “I should.” (Was that too many words?)
Good luck to everyone! Unfortunately for me, I will be having two knee surgeries this summer, so I will be unable to participate. Forutunately, I am a teacher, and I have all summer to recuperate.
My reason for wanting to be in better shape this summer is that i promised myself i would do it last summer, and the summer before and the summer before that!I know I MUST do it THIS summer or that summer will NEVER come for me!I MUST transform my body because I am NOT the person in front of me! I am better than this and the only way i can absolutley prove that, to others as well as myself, is to get myself into the shape i know I should be, present myself as the person I know I am.
It’s time to get into shape this summer for my family and myself. I must prove to myself that I can do this and that I can succeed. I also want to show my daughter that if she puts her mind to it, she can acheive anything. I have lived your everyday type of life, not really worrying about the consequences of my decisions, well, I turned 33 today, and it’s time to take responsibility and show my family the healthy way so that my children do not have to suffer the consequences of my actions. I want to be the hot mamma and I want to be my husband’s girlfriend. It’s time to make some positive changes here. Thanks for all that you do Tom. I WILL transform my body, mind and health this summer! God Bless! Michelle
I have been receiving Burn the Fat e-newletters for about 2 months and get so pumped up when I read them……then I procrastinate. I will be turning 50 in July, single mother that has raised two beautiful daughters and continue nursing 14 yo twin sons. They are athletes, so they keep me motivated but lately I’ve been feeling so, so tired and I am so, so tired of sounding lame. I am going to do this for ME because I want to live the rest of my life feeling healthy, young and Not Tired. I have strong genes in my family, my mother is 87 yo and still drives. goes shopping and loves to hang out with the kids. I want to live that life.I’ve got to say, I was crying from reading all the blog entries and encouraging stories. May we all desire to live a healthy and happy life. God bless us all!!
Why I must change my body composition nowI will be fifty five in a few months. I am 61 inches tall and weigh 135 pounds. Today my Tanita scale tells me my fat weighs 51.2 pounds and my lean mass weighs 84 pounds. Looking back at old records, I know my lean mass has always been in the 81-85 pound range but my fat weight has ranged from 28 pounds to as high as 61 pounds.In December of 2007 I downloaded a copy of Tom’s book. With that as a catalyst, I brought my weight down from a life time high of 146 to 124. I was motivated by a determination to live well, as it is the best revenge. I was feeling pretty good about myself at 124 pounds, and I was feeling well besides. I slept well, and moved without aches and pains. Even my fingernails, that had always been thin and brittle, were healthy and growing for the first time in my adult life.But then Hurricane Ike came along. Fresh food was hard to come by, and chocolate and processed foods were everywhere. And the fast food restaurants, when they reopened, became the staple of the day, in between long hours spent rebuilding and recovering. Croisandwiches and cheeseburgers piled the pounds back on. When I finally started to realize that I had undermined all my progress, and tried to recover, menopause kicked in full force, and I could not seem to break through the plateau. And as I felt more and more helpless and hopeless, it became harder and harder to get up off the sofa and get moving, and I found myself on roller coaster trying crazy diets and downing supplements.So here I am, not getting any younger, at a point where my contemporaries are having heart attacks and strokes and battling cancer. I have to get control of my weight, once and for all, so I can get up off the sofa and live this great life that surrounds me.
My desire to take this challenge seriously comes as a result of noticing that if I’m determined and committed in my fitness and nutrition I am also determined and committed in many other areas of my life. I am more productive at work and in relationships when I’m dedicated to my physical well-being. I’ve always been athletic but I’ve never worked hard enough on the nutrition part of my life to really see the results that I would like to see (like my abs!). As I’ve entered my 30’s I really desire to be in the best shape of my life and I’m ready to do what it takes to get there!
I must remove at least a 6 lbs of fat and increase my lean muscle mass to reach my 6 mth goals I set earlier this year. When I do this will be the leanest I have been since before my teenage years : )This competition will give me the extra kick I require in what is going to be a very difficult few months ahead.My mum has been diagnosed a with a critical illness but if she can battle through this then this challenge will be comparitively easy. We also have the world cup coming up which for us English generally means lots of time socialising and lots of beers i.e increase in body fat. Since Jan I have moved from 14 1/2 stone to under 13 (which I believe to be all body fat) and I don’t plan on undoing my good work. This competition will give me the extra discipline I require to meet my goals.
I must transform my body because I don’t just want to exist anymore, I want to live–and live a healthy and active lifestyle. I’m 30 years old and up until last year, I was 90 lbs overweight. I was unhealthy, unmotivated, experiencing one health challenge after the next (iron deficiency, PCOS, back pain). All was a result of my obesity. Life was flying right by and I couldn’t keep up. My doctor suggested bariatric surgery, but something in me just wouldn’t let me do it. Strangely, I didn’t want a quick fix to my life-long problem. I wanted a more natural fix and one that would help me learn to be less destructive. Last year, I decided to get serious. I changed my diet and started exercising. To date I’ve lost 45 lbs. It’s been a slow and difficult process, but one I wouldn’t change for anything in the world. I still have another 40-45 lbs to lose and am having trouble getting to that next level, but I’ committed.
I suffer from endometriosis and even though I work out hard,when I pain Of cramps come I eat or drink. This keeps me 10-15 pounds from feeling great. The loss of the fat will help me see and feel my muscles better. this helps my mind stay strong and help me make choices that work for my body. I’m ready. i want it.Louise;0
Transforming my body is not only important to me but it is something i HAVE to do. I have had a difficult few years and i tend to eat(and waaay over eat) to ease the pain. Food is my comfort.If it wernt for my two small children, i dont know if i would have the courage and motivation to make a change. But i DO have two amazingly beautiful children who need me and deserve a healthy happy mommy who is a good role model. I know that along with obesity comes many health risks and it would be selfish of me stay on the same path i am on. Here’s to a new me!
Looking forward to this competition, especially since it’s not based on weight loss. I have extra motivation to train hard – or stay at home.
The reasons why: I did stop at chapter one, and wrote down my goals. I am stronger, I am leaner, I have single digit body fat. I have an eight pack, not just a six pack.98 Days will put me looking my best when I next see my wife when I come back from working in Iraq.
BECAUSE I CAN!!!! I’m sooooo excited to finally understand, really understand what it takes not only to lose weight but to gain beautiful muscle and become a healthier me. Now that I have the tools, thanks to you, there is no reason why I can’t be in better shape by the end of the summer!!!Transforming my body in the next 98 days is a must for me simply because it is my GOAL. The last goal I set was back in January when I decided to quit smoking after 30 years of polluting my lungs. I quit on the 15th and haven’t looked back!! Quiting smoking has been the hardest thing I’ve ever done in my life and if I can do that I can transform my body in 98 day!!
I MUST transform my body this summer. Because NOW is the time to make a change. When I accomplish this, it will motivate me to accomplish my other life goals. I will be an example to my future children. I will live a healthier lifestyle.
I am sick of not having the body i want to have. I resolve now! to attain it now!.I wil go 100% for this.
I want to be in the best shape of my life this summer because I want to motivate others so that they know that they can do it as well. Also, I am getting married in september and I want to be in great shape for myself and for my wife to be on one of the most important days of our lives.
Most of my life has been a struggle with weight.I’ve suscribed to too many unsafe methods of losing weight to mention.A few years ago,I decided it was more important to be healthy.I still struggle with vanity and health issues.However,my family knows me as a healthy eater and exerciser regardless of my struggles.I have been trying to get my folks on a healthy path,as well.My father died from a heart attack 10 yrs ago.I had my Mom on a really good path( eating healthy,weight loss,exercise,etc)It all went down hill after she married my stepdad.They were both hit with major health issues lately.I feel like I really need to get myself to get in tip top shape in order to,not only be able to help them,but set a good example for them to be able to follow.
Tony,I’ve already sent my comments on Sunday and today, I decided to read some of the comments post. It’s amazing how you gave the opportunity to many people to put in words what they are going through and the hope they have in their hearts and true desire to change something. I’m sure, starting with their bodies is a great start.I think is a very nice way of making difference in people’s life.CheersMia
Know the truth, and the truth will set you free.I have been a bondage to FAT CELLs and improper nutrition , incorrect information, trends and fads and gimmicks and this book BURN THE FAT, FEED THE MUSCLE revealed the truth.Quite simple, nutrition and exercise, goal setting and hard work has set me free. Not rocket science, easy to understand, hard to follow, bvt follow it I did because it came from a credible source who made sense to me.I would like to share that experience with anyone up here in Toronto Canada that cares to have it.Know the truth, and the truth will set you free!
HI Tom, I have to transform my body, I have to at least try. I am disabled , I have a metabolic problem (simular to cushing’s syndrome) and every summer I say to myself, this is the summer that I am going to beat this. but I just don’t have the money to join a health club, or buy your book.Of course I am under the care of Doctors, and they do try to help, but just combating the symptoms doesn’t cure the illness. However they are always pleased to hear that I am striving to cure through diet and exercise.I want to try to ride a bike, but my family just laughs at me. No matter how much I am motivated, I can’t find my way to make this horrible and ugly stomach go away. I really do realize that when people are disabled ( I have trouble with my feet and hands ) that exercise is difficult. but once I was a beautiful, athletic woman, and now I am humpty dumpty. so , my goal is just to get healthy, maybe I’ll never be beautiful again, but at least I can be healthier than I am, that is of course, with your help.
I first began putting Tom’s fat-burning advice into practice almost a year ago when I read The Body Fat Solution. I have maintained progress ever since, and so for me, the challenge began almost a year ago and is simply continuing! Even with all of the fantastic specific instruction that Tom gives in Body Fat Solution and BFFM (which I also have purchased), I can honestly say that the most important things I have taken from the books are (1) to keep a written journal of the foods you eat, and (2) to always be ready to reframe any situation to view it in a more positive light. These things have really kept me going. I have learned so much from keeping a written account of my caloric intake. And hardly a day goes by that I don’t think about the story Tom told in Body Fat Solution of the paraplegic who, though he was unable to work out or even weigh himself, still showed progress by following Tom’s plan. I now view exercise as a blessing. Even when my tendonitis or plantar fasciitis keep me from doing all of the exercise that I would like, I always remember that there is at least SOMETHING that I can do, and I am grateful for that. I have had physical injuries, children’s busy schedules, and also the terminal illness of a parent to deal with this past year; however, I have chosen not to allow these to be excuses for not moving forward with my fat loss progress. Now, I just reframe any situation in my mind and realize that I am so fortunate to be able to do what I can. As long as I give 100% of what I’ve got at any given time, then I know I’ve done my best. My 100% isn’t always the same. Sometimes I’m able to do more, sometimes less. But I always do what I can because to do anything less would be to take for granted the blessings that I do have–especially when I know there are others who would love to be able to do as much but truly are unable. I think Tom has turned me into a regular Pollyanna! And honestly, that has made all the difference. And it is for these reasons that I MUST continue the journey that I began almost a year ago. One that isn’t going to end any time soon!
Hi Tom,Last year after The Body fat solution came out, I used your advice and got into the best shape of my life. Since the beginning of 2010 I have experienced a little “creep” – about 10 lbs worth. So I am re – committing to your program to loose that 10 lbs by July 1st. I will then maintain my weight and muscle by planning my workouts and meals. I also was too flexible with free meals so I am going to track those too and be way more strict about indulging. I will do this to look great and to be able to play and keep up with my sons. I also figure the more I feel like hanging out in a bikini, the fewer clothes I need to buy – so its like a savings plan too!!
I am 58. with advancing age comes weight gain, joint pain and various ailments. I had been an avid weightlifter. Over the past 7 or 8 years, I have slowed down considerably. I know of healthy eating, but I don’t know how to apply it. As I have gotten older, my metabolism has slowed down. Do I need less calories? I need to get into better shape to prolong my life. Alot of what I read is geared for the younger generation whose metabolism is still very good. I am taking steps to improve the quality of my life. They are small steps, but nonetheless, I am heading in the right direction. I think having the knowledge of BFFM will greatly help me reach my goal of losing weight and having more mobility.
Hi, My friend has used your training book and looks great. I would like to loos weight to gain confidence and be more happy within myself. I have been bullied at work for 3 years to the point of leaving my job. I am determined to loss weight and learn to love myself and be more happy and with your help I think I will get there. Thank You
In high school, I was a wrestler at the 215 weight class. I wrestled against guys all different sizes: tall, fat, muscular. I am 5’11 and no where near all muscle but I did my best. When I went on to wrestle my first year in college, I found out that I could no longer compete with the best. I was to outta shape. I need to get back on that mat. I need to cut down on my weight so that I can do what I love the most again. At the end of the summer, the school year will start up again and I will be able to start the season fresh, and hopefully a new me. But wreslting isnt the only reason I want to get in amazing shape by the end of the summer. I am dating this amazing girl, and I have been for the last 2 years. But she is just amazing, and in great shape. I want to do it for her, so i can feel proud when im next to her and just when im with her. I want to make her proud and be able to motivate others to get in the best shape that they can too!
What are the REASONS WHY you want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than you are today?I OWE IT TO MYSELF & MY FAMILY..I am 53 this July 5th,and have 2 lovely sons aged 23 & 25. I want to be healthy for myself, & for them to be proud of me! I had bunion/metatarsal surgery Jan 20 2010 & couldnt do treadmill or power walks for 3.5 months–the first time I couldnt exercise since my arthroscopic surgery 23 years ago. Ive started this past month & I WANT TO DO IT RIGHT & FOR IT TO LAST!! I currently am 100 Kgs & have never been this much before in my life, even dur my pregnancies–it irks me when Ive always exercised or done power walks, do aqua aerobics since ’92, swim almost year round at the beach (Apr 1-Dec 1). After 10 years, my allergic asthma triggered in April, I had to go on cortisone (medrol) for 15 days & thats going to be in my system for 6 months–But NOTHING CAN STOP MY WILL TO FIGHT FOR A HEALTHIER BODY! This would be a God-send!!Why is transforming my body now-in the next 98 days- an absolute must for me?My dad reached a healthy 85 & had never been in a hospital nor took any meds–in his first & only admittance, he died when a doctor gave him too much anesthetic for a simple spinal tap–docs never bothered to ask if hed ever been anesthetized or hospitalized before. I was 16 then. I aspire to his ideals & want a healthy life for me too! Now that I am able to exercise again after my surgery, I WANT TO DO IT RIGHT! THIS IS MY TIME TO SHINE! Espec since I have to operate my other foot in Jan 2011.
I never thought I would be able to burn fat and build muscle due to my ruined metabolism and slow thyroid. I spent years eating hardly anything and exercising so much. I would often lose nothing or very little and at times even gained weight! I would get depressed and cry!I then learned I was allergic to cows milk and recently I learned that I had Celiac Disease. I thought one had to be skinny if you had that disease. I learned that some people have unexplained weight gain. I went off all wheat, gluten and dairy and lost 15 lbs in the first 4 weeks and my blistering, weeping rash vanished and my feet no longer swell up. I no longer felt as though I was dying and I am really cleansing out. My body was not absorbing most of the nutrients from the healthy food I had been eating, but now I am absorbing those nutrients! I will do whatever it takes to safely and healthfully get into shape and good health!I enjoy your news letters and now I have hope!
I live up here in Canada and I cant not wait to spend my summer running around camping by the lakes and rivers in a bathing suit and feel good about myself. I have already lost 20 pounds and Im sure I am capable of losing another!I hope everyone else is having as much luck and joy out of it as I am
The reason I want to be part of this contest is to finally see my abs. I read BFFM a couple of years ago and it really kicked off my weight loss. I got a little lazy and now I want to finally reach my ultimate goal. The time is now because I want to go on vacation in the fall and finally wear a bikini. My stomach fat has prevented me from doing wearing one. I am tired of being embarrassed so the time is now.
I am looking forward to losing wieght over the summer for many reasons. When I am at my ideal weight I am not depressed, I have energy, I can keep up with my children, and I feel great!!! I am 70 pounds over weight right now. I am now on medication for insulin resistance. Heart problems also run in my family and it makes me so nervous. I want to get healthy so I can live and raise my children. I want to win that vacation to Hawaii and look great as I walk down the beach. I have not been in a bathing suit in almost 10 years!!!That would the greatest feeling in the world to be able to wear a swimming suit and swim with my children.
I want to take my fitness to the next level. At one time in my life I was over 200lbs but I have maintained a healthy weight through diet and exercise for over 10 years now. I already exercise and eat healthy most of the time but this is not enough for me. I am turning 40 this year and publishing a book in hopes of inspiring people that might be considering starting a business. I have found that I am most motivated by setting huge goals; goals that may seem out of reach. I then focus and get completely passionate about the goal. Achieving my dreams in other areas of my life has been fantastic. I love my life! I am ready to see what I can do my vision to become lean and ripped.
Getting in shape this summer is a priority and responsiblility for me because this summer i cant afford to be rediculosly hot and sweaty under all this fat and cant afford to be so tired from carrying it around. This summer i want to be full of energy and comfortable so that i can have fun and skateboard more and use the time away from school to get better. But most of all i dont want to spend another summer (my last at that) being depressed from being plump and always being angry at myself for makeing myself that way. I MUST CHANGE MY BODY THIS SUMMER BEFORE IT DRIVES ME CRAZY!
I want to do this but I have to admit that I am terrified. I don’t want to fail again and I fear that I am not strong enough to do this. I have struggled with weight since I was 12 because it was then that I started using eating to numb myself from some extremely difficult situations in my life. Because of a combination of those things, I have struggled with feelings of worthlessness and feeling that I could be successful at anything. I want to do this and I need to do it but I don’t want to fail.I have never asked for help with this before and now here I am asking for help. I know I will need support and encouragement along the way and I know I have to be willing to open myself up a little to which is hard for me. This wouldn’t just be a challenge to overcome my physical self but my emotional self as well. I need to be able to finally throw those voices out of my head that tell me because of circumstances I am a nobody and replace them with thoughts of how I have the power inside me to change–and it doesn’t matter what my circumstances are. This is what I need–to feel empowered and to feel that I have control of my life!Thank you!
Why do I want to be in better shape by the end of the summer? This is a great start but I want to be in better shape for the rest of my life. I work in the healthcare industry and have a front row seat for the problems, pain, and chronic misery that comes from being obese or out of shape or both. I have lost just over 60 lbs this year but I fear that a good chunk of it may have been muscle. I do look skinnier but I feel weaker and I MUST start now to add to my muscle mass to maintain my weight loss. Love the contest idea so if I’m not lucky enough to win the drawing, I’ll just buy the ebook (I’ve been procrastinating this purchase for far too long) and join the contest that way. Thanks for the inspiration.
It is for me that I accept this challange. My very fit Marine Husband is my biggest supporter. We were married last September. I have 3 of my own children ages 24, 22 and 4. Two step daughters 13 and 11 that live with us full time. I am turning 45 this August, moving away in October from my mom and dad, oldest son and daughter. My dad is battling cancer. I am starting a new life somehwere. (We don’t know where yet) it’s a military thing. I am not complaining! Since when is life not a challange? I am very thankful for being at a place today where I am physically able and emotionally ready to take on this challange.
Hi Tom,I’ve been reading your blog and emails for over a year now, and I really enjoy the information you provide.The reason I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer is because I’ve never been in good shape…..I want to feel and look my best and have my body in the best possible form as I make the journey in to the next stage of my life. I feel that the challenge is just what I need to kick start the process….and who wouldn’t like to win a trip to Hawaii!!Transforming my body in the next 98 days would take me up to my birthday in September, which I’m about to turn 30. I”ve been saying for the last few years that I’d like to get to my ideal weight and be healthier by the time I’m 30 and that date is fast approaching….I would love to take part in your challenge.Thank you for your time.Holly
Completing the 98-day burn is a must to gain strength over my mind; to get my physical self to match my mental and spiritual self, for congruency; to build the habits and the foundation to accomplish bigger goals and live a more expansive life; to meet my inner athlete and cultivate my inner champion; to gain the courage to reach out to others.
I have spent 20 years by now struggling with my obesity and I think it’s pretty much enough for me. I started this roller coaster at 19 with 143 pounds, now I am 42 and 255… I am of good health by nature (Thank God!), but lately started to get mini-bells from here and there of my bosy. So what I am waiting for? When it turns to bad? I still can easily do cardio as much as 5 km of speed walking a day and aquagym 3 times a week, I guess I must use this ability. At this age I guess it is my last chance to start weight training without harming myself, so I can’t postpone it.Eating much has always been the issue.My lower body is so large that – yes, Tom! -I barely fit in the seat in some planes, so far I feel ok in Airbus’es but the old planes are the real torture. I love travelling so it becomes crucial!I have had a lot of miserable personal life and again, 42 is still a fair age to have something better – provided I get a better figure first.That’s why now is the time I MUST lose those 50% of me that consist of pure fat and regain my true self!
let me start by saying i have never really been fat!! I was medically discharged from the British Army about 4years ago this August( groin injury) since then i had joined a gym in the hope of getting the shape i desire the strong defined ripped look…so far after the first year and a half my body shapes never really changed. I once remember a poster in the army and it said beaten paths are for beaten men……the beaten path i took was to skip sessions and go to the pub or bar most weekends. Now im making a new path and received my hardcover of bodyfat solutions last week and joined the inner circle. I dont care about my weight, im currently 182lbs i just want to change the shape whatever weight i end up so be it, my target is 8% body fat and must be on my way to it by the end of the summer.
Hi Tom :)I just want to start by saying that you are an amazing person, your passion and dedication for the fitness industry is inspirational. Whenever I read one of your newsletters or emails I know that I am getting quality useful information from a true expert. In my eyes you are an expert because you really live what you teach and there is nothing better than getting advice from someone who can back it up with real life results.Thanks for your time and effort
I am 30 years old and I have no memories of ever being thin, or more precisely, not fat. Most people when told this make an earnest attempt to convince me that my body-issues are genetically based, and so I need to learn to accept myself “as I am”, but I have always found that to be unacceptable.When I finally sat down and took a long, cold, hard look into my own life and my choices, I noticed one thing: at every turn when it came to my own health, happiness and overall well-being, I was down right vicious and mean to myself. It is the only way to explain how, by the time I was 18 years old, I I stepped onto a scale that gave me an error message (it’s maximum capacity being 360 lbs).Over the last two years I have maintained a 100lb weight-loss, and am now ready to lose the remainder of my own brand of poison.I am well past the point of speaking of shoulds, woulds, and coulds; even discussing things as NEED seems to be for a place far from where I am presently. No, I don’t NEED to get into shape, I have no choice. I am staring at the dark abyss in the horizon and realizing that I either DO what is needed, or stop pretending that I will ever be able to look at myself in the eyes.While I cannot afford the ebook yet, I have appreciated the newsletter and whatever bits of information I can get from Tom. I will be participating in this contest, even if it is unofficial because while I could only dream of a trip to Hawaii, I feel I can still compete and prove to myself once-and-for all that my own well-being and happiness is worth whatever sacrifice I can muster.
I always enjoy a challenge however I see this challenge as an opportunity to change my life. While I believe I am in good physical condition, but with extra fat pounds, I drink too much.By committing to 98 days of alcohol free living & training, I believe I can rid myself of the habit and self conflicting damage I have done to myself for the last 10 years.Not only am I committing to myself and my family, but having a team and accountability partners can only make my quest a successful one!
WOW!I am so glad I picked up my husband’s copy of your E-book when I was bored one day.I used to look great before kids (10 years ago) and after having Post-Partum Depression and given medication to help me eat and sleep, have gained quite a bit of weight. I tried the diet pills form of weight loss-didn’t work. I would give up! (several times)After reading your book, I was motivated to try the BFFM approach which seemed logical to me. I have already lost 20 lbs and I have more to lose but now I know I need to gain muscle and burn the fat. It is my new mantra!I want a new body-one that will burn fuel efficiently. I want to be attractive to my husband and for myself!I don’t want a fad diet. I don’t want just to lose weight! I want to look great and feel great! Exercising has really even made my mind feel better already!My doctor told me I needed to lose weight to avoid diabetic medication and she has already applauded what I have accomplished so far.Now, I am ready for that transformation you talk about. I do need to overcome my mental block of giving up when I plateau.I joined your inner circle today for the extra motivation.I start today working for a ripped look. :)Thanks for doing this!Lill
It’s time to quit dreaming about this, and make it a reality. I’m 46, and I want in control of how I look, how I feel, and what I’m able to do. I don’t want to wear a t-shirt in the swimming pool any longer because I’m self-conscious of my waiste. I want to be able to continue to be involved in my children’s (5 of them) sports, especially now that some of them are reaching an age where I can compete with them. As well, our family needs to eat and exercise better.Most of all, I want to be pleased with the way I look and how I feel. I purchased Tom’s BTFFTM e-book years ago, and have procrastinated ever since. I believed what I read, but I wasn’t able to motivate myself. So, Tom’s pumped about the contest, and it sounds like 2,000+ other people are too, me included. Of course, the grand prize in this contest is a great incentive, but also realizing that, in 3 months, I can finally bring my health to the level that I’ve always wanted it to be is the key.
I’ve bounced up to 225 pounds a couple of times in my life. I’m only 5’4”. I’ve actually maintained between 160 and 170 for a few years now, but it’s not where I should be. I actually hit 175 on the scale a few weeks ago and said enough is enough. I’m now 41 and the fat doesn’t come off a easily as it used to but I’m committed!
Why this Challenge is important to me :1. To be the best I can be and reach my potential2. To be respectful of my health, nourishing my body to the highest degree with quality nutrition3. To give my physical self the greatest respect4. To create a stronger and leaner body5. To become fully at home in my body and stay in this place.6. To loose the limiting beliefs I carry7. To let go of the negative `body` thoughts8. To create greater muscle definition.9. To achieve greater motivation, higher aspirations and more positivity that I can reach my goals.10.To stand `Proud`Laara
I MUST transform my body so it will outwardly reflect the way I feel inside. Recent bloodwork indicates I could be on the path to the family legacy of diabetes if I don’t make some changes NOW. I will be 49 this year but I feel 30. For the first time I am in a fulfilling mutually respectful relationship. For the first time ever I am economically comfortable due to my fiance’s job stability. My kids are well-behaved self-sufficient teens so I have time for myself at last, and I can’t blame stress for a reason to medicate with sugar. Life is good. Several years ago I lost 65 lbs on a well-known program that was scale-focused. 30 of those pounds are back. This time I am going to lose fat, not just weight. This time I will become stronger, leaner, fitter to enter the second half of my life. I am ready!
i have read a number of fat burning, muscle increasing programmes over the last few weeks but i’m very interested in yours. i suffer quite badly with depression, which has affected me and kept me from working for 3 years. it affects my motivation and as a result i have gained nearly 50 pounds. my bmi is now 31 with body fat at approx 40% according to a hand held monitor i splashed out on to help motivate me. i was trying hard but ended up struggling as the depression has gripped me again. i wouldn’t be writing on this if i didn’t think it would give me a boost in both my mental health and my motivation in order to get slim and above all, healthy. i enjoy reading your news letters as they are all research based which is something i understand. essentially i need the help that your programme can give. thanks tom. :)
Where to start. I have had a pretty good life. Did my fair share partying and beating up my body. I got married and started a family. If I look back of all the things I have ever wanted the one thing that makes me happiest is my wife and son. They are really what I wanted most. So I have tried to get my body back in to shape so I can enjoy life with my family as we grow older together. I seem to have so much going on in life that I have never been able to achieve my goal of being in great shape. I get close and as soon as I begin seeing a transformation I slowly slip back to the sedentary lifestyle that my body is used to. About 9 months ago I found out that the two people I want most in my life will be struggling to stay there. So there is no longer an I should this or I should that. Now I must/will achieve my goal. Not so much for myself, but for them. I will break through my barriers. I will see this through to the end. I will see great results. I will transform my body on the outside for me and on the inside for them. I will use this contest as a vessel to maintain direction and motivation. In the end I will be happy in knowing I have done my best to give my family a little more time together.
I was just diagnosed with type 2 Diabetes. I will turn 64 this year and retire in 2011 and weight and yo-yo dieting has always been a problem for me. I feel like this is my last chance. I want to be around to see my grandkids grow up and be able to keep up with them. I hope that your plan is one that will work for someone my age and that it is not too late. There is lots of conflicting information about the best diet for diabetes. I know that exercise is an important part of what I need to do. I am about 40 lbs overweight and very out of shape. I used to play tennis and was active and I know I can get back to being more active but not sure I can take off the weight and shrink my waist size at my age. I hope the information that you can provide will work for me.
Man, I want to try this out. I want to lose my baby fat in my cheeks and stomach even though I’m only 14 years old. I want abs!
I have always been active and relatively fit, until now that is. After a year and a half of intense joint pain and swelling because of an autoimmune disorder I am finally on the right combination of immune suppressant meds (no steriods or enhancement drugs at all) so that I can function pain free – but only after gaining 30 pounds because of lack of mobility and no doubt losing lean muscle! I am 49 this summer and want to make it to the big 50 in spectacular shape. What better motivation than this contest? I also have an 11 year old daughter to whom I want to be a role model as well as giving myself the healthy edge to be around for her for years to come. I MUST do it this summer because I am not getting any younger and it is not going to get any easier and I am pain free. Let’s make hay while the sun shines!!!
Hey Tom,I am studying healthcare after watching the fumbling around of our leaders over the past year. My studies have displayed the amazing disfunction in our “sick care” system. I am convinced that to reduce healthcare costs we need to each get healthy. Your book convinced me that increasing my activity and my caloric intake will get me to the right composition if I maintain a spread of between 400 and 500 calories a day. I want to prove that it works and have a better body by September to prove it.Thanks Tom!Best,Tim
I’m tired of seeing my body get worse as I get older. I’ve tried working out sporadically over the years but just ended up floundering around not truely knowing what I was doing other than just working out. Now that a proven plan has been laid out before me I can see where I erred in so many of my ways. I feel with this knowledge I can finally achieve the results I worked so hard for but never reached in the past. And what better environment to do it in than the Transformation Challenge! LET’S DO IT!!!
I have no story to tell you that will blow your emotions, but my reason is simple:I want to change my life to the best and with that example to change lifes of other people near me.So simple and so hard!
Why I started working out more and better? Why I gave up (most ;) of my chocolate-addiction for water and fresh vegetables?Why I simply MUST continue to work out and eat well? (and enjoy both while I’m at it!)Gah, Plenty of reasons!I could start with summing up all of the physical advantages; feeling and looking better, healthier, more fit and so on.I could say things about wanting to look good and feel more attractive:In our little rainy country (the Netherlands), there’s about two months with days we can spend at the beach for swimming, tanning and all those things. Those few days, I want to be able to play volleyball at the beach with my little brother *without* worrying about how I look in bikini.I just want to have fun and play!I want to be able to actually wear T-shirts and shorts without feeling ashamed for how I look!I want to feel attractive, confident.I want to be fit, healthy and in shape.All very true reasons, and they might even be true for the most of us.But what really kept me motivated is my younger sister.She’s suffering from severe depressions, having episodes in which she hates herself intensely.We as a family, of course tried to help her, along with the line of doctors and prescriptions by providing her with positive attention, positive examples – well, by being a safe and welcoming environment.One of the things I always said to her, was that she was worth of being loved. Like every one else, she was worthy or respect, love and attention. “You are worth it!” I would say, over and over again. And at times, she listened.I wondered however how well *I* listened to my own advice. I hate wearing sleeve-less shirts. I barely ever dared to put on shorts and even when I did, God forbid even people looked at me. … *I* did not love myself!So, what about the ‘practice what you preach’ then, hm? I wondered. How could I ever convince my sister that everyone should and could feel good about him- or herself whilst I myself did not even feel good about myself?About two years ago, I started my practice-what-you-preach. In an all-woman’s gym. No shorts. Long jackets. But I started.No longer would I reach for chocolate when things got tough – heck, if I loved myself, I would eat the stuff when I *wanted* to, not when I could not deal with other things. When I wanted to learn how to love myself, I should give myself the attention I deserved. Let things go by working out, feeling better about myself as I challenged myself in and outside of the gym.Eat foods that tasted nice *and* were healthy. Yes people, I actually found out that those two weren’t mutually exclusive! :PI might have made a lot of the beginner-mistakes, from crash-dieting to too much cardio and no weight-training, from an unhealthy obsession with weight to emo-eating when it didn’t go the way I want, but here I am.Doing dead-lifts, doing squats and enjoying sour muscles afterwards.I even wear sleeveless tops!(The shorts are still being one of the things that I am working on, but I am getting there. Slowly, but surely. :))So, that’s why I started to work out. Practice what you preach and preach what you practice!That, and a zillion other reasons keep me motivated, but I only recently realized them.So thanks, mister Venuto, for making me write down those motivations. Thanks for helping me go just that bit harder!Cheers,A preachin’ and *finally* practicing Dutchie :)
In a word:FREEDOM”Man discovers freedom when he has no concern about the impression he makes or is about to make” ~ Bruce LeeI want to walk into a room, and let everybody KNOW that I MEAN BUSINESS without saying a word.Especialy since we forge our bodies in the fire of our will (enter the dragon). Shleping through life is not only unhealthy, but a real waste.NO exucses, NO regrest, NO T-shirts.
It’s been a crappy year for me. My elderly mother developed dementia, my father has heart and circulatory issues, my marriage went thru an extended bad patch, I am dealing with 2 teens with ADD, and I took a demanding supervisory job at work. It’s all been too much for me and I let my physical and emotional self go. I am tired of being tired and looking and feeling fat and blah! I want to get back to my healthy, strong best again in time for my 50th birthday. It’s time for me to take care of me so that I can be better for others and myself.It’s an absolute must for me to do this in 98 days so that I can break through to the next level of my life. I want those years of 50+ to be my very best. I can’t live my best life and be the person my family needs if I am not in great physical and emotional shape. Who wants to just go through the motiions? I want to thrive!
Four years ago I purchased “Burn the Fat, Feed the Muscle.” I read it and then went on to complete a year and a half of the program. Being devoted to a life change, I went from 360 lbs to 238 lbs. I went from stretching a size 52 pair of pants to wearing 36s. I went from XXXL t-shirts to wearing L.Then my wife got pregnant. I enjoyed eating right around with her. I made a job change and had a little girl to take care of. I let myself go. I’ve jumped back to 301 lbs. I’m happy I kept 60 lbs from returning. I’m excited about jumping back on the wagon and working it off. This time I plan on making this a true life change and not just a diet that can be ended. I have even more motivation as I want my daughter to have good eating habits and make healthy choices.
I have reached my bottom of how I look and feel. I have never felt so uncomfortable in all my life. I am 54 years old. 10 years ago I was 120 pounds and now I am 155 pounds. I have a hard time breathing and it doesn’t matter how healthy there is no food that gives me sustained energy as I am tired and irritable for the most part of the day. When I sleep I do not feel rested in the morning. I eat healthy and no junk food (I don’t understand it) I am still putting it on and now it is flab (there is nothing worse than flab.I know I have to eat to lose weight, I am usually eating a little bit every 2 hours up until about 4 pmNothing fits and I don’t like to go shopping because nothing fits. I have clothes from size 3 to large. My stomach hangs over and my breasts go under my arms.I have bought a punching bag, leg exerciser machine, and have started doing funersize again (dancing)I am hoping this will work for me, I know I have burned the fat with dancing before
I have several reasons to transform my body:* Most importantly, my kids are starting to not be babies any more and I want to be right there with them and not watching from the sidelines.* In a few months I will be moving cross-country and starting a whole new chapter in my social life. I’d like first impressions of me to be better because first impressions matter much more than they should.* I’m starting to have adverse complications due to being heavy and the worse it gets the harder it will be to fix things (fatigue, joint pain, general discomfort).* I’d like to enjoy the last few years of my 20s instead of sleep through them.* I’d just like to have more energy & freedom in general to LIVE life.
I must transform my body this summer because I need to show my children (and myself) that any goal is attainable through hard work, perseverance and belief in yourself.For years I have tried to be a good example to them of healthy living and teach them the importance of making good food choices and daily activity. However, my personal struggles to achieve the body of my dreams continue to haunt me and I know that my choices, my lack of confidence, my vices will affect my little ones later on in their lives. As a parent, I want to give my kids the tools they need to succeed at everything in life. I truly believe that by transforming my body this summer they will learn the value of hard work, the value of accountability, the value of self confidence and self-love. I have to transform my body this summer because I want to be the hero that my children already see living inside of me.
What are the REASONS WHY you want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than you are today?I want to finish this journey. I have been a life long yoyo dieter. The last ten years I have been a single mom of three, using food as a coping comfort fix. Two and a half years ago I joined a cardio karate class and began my transformation journey. I have managed to make working out a part of my life and have three to six days of exercise a week “fixed” into my life now.I turned 40 this year and my kids are all almost grown and I am starting the next chapter of my life. I have made my priorities my kids for so long, I have some work to do to make myself a priority now.I would like to lose more weight without losing the muscle I have worked so hard to get. I need accountability for my eating, support, and a plan to reach my goal,and I think this contest came along to show me the path to my long term goals.
Why I started working out more and better? Why I gave up (most ;) of my chocolate-addiction for water and fresh vegetables?Why I simply MUST continue to work out and eat well? (and enjoy both while I’m at it!)Gah, Plenty of reasons!I could start with summing up all of the physical advantages; feeling and looking better, healthier, more fit and so on.I could say things about wanting to look good and feel more attractive:In our little rainy country (the Netherlands), there’s about two months with days we can spend at the beach for swimming, tanning and all those things. Those few days, I want to be able to play volleyball at the beach with my little brother *without* worrying about how I look in bikini.I just want to have fun and play!I want to be able to actually wear T-shirts and shorts without feeling ashamed for how I look!I want to feel attractive, confident.I want to be fit, healthy and in shape.All very true reasons, and they might even be true for the most of us.But what really kept me motivated is my younger sister.She’s suffering from severe depressions, having episodes in which she hates herself intensely.We as a family, of course tried to help her, along with the line of doctors and prescriptions by providing her with positive attention, positive examples – well, by being a safe and welcoming environment.One of the things I always said to her, was that she was worth of being loved. Like every one else, she was worthy or respect, love and attention. “You are worth it!” I would say, over and over again. And at times, she listened.I wondered however how well *I* listened to my own advice. I hate wearing sleeve-less shirts. I barely ever dared to put on shorts and even when I did, God forbid even people looked at me. … *I* did not love myself!So, what about the ‘practice what you preach’ then, hm? I wondered. How could I ever convince my sister that everyone should and could feel good about him- or herself whilst I myself did not even feel good about myself?About two years ago, I started my practice-what-you-preach. In an all-woman’s gym. No shorts. Long jackets. But I started.No longer would I reach for chocolate when things got tough – heck, if I loved myself, I would eat the stuff when I *wanted* to, not when I could not deal with other things. When I wanted to learn how to love myself, I should give myself the attention I deserved. Let things go by working out, feeling better about myself as I challenged myself in and outside of the gym.Eat foods that tasted nice *and* were healthy. Yes people, I actually found out that those two weren’t mutually exclusive! :PI might have made a lot of the beginner-mistakes, from crash-dieting to too much cardio and no weight-training, from an unhealthy obsession with weight to emo-eating when it didn’t go the way I want, but here I am.Doing dead-lifts, doing squats and enjoying sour muscles afterwards.I even wear sleeveless tops!(The shorts are still being one of the things that I am working on, but I am getting there. Slowly, but surely. :))So, that’s why I started to work out. Practice what you preach and preach what you practice!That, and a zillion other reasons keep me motivated, but I only recently realized them.So thanks, mister Venuto, for making me write down those motivations. Thanks for helping me go just that bit harder!
For the last two years, I have been sick and have not been diagnosed after many tests. I have gained unwanted pounds and lost much of my energy and strength. I am a police officer and I need to have strength and stamina to do my job to the best of my abilities. If I have to become physical with someone, I should be able to handle it. I also am a single parent and have a beautiful 17 year old daughter. I want to show her that we can do anything we put our minds to, we just have to try and work at it. I know that when I do this, I will feel in my heart that I have done better by me and my daughter and the rest of my family. This is a lifestyle that I must do to survive! I thank you for the support and information to help me with my goals.
I MUST achieve because I CAN achieve a fit healthy body. I really CAN! I didn’t always believe that. Other people could, but me? After reading BFFM, following the program and getting in the best shape of my life, I know once and for all; I CAN!!! I won’t let genetics dictate for me my health and well being. It’s in my control. I understand that now and want my children to understand it as well. I MUST lead by example.
I am a 63 year old women. Last July I started a diet and lost all the weight I wanted to lose. But as usual every time I do that I gain it right back. Well that is what is happening again. I am already back up 13 pounds. I would just like to get to my ideal weight and be able to stay there. I have been doing some weights but I have a hard time staying motivated. I was thinking maybe this plan would be the answer for me. Thank you for listening.
I’m just sick and tired of being sick and tired. I’m tired of not being able to “comfortably” wear short sleeves, of feeling self conscious in certain outfits, of talking about my weight, and I’m tired of being the biggest of my friends – size 16. I’m ready to get married and meet my sweet, and I think WE deserve the best me possible. And finally, under all this is a great, shapely, curvy body that I am ready to see again. I’m tired of being out of control. I’m ready to set a goal and stick to it.
I must do it. I need to. I’m trying to change myself, to reach all of my goals, to become the person I want to be for the rest of my life. My desire to succeed in those things that I consider important is increasing too much, it’s out of control, so its time to work hard to satisfy this desire. When this desire to improve myself started 3 years ago, it started with me wanting to get in good shape, something that I’ve never had. So in order to do this life transformation I feel that I need to start by fulfilling that first wish. If I do that, if I’m able to obtain that body that I really want, then I know that I will also be able to obtain those other things that I want and become the person that I want to be. I need to. I must do it.
Why MUST I get into shape, and burn my fat this summer? So many reasons – I can’t stand to look at myself, my clothes don’t fit, and I can’t afford to buy bigger ones, I don’t want to be unhealthy anymore. Common enough story!But there are two other big factors for me at the moment.Firstly – I’m in the Military. I serve in the National Guard, and while you can sometimes get away with regular clothes if you are a little big – uniforms are rather unforgiving. I barely passed my recent weigh in and fitness test (this from a girl who was teased for being “Anorexic” at school because I was so skinny) – I was horrified!Secondly (and this is all tied together!) I’m from Australia, I’m turning 40 in January, and I wanted to go home for Christmas. How can I let my family and friends back in Oz see me like this? Simple, I just can’t. I want to be fit and fab at 40, not sick and flab.So I MUST make this happen. Even without the contest, I am motivated – but with it – you’d better believe I’m going to do it!!!
I must be in better shape at the end of the summer than I am today because I am slowly killing myself and my children. Transforming my body, mind and life now – in the next 98 days – is an absolute MUST for me because I do not want to miss living life and sharing in the healthy lives of my children.It has been a year since my divorce. I love being alive once again. I must embrace change. I must live. If we are not living we are dying. I must choose to live. I must change to live. I must choose to change. I must change for myself. I must change for my children. I must set a healthy example for them. I must change to live. Les A
Because I want to inspire those around me with a beautiful healthy body. Because when I am lean and healthy I radiate positivity and it’s infectious!Because I owe it to myself.Because when I start to eat right and train right everything else in my life becomes in flow.Because health is happiness, and I’m here to spread the happiness bug!
Tom,Thank you for a book that truly makes sense. Nothing crazy, just the facts and the truths. I have read and re-read the e-book and finally feel that now is the time.Why?1. For my wife and son. My son is now to the age where he is getting interested in sports and at 45 years of age and overweight I struggle to keep up with him at times. I have seen both my parents struggle with their weight as they got older and if I do not start taking care of myself now I may not be around to enjoy those golden years with my wife, son, and grandchildren. It can’t wait for NEXT YEAR!2. I want to do this for myself. I have always been on the shy/reserved side, in large part due to my insecurities about my weight. I want to accomplish this goal, of getting in shape, to prove to myself that I CAN and to help my self confidence. There are still things that I would like to accomplish in my profesional life and I hope that the new self confidence will be the first step in reaching those goals.
I have never really lost weight before, just slowly gained over the past 20 years. I exercise all the time, but never stick with any healthy eating plan that could help me reach my goal of being healthy. My son is 17 years old now and I have never gone to a water park with him due to my weight. He also is a recommended black belt in taekwondo and would love for me to join so he could teach me. I hesitate because I can’t imagine myself in a white uniform with a belt! gasp! So this is the summer that I want to become healthier. For me and for my son.
Why do I want to enter this contest?Well, for one thing I love a good challenge. Sure, I would love nothing better than to lose some more weight, but let’s face it, that is just a number on a scale. That’s it, it really doesn’t measure anything else. What I really want is to get something from this challenge. I want to learn. I want to learn what works for me, I want to feel better, I want to make better choices, I want to improve everything that I am already doing. The more we learn, the more choices we have, and that is a wonderful thing!I just turned 35 this month. I have had six kids. My highest weight was 265, that was 2 years ago. Last May I weighed 238 and today I weigh 195. Two years ago I was wearing a size 3x, now I can wear and XL in most everything, some things are smaller. My new shorts that I just bought are a size 14! I have also lost numerous inches and still counting!
I really appreciate the teachings on BFFM. I have already put it into practice. I want to be in a good shape for a woman in her early fourties who is single. Not only for Summer, I want to maintain my shape & look fit. It’s not for formality but for health reasons ‘cos health is wealth. Good Shape boosts ego & self image, makes one radiates joy. Moreover, u feel good for the compliments u receive for looking trendy.Thanx Tom, for all the lecture.
Hi Tom,I am so in for the 94 Day Summer Challenge — I can hardly wait to start next week.First, I can’t wait any longer to make up for the “gains” I made on a 33 day cruise. Loved the cruise (and did manage a 4 pound muscle gain along with a 3 pound fat gain.) But the summer clothes are showing it!I’ve been Shredding since May 4, 2009 and I find the regular contests are a great motivator for me. I turn 60 this year, and intend to be in my best shape ever on my birthday (on the last day of the year.) At 60 you can’t mess around — you just have to dig in and do it. I have a total of 20 more pounds to lose (assuming no muscle gain) to my primary goal. I hope to add in some muscle gain, as my upper body strength is still pretty puny (still can’t do that full push-up!)So by summer’s end, at least three full, proper push-ups and loose clothes, probably requiring a great visit to the end-of-summer sales to have new clothes that fit (smaller sizes of course!)Never too old. Never too late!Diane
THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN A “RUT” AND A “GRAVE” IS THE DEPTH OF THE HOLE… I HAVE BEEN FOLLOWING BTF-FTM PROGRAM FOR 6 YEARS AND HAVE LOST OVER 100LBS OF FATAND HAVE NOT BEEN IN BETTER SHAPE SINCE COLLEGE (58Y/O)BUT GENETICS HAS DEALT ME A HAND TO DEAL WITH AND I AM DETERMINED TO GO FORWARD WITH MY HEALTH AND LIFE.AFTER A HEART EPISODE AND TWO STENTS IN MARCH 2010, AND NOW DEPRESSION HAS PRESENETED A SECONDARY THREAT TO MY HEALTH. JUST NOW, THE DOCTOR HAS ALLOWED ME TO RESUME A PRUDENT EXERCISE PROGRAM AND NUTRITIONAL REGIMEN. BFFM.I CAN AND WILL ACCEPT THIS CHALLENGE TO PREVENT ME FROM LAYING DOWN AND GIVING UP. IF I AM NOT PROGRESSING,THEN I AM REGRESSING OR WORSE YET, STAGNATING.I ANXIOUSLY, LOOK FORWARD TO SUCCEEDING WITH ALL MY FELLOW BFFM CHALLENGERS AND RELISH AND ENJOY A HEALTHY AND HAPPY LIFESTYLE OF FITNESS TO THE FUTURE….I WILL WORK ON MY LEG PRESS BECAUSE IT IS GOING TO TAKE 4 BULLIES AND AN ANESTHESIOLOGIST TO CLOSE THE LID ON “MY PINEBOX.”RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTEDDAVE W.
What are the REASONS WHY you want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than you are today?– I lost over 100 lbs two years ago. I had another 10 pounds to lose to be where I wanted to be. Then I went through a nasty divorce and ended up gaining 25 pounds. so now I have to lose 35. I need to do this for me and only me.Why is transforming your body NOW – in the next 98 days- an absolute MUST for you?– I need to do this now to show that this divorce did not make me settle for less than what I know I am and deserve. I need to prove to myself that I can stand on my own two feet and do this for me. I need to show myself that I still have it in me!
I want to set a good example for my son, by setting an attainable goal, and working hard to achieve it.I will suceed with my weight loss goals.
I must change my body composition because I’m already too big for most of my jeans and clothes. I can’t afford to buy an entirely new wardrobe, when I have a perfectly good one 2-4 sizes smaller than I am.I must change my body because if I’m not careful, I will follow in the footsteps of my Mother (diabetes, arthritic and in pain from overweight), or 3 of her siblings (dead from diabetes related issues).I must change because I enjoy feeling sexy when dancing or going out, and I’m starting to feel more lumpy than lithe.
I have always tried to stay in shape, but this year my resolve has been somewhat less, maybe due to a busy life, and some issues with injuries. I turned 50 last summer and really believe that the health and fitness I have in my fifties will set the stage for my mental wellbeing, health and quality of life from here on out. I have never joined a group effort or competition and think this will be fun and a great motivation. So here’s to the journey in getting to the best shape and health ever!
In less than 2 days I turn 50. A day later I celebrate my 27th wedding anniversary. 4 days later I start a job in a new organization, in a new town 900 miles away as a C-level executive. In July I finish my 2nd masters degree. In October I will start my doctoral program.From the list above you can probably tell that I’m fairly successful at the things I try. But for whatever reason, I’ve never gotten my weight off. I used to be a stress eater and ballooned to 250 lbs in the early ’90s. I conquered the stress eating but never took the time to take off the weight and get back in shape.The time is now! Why now? Because I want to look and feel like the successful person that I am! As I applied for new positions and interviewed in person it was embarassing to realize how my resume didn’t match the physical package. If I can be disciplined enough to accomplish what I’ve accomplished, then I can transform my body!The time is now! This is the perfect time to start the transformation. New job, new city, new expectations. Bring it on!
I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than I am now because I deserve it. I deserve to be comfortable in my own skin and know that I am in control of who I am. I also want to lose weight for my husband, 4 yr old son, & 2 yr old daughter. They all deserve for me to be happy, confident, energetic, and fit.Making my transformation is a must right now because I am tired of saying that I am going to do it and never following it all the way through. I refuse to let time pass me by any longer. I am determined, capable, and excited for this 98 day, and life long journey to begin!
I need to take action, and for once in my life see through what I say I am going to do. I owe it to myself. No excuses this time, everything is done for me, all the knowledge is given to me on a plate regarding nutrition, motivation, and training as well as an opportunity. Please Tom I need to win your book and a chance to enter this competition.
With tons of excuses I keep telling my self that this is not a good time to get back in shape, just because I think it´s to difficult… but at the same time I´m tired of the lack of self esteem, not wanting to go out, getting dressed, going to the beach/pool, etc. I have been yo-yo dieting for years and it´s about time to stop dieting and change the lifestyle. This is the support I need and the program sounds great. This time I can do it! I want to feel good when I weak up in the morning, feel energized through out the day, feel good about my self, get rid of aches and pains and it would be a great plus to get in those skinny jeans I have had for years :)
I spent about 25 years avoiding showing up anywhere in a bikini, I invented some excuse. Living in a beach town, Rio de Janeiro, you can imagine how much avoiding I had to do! I´ve recently lost 9 kilos, and I´ve actually appeared in public in a bikini. I can handle that. But now, I want to be happy to appear in a bikini. When I get a program to work that can tone me beyond where I am now, I´m sure that I will impress and amaze! I´ve made a lot of progress towards the freedom to wear types of clothes that I avoided before and feeling “normal” instead of the chubby girl. Now I want to have fun getting taut and toned!
What are the REASONS WHY you want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than you are today?I want to feel alive and healthy again. I am tired of dragging my body through each day. It starts from the moment I wake up, from a bad night’s sleep, through a long day on my feet, until I go to bed at night. I have lost 50 pounds in the last 2 years and I feel so much better, but I am still 50-60 pounds overweight. Inside, I feel like a thin person, but my outer persona does not reflect who I am. It is holding me back and I can’t let that happen another summer.Why is transforming your body NOW – in the next 98 days- an absolute MUST for you?Because my weight is killing me and I want to live a long and productive life. But it is not all about the weight. I need to be as healthy as I can be. So much has been given to me, now I have to live and be healthy enough to give some of it back and help others. Yes, I am on “a mission from God!”
Hi Tom,Today is a workout day. A year ago I purchased the Body Fat Solution and have been working out ever since. I feel a whole lot better than I used to in my body, a feeling like body and mind have been reconnected. Really enjoying the way you feel after a workout when an hour before you had to make yourself do it even though you didn’t want to. Remembering those glorious words, ” if you do what you’ve always done you’ll get what you always got” words that kick one’s butt into realizing with tremendous clarity to just do it.Whoa! left the blog long enough to do my workout.Feeling all that stuff I was talking about.Life is good-ah free from woulda ,shoulda ,coulda.Mmm did Yoda say that or no try just do-ah?Get your motor running and do becomes must.Make your muscles mambo leaving blubber eat your dust.There’s a song in there I think.before and after pic…before : ^ )))after : ^ )
I’ve lost 40 pounds since November using BFFM (and bf too, of course). Now I’m ready for the anabolic stage. I want to gain 10 pounds of lean muscle mass and drop the bf until I’ve got the six-pack. And I believe that the support of this site and the bffm program is what will help me get there. It’s worked so far, so why not. Been on the fence, but I think that being part of this contest will put me over the top. Not a bad goal for a 52 year old man, eh? Looking forward to it!Adam
I have been ashamed of my body for most of my adult life. I am embarassed to go to the beach as that will mean that I have to take off my shirt. I am tired of seeing my reflection in a window or anywhere. I hate my body shape. I have dieted, I have worked out, I have gone to a Nutritionist , I am tired of being this way. I want to be proud of my bodyI am getting married in October, and I want to be transformed by then.
This summer I am going to be in the best shape of my life!!!!!
I don’t want to be fat anymore!! I’m 30 years old and weigh over 200 pounds! It’s sickening…I can’t stand to look at myself in the mirror and want to change that FOREVER!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
I am tired of always just reading about how to feel better and get the body I have always desired and am now motivated to actually apply the knowledge that BFFM gave me. I am in my 50’s and while I don’t feel it, I finally understand that tomorrow is too late. I want to be the woman I picture in my head and not the one I see in the mirror.
Hello Tom,Thank you for this opportunity to share ideas and feelings. My reasons would simply be to strengthen my immune system, slow down the aging process as well as optimize my psychological, mental, emotional, spiritual and intellectual state. Also, combat stress, anxiety and such. I have always worked out and was mostly in excellent condition even during the times I was not or could not work out. Last years I had 2 serious disks injuries followed by homelessness. I cannot join you people at this time. But I tell you get off your buns and exercise the beautiful perfect machine God has given you. Do not waste it. There are people who want to do what you are being callenged to do right now but they cannot due to various mental, physical, financial or medical handicaps. My current reason is homelessness. You are whole and well. Step up to the plate and exercise yourselves. You owe it to who you are. And may you all make it to the finish line, Hard and Vibrant (LOL)! Because if anything. You sure Can!Sincerely,
” A life lived in fear is a life half lived.” I say that to everyone reading and to myself also. I have experienced the benefit of dropping a couple of dress sizes with the priciples in Tom’s Burn the Fat book. I want to continue the journey with my body transformation and hopefully celebrate my hard work in Hawaii with a family member. However, being a member of a public forum makes me feel vulnerable. But, maybe someone can inspire and bring out the best in me and I can cheer them over the finish line too. See you soon Nic
I have never done anything like this before. I am doing this because Tom seems to be the only one that preaches Body fat and Muscle mass. I currently weight 362 pounds and I am 5’7 inches tall. Yeah WOW… The only real thing in my favor is I am about 200 lbs lean mass. I have considered the Lap Band to help me lose weight, but the doctor keeps talking about BMI. Although I am around 43-44% Body fat he tells me I am too fat for normal surgery… He keeps telling me i should weight 140lbs… He is so wrong!! And I am going to prove him wrong. Not really to prove him wrong, but to prove me right. I am tired of hearing this one size fits all diet programs…The reason I am going to get into better shape in 98 days, end of summer is because I am sick and tired of looking like this. Under all this fat is a beautiful sculpted, symmetrical body. I need to feel my prowess again…Now is the time because, if I don’t do it… they were right… that I was too fat or that a lot of muscle does not separate me from the crowd and I am just another “fat guy”… I know better! And it seems so does everyone at BFFM. I am in… Just try and stop me!
At the age of 40 I found myself in a dead end very stressfull job. I would start my day with a 6:30 a.m. workout out class, just to give myself the energy I needed to make it through the long 10 hour shifts ahead of me. Early one morning during my workout I thought to myself, would’nt it be great to do this for a living, never have to fit another workout into my busy schedule, do something good for my body and emotional state while doing something I absolutely loved. I enrolled in my local College and began taking night courses. After a lot of hard work I wrote the necessary exams, completed the required hours and performed my practical assessment. I now run a small private studio and teach others how to improve their quality of life through health and fitness. I am now 52 and still maintaining a strong healthy lifestyle. If there is one thing I would like to teach my clients it would be not to settle. Confidence Breeds Success and destiny is in our hands
Getting fit for me is a MUST this year as I am 42 ( some might say no big deal ) but have been training in Karate, plus have been teaching for some years now.I am noticing how much harder I am finding some things now and as I am taking my next grading in December, I want and need to be fit for it plus my son trains with me and have to be able to keep up with a 9 year old, only one way to do that.Good luck to all in getting there.
Its always refreshing to come online and read all of the peoples comments who are also becoming motivated by this site, im already in great shape but struggling to get a six pack and this website really pushes me to keep trying and not give up. thanks Tom
Until this past winter, I was in ok physical condition. I cycled to and from work as much as the weather permitted, went on rides to the trails with my kids, walks on nature trails, etc. But over the winter, I became less active than ever before. I gained 20 lbs (which put me heavier than I’ve ever been) and I watched myself go from lean to a little chunky in area. I joined a gym and hired a personal trainer to help me get in shape. It’s only been 4 wks, and I’ve melted 5lbs off and lowered my body fat % from 19.7 to 18.8I want to be in the BEST shape I can be…BETTER than before, and have a beach body I can be proud of, rather than not wanting to even take off my shirt in public! Bring on the challenge!
Doing and entering this challenge will help prove myself that there are no limits but the ones I put on myself. time to really discipline my eating habits and my training sessions hand in hand with like minded people and professionals.thanks for the help and the opportunity
I need to get back in shape because my son isn’t yet 5 years old and he can almost beat me at basketball! Of course, I also have to set a good fitness example for him.I need to do it in the next 98 days because his 5th birthday is coming up soon afterward. :)
I MUST do this challenge in order to show myself that I can meet me goals. I MUST shed this last bit of fat and maintain in order to have a healthier back and stronger body. I MUST finish my second half marathon and not have my legs give out at mile 10. Really I MUST prove to myself that I am worthy enough to treat my mind, body and soul with more respect by making it physically and mentally stronger to get me through the last year of my Ph.d. Running, lifting, and eating well has brought out of a depression that being in school and losing a parent put me in. Without realizing my inner strength and personal commitment to a stronger and fitter body I wouldn’t be here so this challenge is just another tool I can use to keep me going. So I MUST do this challenge for me.
What this competition is to me; it is actually setting a date and time to reconnect with myself and remember all of the dreams and aspirations I had for MYSELF, before I became a wife & mother. Most importantly, letting that be OK to do. As most mother’s know, you begin to put your families needs and wants before your own. Soon you become and identify yourself as your husband’s wife and your children’s mother. What happened to you? Are you living the life YOU dreamed of, do you remember what those dreams are? Yesterday I began this competition to answer those forgotten questions, to make those dreams come true, and to be the best and healthiest “me”, I can be.
I have struuggled with that “sneaky” weight gain for years. I was an athlete in high school, but when I went to college I gained 40 pounds. I would loose it, then find it, then loose it again. Now with 3 kids looking to dad as their role model scares me. On top of all of that, I am a pastor of a small church full of folks looking to me for guidance. I know the Bible says our bodies are the temple of God, and I must do some renovating.
I’ve always loved sports and working out. My body has been strong and resilient. But, in the last two years, I’ve felt my lower back, joints and hips aching because of the weight I’ve put on. Now, I’m too lazy and too tired to go to the gym or do anything else I’ve enjoyed. I’ve taken my body and life for granted long enough. I’ve always loved the look of muscle and now is the time for me to get that look for myself. This contest is the start of a change that will last the rest of my life. I’m going to my insides working right and outsides working right. My food and exercise will feed me energy to live life. My body will be in the best shape its ever been.
Aloha! This summer I am going to get into the best shape of my life! See you on the beach in Maui!
Completing this challenge over the next 98 days is an absolute must for me because even I dont believe in myself anymore. Telling some people in my life that I am completing this challenge garners rolls of eyes and ‘yeah sure’ type remarks.I have started and not finished more challenges then I can count. I managed to finish one once, but wasn’t able to convert that into a longlasting change, so Im back to where I started. Im starting to believe that maybe they are right and I can’t truly change. Thats why it is imperative for me to do this right!
Over the past few years, I have watched my parents and my husbands parents trying to cope in their 70’s and 80’s. They have never exercised and they did not eat healthy. At their age they cannot get around with ease so they are so limited in what they can do. I do not want to be inactive at any age of my life, so this has made me evaluate my own life and health. If I start now learning to exercise and eat correctly, I can look forward to my later years, knowing I my body can be strong and I can live in health and enjoy my later years.
I am one of those who should have read your book years ago.This summer I Must and Will burn the fat I have been creating for years. At 5’4″ I shouldn’t weigh 230. I get to retire from my present desk job of 18 years next month. I have had type 2 diabetes for 5 years, high blood pressure and cholesterol. I also have 17 grandkids and 2 great-grandchildren to enjoy. They need me in their lives. I want to celebrate life and have my son be proud of me as I stand in his wedding line this summer. Help me help myself!!!Thank you for helping so many others like myself.
I’d like to thank you for your website and your newsletters. I’m trying to get down to 6% body fat just as a personal challenge to myself. So far in 8 weeks I’ve lost 14 pounds and am at 9% body fat. Thank you for all the motivation and information.SincerelySteve Spiegel
I need to re-condition my mind and body. I’ve been clinically obese all my adult life, with the exception of a brief period after the birth of my daughter (I actually LOST fat during the pregnancy). I remember being five or six years old, asking my grandmother to just “pick up [her] legs” to run – she wasn’t much older than I am now. It’s time to make sure I’m in better shape NOW! I know I can, I know working your program will make not only my body but my entire life better.
Time to look and feel great and inspire others as well! I want to do this in the next 98 days – before my next birthday in September.
I must quit procrastinating and making excuses for not finishing the work of getting in great physical condition. I exercise every day but am not making much progress. I need to look my whole program straight in the face and accept the changes I really need to make. I need to not worry if my spouse or friends or family will be put off by my success. The reason: who wants to be a slug their whole life. I’m tired of it!
In 2006 I collapsed for the third time. I was 285 pounds on my almost 5-10 frame, my blood pressure was 185/110, my resting heart rate was 109, my body was so inflamed I could hardly walk up steps and I was diabetic just to round things out nicely.2006 was also the year researchers finally confirmed that insulin resistance is caused by chronic stress of the cell’s endoplasmic reticulum, ER. The ER is being asked to fold, sort and transport more proteins than it has the capacity to accomplish. (Insulin also causes amino acids to be transported into a cell, so insulin resistance slows the cells production of proteins.) The cure is to reduce the source of the stress (inflammation and excess glucose) and to increase the capacity of the ER. In 2004, an article was published in a sports medicine journal examining the cellular changes that occur in intense physical conditioning. The important (to me) result was that it could triple the size and capacity of the ER alleviating ER stress and perhaps ending my diabetes.The challenge for a diabetic is to recover from physical exercise; 15 minutes of moderate exercise can take days to recover from because diabetics have impaired energy mechanisms. I adopted the eating style of bodybuilders, but ate fewer carbohydrates and more proteins and fats (because of the diabetes). And I satisfied myself with slow steady physical gains over years rather than quick gains over mere weeks.Now I am 222 pounds (23% body fat), normal blood pressure, normal hart rate, I can run up stairs two at a time and I am no longer diabetic. My 60th birthday will be coming up in a few days and this summer I want to complete my transformation by losing 25 pounds of fat and adding another 10 pounds of muscle to the 77 pounds I’ve already built.
I want to be in the best shape of my life to be a role model and inspiration for others. I am working on becoming the best possible self that I can be and that means mastering myself in a myriad of ways. I aspire to treat others with the utmost respect and empathy. I believe that I will only be the best person I can be when I control the types of food I eat, and the types and amount of exercise I do. I wish to influence others to live a positive and healthy lifestyle leading by example. Our world will increasingly be a better place as more people learn how to take care of their bodies, because it is only after we have taken good care of ourselves that we can be truly supportive to others. This is an exciting journey, and I am trying to learn more everyday. I will keep a positive attitude and a smile on my face as I continue to work on becoming the best shape and in the best health of my life.
Why must I change my body composition for the summer? How about the rest of my life?Once I started lifting weights and doing circuts and learning the different ways to work out my body, I was hooked. There is no other feeling like working out and knowing your body is changing. I was on my way to the best body of my life and then I got pregenant. I was devistated that the body I worked so hard to change was now going to be misshapen once more. I didn’t feel I had a way to prevent the fat gain so I ate whatever I wanted. When it was all said and done I had a body that weight 205 on a 5’4 frame. even 3 months after having my daughter, I was at 175. No it wasn’t the muscle I gained the 12 months prior. My daughter is almost 2 now and before her 2nd birthday, I am determined to get my body back. But this time even better than ever. My mom is morbidly obese and I vowed that I would never be that way. Well, this pregnancy was closer to that than I ever wanted to get to being obese. It scared me!! I don’t understand why I haven’t been able to get to my pre pregnancy size already, you would think 2 years would be plenty of time. I suppose I just need a competition to kick my motivation into high gear. Well, I have done that too, perhaps my nutrition needs tweaking, I am doing that too. all in all it just seems like very slow progress and I am getting frustrated. I would love to see why your program is different but I am on a tight budget and can’t put the money into a new program right now. My mom is paying for my Gym membership and going with me, that has been a great motivation lately but I still seem to be stuck at a plateu. Can you help me out?
Thank you for your inspiration Tom!I have never really believed in myself especially when it came to fitness and looking great. I have always admired bodybuilders and wanted to be like that, I now have the courage to go for it.New mantra: only my best is good enough.I must change now so I can make the most of the rest of my life.
day two of starting out easy. 60 yrs young and training again
I must quit accepting myself as is in this not quite finished state – and push myself out of my comfort zone to be the best I can be (and better than I can imagine)
I’m over 100 lbs overweight and suffer from Type II diabetes and high blood pressure. I already eat healthy but my problem is portion size and a lack of exercise. I golf at least 9 holes almost every day however this is not enough exercise. I want to get the motivation to get into an exercise routine to help me burn the fat. I want to live without medication.
I have been a member of the inner circle for just over six months. I was doing OK, but not by much. My husband had a serious medical condition in March (sub arachnoid hemorrhage – just like Brett Michaels just had). He now has type 2 diabetes and high blood pressure. When he returned from the hospital, he had major incentive to eat better and exercize and I was right there waiting to join him! I just blew past my first goal. I set a second goal and am very close to reaching it!Suddenly, I realize that I don’t just need to lose 10 pounds. Losing more weight is possible and I know I can do it with my husbands help. I had failed to see the real, reachable goal ahead of me.We are in this together (my journal name will be something similar)! He will be unofficially doing the contest with me because we can’t afford an inner circle membership for him. I am looking forward to a great summer am finally being happy about how I look.
It took a truly life-changing event to make me finally able and fully committed to making my body as healthy, capable, and vital as it can be: I got pregnant.I’m now two months along, and have found that eating right for and exercising for this kid-to-be is one of the hardest AND most rewarding things I can do – it’s a commitment to both of our futures. I’ve read a ton of pregnancy books, and the party line stresses that this is a “delicate” and miraculous time; what I’ve learned is that, while the latter is certainly true, the transformations that I’m undergoing – and that I’d like to be in a better position to help along – is one that makes a warrior, not a delicate flower.So, RIGHT NOW is a must in so many ways. I know that, once I’m further along, I won’t be able to be quite so active – but the more active I am now, the better those few months from now will be. I also know that this will help me set up a healthy, uber-active, adventurous life for my child – so s/he’ll never have to go through some of the body-loathing and self-consciousness that I have.
I am sitting tonight with no hair, no eyebrows, a depleted immune system, wrecked metabolism and 60 excess lbs of weight. Seven months ago doctors saved my life by removing my cancer and subsequently subjected my body to the most horrific treatments to prevent it coming back. This summer I must resume control and transform my body and my lifestyle for the better. By doing this I can harness the power in my own body to heal itself, reduce the risk of the cancer returning and satisfy myself that I am doing everything in my power to ensure that I will be around to bring up my two young boys. This isnt about weight or fat loss, its about living!
Transforming my body this summer is important to me because it is the only one I have and the only one I am ever likely to get. At 46 years old I should have grown to enjoy my body it not put up with it. I have a lovely wife and a 3 year old daughter I wish to live a long and happy life with them both. I am doing this now as my life (as always) is happening to me while I am busy making other plans.
I had done the body for life program for months and had a achieved great results getting down to 10% body fat . But eventually i plateud and wasn’t improving . Getting bored with the same routine and not really understanding why I was still doing it I eventually pursued other interests. My eating habits started to decline and I started eating high fat junk.Looking at myself today I look back and bitterly regret giving up when I had gone through so much. I had looked in the mirror and saw how much i looked like many other bengali men who lived on a diet of curries and living with family who are obese and living with diabetes. I can’t allow myself to be another asian statistic with high blood pressure and coronary disease. I have a purpose in life and there is a reason why im here. I don’t know what it is but what I do know it is not living this life of regret and disapointment i am now living. I need to change and with change comes challenge and obstacles. What better way to do this but do the BURN THE FAT Challenge. I know this will make a difference to myself and inspire others . I want to be a role model and really feel by doing this I will be helping others get motivated and join me in a life of happiness.
I am determined to lose weight this summer.
Why? Well, for one, I want to turn back time. It has suddenly dawned on me that the last 25 years or so just zipped by and I am no longer young. I see people my age, and most of them are decrepit: slouchy, out of shape, and bored with life. I am NOT going to be one of those people. With some serious working out, I have already managed to finally get rid of chronic shoulder pain that I now believe was from muscle wastage and that has got me thinking that building some more muscle is the way to fight premature aging.Secondly, I run a small skincare company and I believe that I should look healthy if I want to be a good example for my products. I believe this gives me a lot more credibility with my customers… and ultimately I am selling a lifestyle product.
“I deserve this”!
Looking forward to the motivation I’ll gain from the contest, participation in forums and support from fellow members and contest participants. Let the games begin!
I’ve always wanted to be in the best shape I could be in. My dad went into a nursing home at 48 because of serious heart problems and a massive stroke. I’ve tried to do this because I don’t want to end up in the same shoes as him. I coach basketball now and I want to show my players that not all basketball coaches are bigger. I can run sprints too. I’m 21 years old and I would love to be in amazing shape and keep it that way because my dad had his first heart attack at 33. I want a healthy lifestyle and grow old with my kids and husband… When they exist. Thanks for the opprotunity a lot of people deserve this!!
I just had my 3rd baby 2 months ago and I would LOVE to get by my body back into shape! I lost 19 pounds relatively quickly but I am struggling to lose the remaining 15. This contest would help me “stay on track”.
I’ve already come a long way with my strength, fitness, fat loss and much improved body image. Now I want to finish the job and sculpt my perfect body. I need to show myself that my limits are those that I set for myself. And why now? I need to be in the best shape of my life in October when I’m trekking in Patagonia so I can love the place instead of battling with my lack of strength and fitness.
I actually work out regularly but can’t seem to get down in body size to where I want to be. I’m technically in a healthy weight range, but I’d like to decrease my body to at least 18% (right now it is about 23%). As far as why I need to do it NOW…well heck there’s no time like the present! Why put it off!?!?! :) I want to be in even better shape to not only look better but also feel as best as I can! For me exercise and fitness as much about my mental health as they are about my physical health. I just feel better all around when I’m exercising and taking care of myself!
So why do I want to be in better shape? Many answers are because I want to look better or live a healthy long life. What about doing yard work last weekend and being sore for 2 days from it?! And trust me I was in no way over exerting myself! I am not the strong person I used to be and that’s more than just physically. I need this challenge not only to get my body in peak condition but also my mind and self control.Why is transforming in the next 98 days a must? My son wants me to do a half marathon with him in October. When I gave a grown and told him we needed to start hitting the pavement he said, “that’s okay Mom I can do it by myself.” He’s almost twelve. After I made it clear we were doing this as a team I over heard him tell one of my friends about it. They kinda chuckled and asked him if I even jogged! He responded with we used to run 3 miles three to four times a week, but we haven’t in a long time. I want him to be proud to run with me in October. I should be the strong one encouraging him “WE CAN DO IT!”.It’s going to be a lot of work…I’m looking forward to it!!!
I think your incredible knowledge of the body is awesome. The way you have been able to dispel myths and encourage everyone to be the best that they can be is amazing. You need to next sell DVD’s on what you know – you would make a fortune!Jackie
I want to be in better shape by the end of the summer because there is no better time. It is very easy to keep pushing off getting in shape and before you know it months and years pass by as you always prioritize everything else before your body and health. I would like to bring my BMI down from overweight to regular range. Transforming now is the perfect time and there are always more distractions after the summer.
I am one of those people who have left it too late. I recently found out I have advanced Arthritis in my knee, and I’m only 53. Now is the time to stop fluffing around. It is winter here in Australia, so a great time to start and look amazing for Summer. The cardio may be a challenge, because I am not allowed any weight bearing exercise. BUY hey I can swim. I want to do this for me. So that I am not a misery to myself or family.
I was looking for a way to drop a few pounds when I saw your book. I am 60 years old and in good shape. I walk 3 miles a day and have always been active but I just didn’t feel like I was doing as good as I should. I read your book and followed the advice on how to change mentally and physically while following a food regimen and I began to get enthused about this transformation. I have lost 20 lbs. and firmed up to being in almost the best shape of my life. The positive influence from your book was what set me on my path. While I don’t have any before and after pictures, I know that your help is what gave me renewed energy and strength. Thank you
Tom,First, let me say I love your hardcover book which I first checked out of the library and then ran out and purchased when I couldn’t renew it anymore.My reasons to reduce bodyfat are many. I have been reading your e-mails and recently bought a copy of Tom Terwilliger’s book 7 Rules of Achievement. I am successful in my job, in my family (happily married, three great kids), and am attending law school at night.Yet I have been carrying an extra 100 lbs (give or take a few) for the last ten years. My one sore subject in life has been my body.Frankly, I am tired of that being my one big failure that I carry around and that determines the first impression I make on others.I have joined a gym, and have started a gym attendance streak. I pulled out my copies of bodybuilding magazines and am re-reading the nutrition sections. I have decided to approach getting fit in the way I have approached EVERYthing EXCEPT for my own personal health. Show up and do what I can every day.I love what you’re doing with this contest and the enthusiasm you are generating by simply being concerned.Thank you.
How much longer can I let myself slide? I have to take control now! Years of abuse have left me with a resting heart rate in the ’90’s, blood pressure through the roof and a test that says I’m pre diabetic. This road will kill me but a change of diet and exercise give me a chance to live and with it a chance to achieve instead of just existing.
I have 5 very important reasons. Starting with the most important reason is for my health. Because I am a nurse I’ve already understood the basic concepts of fat burning, but not in the way that’s needed for optimum health. I will be 60 yrs old next year and would love to be the example fitness model. I never see women my age with lean muscle. All examples for ideal fitness stop at the age 45 and never go above.. Yes, we are still alive at 60 and those of us who still train with weights should be considered. I want more than anything to win these needed prizes because all of my money is being wasted on unneccesary expenses, such as wrong vitamins, wrong exercises machines, wrong foods, ill-fitting clothes. I am highly motivated–all I need are the prizes to be at my potenial.
When I found out I couldn’t have kids, I was crushed. I decided to go to Africa & help kids who were in hopeless situations. It was the toughest job but I loved it. Often it was hotter than 120 degrees; I exercised & ate healthy and lost 70 pounds. I then met two children who I jumped through hoops to adopt. They were 4 & 9, and while they have been my joy and the coolest thing I ever did, they have taken all my energy. The lost weight crept back and weight is a struggle every day of my life.When I read about this contest I thought there is no time like the present. I have to make myself a priority. I was laid off & that itself can be depressing. The lack of money and the constant self doubt is overwhelming at times. If I look on the positive side, I have more time to devote to exercise. I am going to be 50 this summer. I MUST take care of my health. What would be a better gift to me and my family than being healthy? Thanks for reading!
Transforming my body this summer is a MUST for me because my wife & I are having a dual 25yr class reunion party at our home this August and she told me I couldn’t do it. I WILL prove her wrong!
I’ve been overweight most of my life, since highschool…except for a few short years where I exercised myself skinny because of depression. Luckily, I have my depression under control, but not my weight. I’ve spent the last 8 years being constantly tired, to the point where I could actually sleep almost anywhere, anytime. I’ve been told by my doctor that I just need to exercise and eat better and I won’t be tired anymore. I still struggle with the paradox of exercising to not be tired. A couple years ago, I spent 3 months exercising and eating better and lost 20 lbs (most of which I have not gained back), but I was still constantly tired, and then on top of that was also constantly hungry. Obviously I was doing something wrong.I’ve never been very co-ordinated or good at sports and I love food but hate cooking. I could go on with my many reasons why I must lose weight, many of which are very similar to the reasons others have listed. Instead I’ll lay it out plan and simple…”THIS IS NOT THE PERSON I WAS SUPPOSED TO BE!”I’ve made the decision and now I need help to become that person…
I’m a unmotivated mom of two. A little flabby belly from pregnancies that won’t go away. I work out at least 5 times a day, sometimes 2x a day and it is still there, I need help.
Tom as far back as I can remember I have always wanted to be RIPPED!!! After a decade of yo-yoing up and down (and never getting ripped..just skinny fat) I have finally decided to take ACTION!!! Since January of this year I have quit smoking and have lost 25lbs!!!! The weight loss is due to me cleaning up my food choices….but still fear I am not on the correct path for lifetime success. Consistant exercise has been the one thing I am missing. I have always known what to do but lacked self-confidence in myself to stick with it. The company I kept had a huge influence on my life as well. So instead of becoming INSANE (doing the same thing over and over, expecting a different result) I am taking control of my own life for a change!!! I have finished writing out my goals on paper, will be getting body fat % and photos done this week and am joining the Summer 2010 Burn The Fat Challenge Contest!!! Look out Maui here I come!!!!
I MUST fulfill my dream….For too long I have put transforming my body just out of reach..using every excuse imaginable and never seeing a challenge through to the end. I MUST transform my body as it has been a long time dream of mine to help and aspire others to be the best that they can be. Transforming my own body will have me lead by example and be able to speak from experience and how to overcome challenges that may get in the way of achieving one’s goals, dreams and desires.It’s time to shift things into gear!!!
I think Elvis says it best “It’s Now or Never”. I’m knockin” on forty so to commit this last year of my thirties to get in the best shape ever is definitely a Must! I’m tired of just giving it half an effort and getting mediocre results. Besides, I don’t know if I would ever get such a special opportunity to win a trip to Maui, AND have the sponsors offer a limited membership to accompany the competition. I mean, that just speaks LOUDLY how much Tom and the others are interested in our well being, and are encouraging us, giving us the tools we need to be successful. It is the most supportive setting a person could be in to achieve weight and body composition goals without having to spend a fortune. Tom, thanks so much again for all your efforts in getting this competition organized and organizing it so thoroughly! I know I will be a winner at the end of 98 days as I will be stronger and leaner and confidently fit. I am training hard this time and expecting great results!
I am really hoping to join the challenge to show myself and others what hard work can do. I know that luck is real and it happens, but I believe that with a plan, hard work and discipline you can have success. I com from an obese family and I’ve always struggled with my weight. Last year I’ve lost 30 lbs and this year I want to focus on burning the fat and muscle building. I know the scale may not what I want it to say, but bikini’s don’t lie. I want to be an inspiration to people who don’t believe I used to be 240 lbs and really want to change their lives. I am entering this challenge for them and my 10 yr old nephew who is already over 200 lbs and barely 5 ft. We need to live as examples of healthy and happy lives where deprivation is not acceptable.
Hi Tom,I’m so excited to be blogging here…your recent post leads me to believe that the ever-abundant Universe is presenting me this opportunity to move further along on my journey to remake myself and improve my life with your “BURN THE FAT” CHALLENGE CONTEST! Let me expound…I have made several significant changes this past year: on December 15th, I left my financially unrewarding career as a Sales Associate/Designer; on New Years’ Eve, I was granted a divorce from an alcoholic husband; and on January 13th, I enrolled in a full-time program of study to become an Ultrasound Technician.Most likely, none of these events is remarkable in itself, but when you consider the fact that I graduated high school in 1969, was married in 1976, and presently weigh 250 with a BMI of 40, you have a better picture of the challenges facing me.In many areas, I am making significant strides in improving my life: I’m on target to graduate in August of 2011, am seeing a wonderful therapist in support of my mental health, and have begun on-line dating in search of the love I deserve.However, my most critical goal at the moment is to attain better health and fitness – stat! – and here’s the “skinny” on why:1) my family’s health history is horrific…Dad survived a coronary at 50, and Mom survived a stroke at 60, so I’m really playing with a loaded gun here;2) my advisor at school has already spoken to me about the reservations she has on my participation in the program’s required clinical rotations in a hospital, because my present weight speaks volumes about a lack of commitment to my own health care;3) and finally, as almost every profile I read in the on-line dating sites stipulates body type as either “Average”, “Athletic and Toned”, or “Slender”, (these descriptions apply only to the me of my dreams!), even my search for love is disadvantaged, as I am limited in the number of potential candidates who would consider me.Honestly, Tom, I am really just plain sicked and tired of having how big my life can be adversely affected by how big I am!IN SHORT, I AM READY TO STEP UP TO THE PLATE AND “BURN THE FAT” TO GET FIT! Since timing is everything and I have only 1 course through September, NOW IS THE PERFECT TIME FOR ME TO FOCUS ON ATTAINING THAT GOAL! Unfortunately, as I have no income, the only way I can participate in your program is as a contest winner.There’s a saying, “When the student is willing, the teacher will appear”. Well, let’s hope you’re the teacher for whom I have prayed, as I am most definitely willing!PLEASE, TOM, MAKE ME A PROGRAM WINNER, AND LET MY DREAM OF ENJOYING THE REST OF MY LIFE WITH A HEALTHY AND FIT BODY BEGIN THIS SUMMER WHEN YOU HELP ME TO “BURN THE FAT”!Tricia
the time is now…I’ve dithered too long…I am a role model and want to be an inspiring one!My daughters are just now becoming mothers and, as always when they grow and change, I see myself!I want them to learn that this is just the beginning of their lives… and that they can still – at any age – achieve their dreams…I need to show them how ripped and healthy a grandma can get! And it needs to be now.. simply because I CAN DO IT!thanks for the encouragement!Kay :-)
I must transform my body this summer to regain my self-respect. I’ve let myself go (a little) and am no longer happy with my performance, appearance or self-esteem. I am also a role model for my daughter(s). One of which has gained the dreaded ‘freshmen 15’ and then some. I want her to see that she can transform her own body, that she can make the decision, follow the program consistently and get amazing results! I will not let her down. :)
Hello! I must do this now–if not now when? I can’t save face and lose weight off my rear at the same time, lol. I really do not want to post my picture, or get up early every day or take my measurements or figure out my eating plan, but the alternative is no longer an option. I have been splintered, doing some workouts but not nutrition or vice versa, it is time to pull it all together.
Hi Tom,I’m a 41 year old working mother of two little boys. In 2001, I was involved in a bicycle accident which left scars on my face and diminished my confidence. I have always loved being active but I MUST put your lessons on nutrition and exercise together to create the healthiest person I can be. I want to gain confidence back and I know I can do it with this program!
I have been struggling with my weight for the past 7 years. I’ve done every crazy fad diet, from no-carb to the lemonade diet and everything in between. I discovered the responsible and realistic approach as outlined in the Burn the Fat Feed the Muscle eBook 3 years ago. I have tried and failed more times than I’d like to admit (ok, around 6 or 7 times) to get with the program. In the meantime my waistline continues to expand. I feel so unattractive and UNHEALTHY. I want to participate in the Summer Challenge because I now know what I’ve been missing to make my dream of being fit happen – ACCOUNTABILITY and SUPPORT I know that I will be able to find that in the challenge. I am envisioning finally succeeding in my long awaited goal!
Reason I want to transform my body this summer: I’m tired of second best and of feeling dissatisfied with my body. But most of all, I want to have more energy for my life, my family, my children.
The main reason I am entering this contest is because I want to improve my overall health, which has been far from acceptable lately.I feel that this drags me down in basically all areas of my life. It feels like I could be doing so much better if I had a different physique.Then, there is a bunch of other reasons as well. Definitely, I want to look nice when I see myself in the mirror.True story: the other day I bought the jersey of the soccer team I support online. I picked the largest size and it still wouldn’t fit well. It looked like I was about to tear it up at any moment, it was really tight. That is something that just CANNOT happen, it doesn’t look right.Besides that, like everybody else, I want to look good when I go to the beach or go shirtless anywhere.Also, there is my brother, who looks a lot like me in terms of measures, approached me the other day saying that he was strongly considering going for liposuction and plastic surgery, because according to him, he has some stubborn fat that won’t go away, no matter how hard he tries. He’s also been losing and gaining weight throughout the years and is sick of this, so he believes the knife is the answer. I completely disagree with this solution he came up with and I’m also here to prove him wrong, to prove that this can be done if you put your mind to it and work hard enough. So basically, I also want to lead by example.And of course, I guess I could use a trip to Maui!
Hi Tom,Just to say I really enjoy reading your regular newsletters. I find them very inspiring and motivational. There is no hype or trying to sell products – just honest and information that is not over the top. For many years I have tried different diets or pills to shed the last few kilos, but reading your newsletters has finally instilled in me that it is only by being disciplined in what I eat and the correct exercises, that I will achieve my goals. Once again thanks. Josephine
Hello Tom, I am new to the Burn the Fat experience. My husband purchased your book about a year ago and became extremely motivated and inspired. He lost a lot of weight as well as put on muscle. He is now inspired to do the current contest. By sharing in his excitement he has inspired me to do the same. My story is probably one of many. I am a 36 year old mother of four. I have done a multitude of diets over the years and yo-yoed my way along; gaining and losing. I would very much like to change all of that! Because I want to not only have a body which reflects my attitude and confidence I also want to lead a good example for our children. I want to show them the healthy way to live a life and that our bodies were made to move! I am confident that by setting goals both short and long term, I will succeed! I am ready for a change!
I want to be in my best shape ever and am motivated to do so because 1) I will be turning 50 in a few months and it would be a great birthday gift to myself and 2) I will be getting married in a few months and it would be a great wedding present to myself. I have always wanted great looking shoulders and a flat belly. I want to achieve these goals and I have a couple of milestone events to motivate me. I want to commit myself to exercising and eating right to lose the fat and see the muscles, to finally see the new and transformed me. I don’t want my goals to be something that I only wish I could achieve someday; I want to finally achieve them.
I must transform my body because I am 5’2.5″ and 195lbs. I have a 9yr old that I would like to see grow up; and I need to be healthy doing so.My friends & I are in the midst of a 16 week challenge where the person who loses the most weight wins the pot of $; then I came across Burn the Fat & set a goal to do more than lose weight – I want to lose fat & keep it off. I’ve lost about 7lbs in the last month going it on my own.I have finally begun to see myself as a new, healthier person & am making daily choices to live a healthier lifestyle.God has done a lot of inner healing & I feel like the outside needs to catch up.:)
I simply want to be healthy and live a long and fruitful life. I am now 68, ride my horse every day and workout — Yoga, Pilates, Strength and Balance training and of course Aerobics. I have dropped 30lbs of fat since January but I have at least another 30 lbs to go. I would like to show my horse this summer but I cannot fit into my show clothes and cannot afford to purchase new ones, so I am hoping the Burn the Fat challenge will make a significant diffference.
Hello Tom & all staff,First let me Thank you for taking time to read this email . I know that you have many , many emails , so if it pleases you I will be breif but to the point.I need help from you, your staff, and all the people at ghe innec circle.I must do this now, or I may not have the wil-power to try again.I need to challenge myself once again.I must do this for myself and for my son , he’s six yrs oldI need to be able too keep up with my son as he grows and get stronger.I must be around when he is all grown upI need this for my health and for better health .I must do this so I am able to perform my job better .I need to ….. Well I think you guys get the message and Icould write this all day long , the reasons are long listed and mightythey seem to go on and onBut I will leave you with this one last “need” I really need a breakif you can help me it would be wonderful …Thanks again … Good luck to all … Hope to see you inThe Inner circleYours respectfully , Matthew Sherlock
transforming my body is important to me because I need something to help me see the light at the end of this tunnel. Over the past few monts I have been battling many ailments. I have been batteling annorexia for many years now but as a result to my annorexia I have been diagnosed as severly anemic, and after our spring break for college, I suffered a pulmonary mbolism. My life has just been going down hill. transforming my body will give me something to look forward to. It will help me see the light at the end of the tunnel
I am really sure I want to do this transformation, I am in a few months 60 years old, most all of my friends are overweight and like me feel there is really nothing at this stage of life we can do about it. I want so bad to prove that even at 60 with effort we can lose weight gain muscle and feel good. I have no idea what awaits me on this journey, and yes I am a little afraid, but over the years I have learned that anything worth while is worth putting a real effort into,so here goes…Thanks!Ron
I must transform my body by THIS summer because I realize if I want to see any change in the positive direction…I have to start NOW…not any time later. No one gets anywhere with procrastination. I have already lost over 40 lbs after giving birth to my first child thanks to your bffm program. Everyone thought that I would never be able to go back to my pre-pregnancy weight and I proved everyone wrong because now I am even thinner and more toned than before I was pregnant. I realize that I have to be the change I want to see in this world. If I want to be dealt with more honestly, I have to be honest; If I want to be respected, I have to be respectful; If i want to to see equality and no prejudice I got to treat everyone fairly and equally by starting with myself….and the same is true if I want to see my family and loved ones healthy and fit…I have to start with myself. I am now 148 lbs and 22 percent body fat. My ultimate goal is to reach 17 percent body fat. I also have other goals in life like going to medical school and being a psychiatrist. Achieving my fitness goal gives me the confidence and assurance that if I put my mind to anything I can and will accomplish it. I am just simply unstoppable.
The reasons I “MUST” lose weight is first: because I must be an example to my daughter and motivate her to lose weight and be her support. Second: because i’m getting older and i don’t want to deal with the bad health history in my family. and last: I want to look great mainly for myself!
Ok, Tom It’s time for me to belly up to the challenge. I read your hardback book a year ago and it helped me drop (again) from 186 to my current 164, at 58 and 8/12’s I’ve finally achieved 14.2% bf, most of the loss from what I’ve assimulated from the innercircle boards and your electronic books. thanks a bunch. According to the paperwork from my dunk test I now am in the 90 percentile of my age group. Now is the time to be a 1 percenter… that would be 8.8% and while I’m doing that how about a 25% increase in my strength, Old guys need to mussel up!Pete KarpCashmere, wa
My name is Tyler and I have to cousins who fight in CFC. I have watched them train hard for everything and I never thought I could be like them, but one day I told myself that no matter what I was gonna lose weight. I so far have lost 35 pounds with the help of this, and support from my cousins. Im still not where i would want to be, but I am getting really close to my goal. I just wanted to say that if you think you can’t do, don’t give up. I thought the same way, but then I tried as hard as I could and now I feel so great about what i’v done. Anyone how is struggeling with there weight, keep trying you will get there.
Why would I want to start getting in shape now? Well, if not NOW, then WHEN?There is not a single good reason to wait, only bad excuses. Every day of delay is just another day I’m unhappy with this body I’m inhabiting, feeling rubbish and looking puffy and bloated.There is no time like the present, and it’s great to see so many other people here are so motivated to improve their health NOW.
This is the time for me to lose the weight I had been trying to lose for the last 10 years. New life, I am successful in my career and worked hard at it. But weight loss had always been my greatest challenge. I have the tools… “Burn the Fat”, I am motivated this time more than ever, (starting to date again lol), got the right diet, and this challenge. It’s the right time!!! Good luck everyone!Sonia
The reason I must lose weight is because I want to be able to fit back into my old clothes I used to wear before I had kids. I want to be able to wear that one special bikini I had to put away because I gained wait. I want to be able to go to the stores and know that they have my size in pants. But most of all, I want to be able to get healthier and start excersising like I was able to before. Now that I have not been able to lose weight, I feel more lazy, I dont have any confidence, and I feel discouraged when I go to stores because when every there is something pretty tha I like, it either does not fit or they dont have my size. So the reason why I must lose weight this summer is because I want to feel like myself again and be more active in life and walk into a store and know that I will be able to wear that one special dress I have always wanted to wear.
I must transform my body this summer because I can, and I’ve been given this forum to do it in. We have few things in life that are under our control. This is a choice. I have the choice of what and when to eat, and how and when to exercise. Too often we blame our failures on circumstance, but it really comes down to our choices. We are responsible for our outcomes. At the end of the summer, if I look in the mirror and don’t like what I see, the only one I can blame is myself. I don’t plan on disliking what I see in the mirror.
Why I MUST excel in the Burn the Fat Challenge…Ten years ago, I was a newly wedded man, blessed with a beautiful family. I was a local level competitive bodybuilder and life was great…for five years!At that time, my marriage ended and I lost my youngest son. I fell into deep depression, and lost my zeal for life.Over the next 3 years I had ballooned to a whopping 312lbs and developed several health issues. Arthritis, blood pressure, cholesterol, liver & kidney problems caused me to despise what I had become. I knew I needed a change.In 2 years, I’ve undergone 2 complete hip replacements, and had surgery to repair a complete triceps rupture.I’ve lost 40lbs and my health issues have stablized. HOWEVER, I still am not satisfied. I have settled and rested on my accomplishments, so far, but inside I know I’m not the person I believe I can be physically.NOW IS THE TIME FOR ME TO STEP UP and prove, over 98 days, that a CHAMPION still lives in me!Accomplishing my goals of Burning the Fat & Feeding the Muscle, will also empower me to motivate and help others in their quest to be what they want to be, no matter what their current condition may be.These are reasons why, I MUST SUCCEED & EXCEL, over the next 98 days!
The why? The why covers a lot of things. There’s the vanity of course; not so much in how I appear to others, but in how I appear to myself. Hating the way your body looks makes it difficult in dealing with others close to you. That self loathing bleeds out and hurts the ones you love. It’s not intentional but it’s there. Fat is a wall that not only keeps you trapped inside, it also keeps everybody else outside. The must…ah…that’s simple. I do not want to die. Pushing 53 and pushing my luck. I must make the transformation now. I may not have a chance next year.
11% bodyfat, 172lbs and that was last year…then the layoff hit and I was out of work for 7 months and I lost my mental focus and discipline and now I am 225 29 %BF I want my old self back. Before the layoff I ran the marathon and about 22+ 5K races and now I have a hurt knee so it will be harder than ever to do cardio. I will be 52 next year and I want to celebrate it at my previous weight and BF%. I have a job now and I WILL get back to where I was and will get back the mental toughness I once enjoyed!
I’m 54, and in pretty good shape but my middle needs some help. I’ve been running with my daughters (5 of them)who are all in great shape. So far I’ve just done 5K and 10K. But I’ve been running on the sly and I plan to surprise them and do the Half Marathon in August. I’d really like to wear one of those midriff tops. Do you think you could help me?
Over the last five years I have made so many commitments. I got married and committed my love, devotion, and support to my beautiful wife. We have 2 of the most amazing children together and I committed to being a father. Three of the most amazing people in my life and I do it all for them. Yet, I feel that I have let them down because I haven’t taken a little time out of every day to honor the commitment to myself of self-preservation and internal happiness. I have not done what it takes to ensure that I will be around to take care of my family. Before I got married I was a total gym rat. I lifted weights every day and was in great shape. Now my weight has reached just over 300lbs and I have hypertension and acid reflux. I spent Christmas Eve in the ER with Chest Pains related to my obesity and I realized that I let my life out of MY control. Since that day I have lost about 30 lbs, but, I”m still not fully committed to myself. I MUST regain control of my life and what is truly important to me…being healthy and in control so I can live the life I always dreamed of and to be the best husband and father that I can.
I’ve just read Chapter 1 of Tom’s ebook. Wow! I have a lot of reading to do! I am so excited about this challenge. I complete the body of life challenge about 5 years ago and I did great. It took me longer than I thought, but I was in the best shape of my life. THen I got pregnant, picked up old eating habits and lost my motivation, determination, and setting those goals. I am about 30 lbs now overweight and sad to say I am probably at least 35% body fat range. I have quickly reviewed some other chapters in the ebook, and understand why it’s so hard for me to keep the weight off. I’m looking forward to reading the rest of his book , writing my goals down, and reprogramming my subconscious mind. I love it! I haven’t finished the blook yet, but I’m waking up early before the house is up and I’m working out.!
The very best way to help those people that I love who need to transform their lives is to SHOW them that it can be done. If I can do it so can they.there’s also the small matter of getting the opportunity to meet Tom “Mr. Hotty” Venuto… :)
Reasons why I want to be in better shape at the end of the summer than I am today:1. As a lymphoma survivor, I need to be healthy and fit. (August will mark 6 years of remission and counting.) Cancer runs in my family; my mother died of leukemia at 43. I can’t afford to be unhealthy, especially as I get older.2. So that when my husband and I ever get a real honeymoon, I can look great on the beach and stunning in our pics…..We’ve always wanted to honeymoon in Maui and The Big Burn grand prize is Maui. Coincidence? I think not. ;-)3. Because I’ve been out of shape for far too long, and enough is enough already!4. Because I’ve always wondered what I’d look like if I was in the best physical shape possible and there’s no time like the present to find out, once and for all.5. To prove to myself, despite past failures, that I CAN commit to and WILL follow through on my fitness and nutrition goals.6. To surprise my family the next time I visit back home.7. To buy what I like instead of what hides my stomach the best. (Size 10 jeans, I’ve missed you!)8. So I can get the trendy clothing catalogs in the mail again instead of the “plus size” ones.9. To wear a bikini for the first time since being a teenager, only this time with the self-confidence to really show it off.10. Last but not least…So I can win the Summer Challenge!!!
I wish I could say that I MUST reshape my body so I can look hot this summer. However, my real reasons are somewhat less provocative.In my mind’s eye I imagine my relationship to food as being akin to life in an aquarium. You see, I am the sucker fish down at the bottom cleaning the scum off rocks and the side of the tank. As the other fish swim around flamboyantly flaunting their beautiful fins and bright colors I am busy cleaning up the junk that is left over! Even though a part of me is humoured by this analogy, the sad truth is I have taken it upon myself to finish food on my plate (no matter how much I slopped on there), and clean up all left-overs before they spoil (because nobody else will eat it). Unfortunate for me and my waistline, I am starting to look like I swallowed a bean bag…chair!So, the musts and needs come down to this… I NEED to stop treating myself like the garbage disposal and I MUST redefine my value and how I treat myself. For me, it is all mental. And, it affects many areas of my life. I lack little in life except discipline and a healthy love and respect for my body! Perhaps Tom can help me with this.
The REASONS WHY I am going to be in the best shape of my life in 98 days: Is that I want to feel good about my body again. I want to be more self-confident. I want to be strong and energetic. I want to be the best person I can be. I want to fit in a size 8 again by the time I turn 37 this September 27th! I want to be able to put on a one piece bathing suit and feel good about it. I want to live my life and enjoy it and be happy with the choices and actions I have made. I want to keep up with my very energetic husband and two boys and I want them to learn the tools I will be learning to train my mind. I want them to see me succeed at this.
I must transform my body this summer because NOW is the time to get off my rear and do it! Plain and simple. The Dr. says I need to lose weight ultimatly to lower my cholesterol and improve my overall health. That is a good reason, but the bottom line is I just want to look good, feel great, and live a long healthy life.
Why must I transform my body? Because I am not expendable. I am worth it. I am alive for a reason and a purpose and I cannot fulfill my purpose if I am weighed down (literally and figuratively) by an unhealthly body, destructive habits and a negative self-image. I have to transform my body because I need to transform my life.
Hi Tom,Why is transforming your body this summer important to you? I need to be happy with my body. Living with a body that when you look at the mirror you want to look away and makes you upset and angry is something I don’t want to do anymore. I am 37 years old, I have reached finally after many years struggling with my weight, my perfect weight, however after having two wonderful children and putting 20+kgs on whilst pregnant, has left me with a lot of fat and loose skin. So when I received your email and discovered that you were going to do a challenge I thought to myself, THIS IS IT! it is an omen to make my dream come true. I want to look good, I don’t want to be embarrassed wearing a bikini and most of all, I want to make my children proud of me and make myself proud of what I can accomplish with will power. Thank you Tom again for giving me a wake up call. Looking forward to the challenge.
I’ve been looking for that one thing for a long time to motivate me to really start to change my body. Life seems to move so fast that before I know it the present day is over and the next day is here. There is always something “more important” that needs to be done first. Rushing out the door in the morning and getting in late at night makes finding time hard. I hope to find that little bit of extra time this summer to really take care of my body and my health. Get out with friends and be active and enjoy the beautiful summer months while they are here and carry this into the winter season and the rest of life.
For years I have wanted to get in the best shape of my life, and I read a lot about fitness and nutrition. I want to finally make a commitment to do it! I also want to set a good example for my daughter, and show her you can do anything you put your mind to!
since i can remember my weight has always been up n down after i had ny child i wieghed 139 the smallest i been im 5’7 n now im weighing 190. its been going up since i moved out to the country with ny fiance.. i realy need to get back n shapeand stay in shape because i used to love takin picturez n goin out nowi hate doing both in livibg like a hermet crab im planing on getting married some time soon but im not going to walk down the isle if im not comfortable…
I need to lose this weight now and get healthy for myself and my family. I weigh over 300lb and have little energy to look after my kids properly, much less play with them. My kids range in age from 3-7 and 2 of them have special needs. Their needs require a lot of time and cause me a great deal of stress. I have used this as an excuse to eat what I want. My kids need me around and I also need to be a good role model for my girls. My 4yr old is already picking up on my bad habits and it’s starting to show.I also need to lose this weight for me. I feel very depressed, tired and it seems I’m just existing day to day rather than living life. I want to be happy and I don’t want to miss out on all the awesome things life has to offer anymore.
The reasons why I must transform my body this summer are numerous and very personal. The first and foremost is my health. I am currently 285 pounds with 30% body fat(I hate those numbers!). Men in my family don’t live long lives and my job is very stressful. I know that if I don’t do something NOW I will probably be dead by the time I’m 35 from a heart attack. Second, and nearly as important to me is that the benefits from transforming my body will allow me to do something that I have not been able to do for I don’t know how long, sleep in the same bed as my wife. My snoring has gotten so bad that she cannot sleep if I am in the same bed.Seven years ago my wife and I adopted our 10yo son, he is a little man that has been through so much. In that time, physical and mental fitness have not been a priority for me. I have found that just in the past couple of days that when I am “working out” I am more patient and less critical of him. I also know that transforming my body will help me keep up with my three daughters.The prizes are great and it would be fantastic to achieve the kind of results that would win. Above all I know that I win by being in the best shape I have ever been in by the end of the summer.Thanks Tom!
I have lost weight in the past but never transformed my body. From past years I have lost weight up to what I am today. Having had the goal of being fit and strong for all my life it’s about time I actually reached that goal. Someday needs to become today.
I did not consider myself obese, but I knew I needed to lose some weight. I have tried many times before with different techniques but failed. Last month I was diagnosed with type 2 diabetes, with high blood pressure, and cholesterol. That’s when I realized that I needed to make a change. My goal is not to lose weight just to look good but to totally change the condition of my health.
It always feel better to good look than you have previously looked. I have set the target of gaining upto 15lbs of muscle mass and loosing upto 10lbs of fat by the end of this summer.I want to develop that chiseled physique that sets eyes rolling by the time the winter sets in.Transforming my physique in the next 98 days holds importance because i feel i haven’t justified my full potential yet. From next year i am going to be busy in my graduation, and then after that i might never get the time that i have now to fulfill my dream. It’s a dream that i have lived for long, n i am determined to achieve that this time.
I am coming off three solid months of more or less following your BFFM advice, and an intense 75% athletic/ olympic style and 25% classic body building type workout regiment. I added muscle, lost fat (and 20 lbs overall bodyweight). The gut is gone and I can see most of my abs without flexing. My goals for this contest are to get below 8% body fat (I am around 12 – 14%) and make various gains in my power, strength and endurance – which I won’t detail here. So, in a sense, this contest does not come at a good time for me. But in another sense, it comes at the best possible time: in time to break the cycle.My success in this contest a must because I have been in great shape several times before in my life, but I have always cycled back to being overweight and out of shape. According to my personal history, 98 days from now I will be 30 pounds overweight again, drinking every other night, and huffing and puffing when I have to run a few yards to catch the bus. I need to change that history, to be in a fundamentally different place 98 days from now.I’m 38 now and the cycle is going to get tougher each time. I have a two year old son and I hope to have another child soon. When he’s high school, I’ll be in my mid to late 50’s. At that time, and every single 98 days in between, I want to model for him good eating habits, respect for his body, mental and physical discipline and a sense that he is capable of being the man he wants to be.
Hi Tom – I began my journey on Jan. 1 this year, and set my mind to the fact that this would not be the typical New Years resolution…I WOULD DO IT. I was in an auto accident 4 years ago, had spinal surgery 3 years ago, and have spent the past 3 years recovering and working through years of chronic pain. During this time, I was unable to do anything and ate to soothe my pain and depression, resulting in a 75 pound weight gain. This year I set my mind to getting back my former thinner, fit self, improving my eating habits and health, and setting a positive example for my two middle school daughters. I am proud to say that I have been succeeding on my own. I started the year at 206 lbs. and am currently at 166 lbs. I have done it the old-fashioned, healthy way…no fad diets…just healthy eating and exercise. Now that I have lost 40 pounds, I am ready to step it up a notch and get myself toned and firm up the “softness” that I still have. I want my muscle tone back, and by the end of the summer, I will be rocking my bikini!!The time is now, because I am already well on my way, and this is my way to bring it home and achieve my goal strong and healthy. I hope that you will give me the opportunity. Thank you!!
Dear Tom,Thank you for the invitation! I am here because I want to be an inspiration to others. But in order help others, we must first help ourselves. I had originally planned to enter your contest last year in April. However, I was sidelined by two unexpected operations … because of thyroid cancer.Having dealt with a thyroid condition (hypothyroidism) for over 10 years, my weight was always fluctuating. I tried all kinds of quick weight loss programs, including fasting and detox cleanses. I thought I would be able to keep things under control with these types of programs, sometimes they worked, other times they didn’t. What eventually happened was that my immune system started to attack my thyroid gland. I was eventually diagnosed with Hashimoto’s … and last year, cancer.Now that I no longer have a thyroid, it is up to me to challenge myself to get into the best shape that I can possibly be. My answers to your questions …WHY? Because it’s a MUST for my health & future wellness.WHY NOW? Because life is too short! If not NOW … when?Thank you,Kim
I have been working out and hitting the gym since I was a teenager. I was one of those teens that bought into the media image of what the female body should look like. Now I am in my early thirties and I still hit the gym but have never been successful in reaching that final goal of toning my muscles into that prime physical fitness I have always desired. I love my body, I don’t want to be a skinny little women that is the product of the media body image. I WANT to be toned and ripped. I WANT to be healthy and know that if I wanted to I could physically and mentally do anything!!I am a military wife and currently live in Japan. Since living here I have been working out constantly but not eating healthily. Things NEED to change! I won’t see my husband until fall and what better way to reward my self than to surprise the man I love! What is a better self reward than knowing your husband loves your body even more than you do? No time better than the present! I must change in order to get the results that I desire!!!
Hi, I’m 53lbs into a plan to lose a total 135lbs of fat. I hit a plato 3 months ago and I need this challenge to make the difference
This might be a small thing for others but today is i think the most fulfilling day in my life for 4 years! I did challenged my self to do a 30 minutes cardio in the treadmill, i never thought that it is possible for me, i bought my body fat caliper today as well though is so hard to find here in our place, i overcome my 2nd day of 6 meals in a day, it was hard to organized but i managed. My definite motivator for those things is knowledge! after reading the burn the fat feed the muscle ebook now i can direct my discipline, my habbits , my goal, my life in the way thats right. Tom venuto is indeed one of my ultimate mentor in my life although i never met him ever.(what more if i do). thanks tom for the knowledge that you unselfishly shared with us which is been concealed by many self proclaimed gurus in fitness industry. I will show everybody how powerful those knowledge can crank my life to the fullest.
I will transform my body this summer because I need to. I will never be limited in this life because of the fitness of my body. I will be strong and physically independent until the very last day of my life. now that I am approaching 50 I see how quickly my fitness levels slip away without constant committment and vigiance so I have recommitted and I will make it happen because I have a lot of living to do and I want to participate in and enjoy it all!
I have been trying to transform my body for the past 5 years, but I always seem to sabotage my own efforts. I make excuses for not following a healthful diet and for why I cannot exercise. Now that my little boy is nearing 2 years old and is running everywhere, I would very much like to keep up with him and see him grow up. I am at 268 lbs and hate the way I look and feel. The Body Transformation Challenge is the kind of challenge I have been looking for. Thank you Tom!
My “love handles” and my belly fat need to finally disappear. I’m putting my faith on your contest. If I could just lose all those extra inches around my waist, and those extra pounds from my weight, I’ll be a happier woman.
Its feel good when you are fit…. i am on journey to lose weight …. and i have lose 20lbs with exercise.. the best method for remain fit…. i started with some walking and running and than go to gym …… it’s very good to see results… now i am feeling much better…. thhanks
I’m overweight, obese and rarely exercise except (sometimes) using the stairs when the elevator is out of order (wow what a job!). I’m a disastor and out of control, It’s all work, work, work no time for anything else, the real important stuff like looking after my health. I need to take drastic action and find direction!
I have been training and working out for almost my whole life since I was 16. I am now 43 and have been working out harder and more dedicated than I ever was in my teens, 20’s, and 30’s. I have made 2 transformations since I have been training in my 40’s. My secret to staying dedicated and reaching a physique transformation goal is to keep telling myself 40 is not a death sentence and one can put on muscle and lose fat at any age just as long as you eat a clean diet and staying away from processed foods and eat more home cooked meals whenever you can and just snack on fruits and nuts throughout the day keeps ones metabolism working 24 hours a day. Working out is just half the battle. Your diet and mind are the other half of the battle. If one wants to transform his or her own physique, you have to win all your battles and only then can someone achieve the dream body they have always wanted. Desire and perseverance are major keys to winning the huge battles one has to face when getting ready to take on a physique transformation.
I MUST transform my body and my life this summer because I have two kids counting on me to be a good role model, I have a grandmother in a care centre who cannot get out of bed without a lift and a father who is on his way to being the same.My son is a very picky eater and our thinking has been that at least he’s eating something, but I am seeing what a bad road we are setting him up on. I have started to eat better and take better care of myself and really see a HUGE difference when I fuel my body with the proper foods over the junk that I used to eat. I NEED to be a better role model for my son so he will start eating better and not struggle with food issues like I have for so long. This past winter I tried to go snowboarding with my son and my husband, but didn’t have the core strength to stand up on the board! I cannot give up and have a body that will not allow me to do the things I want to.I went to visit my grandmother this weekend and was saddened by the depressing care centre she lives in. She is in there because that’s all that is available in the town she lives where she can get 24-7 care. She can hardly move without assistance and they need to use a machine to move her in bed. My dad is on the same road as her and I have the same body-type. My grandmother is in her 90’s and if I’m going to live that long, I DON’T want to be stuck in bed or a wheelchair.I have started making some changes in my life for the better and lots of people are noticing. I feel so much better and could use some extra guidance to take me to the next level. I want to be a positive role model for my family, friends and co-workers and I want to be able to wear a bikini for the first time in my life!This is the time for me to go all the way and transform my body and my life for the better. I want to thank you for your motivational emails and for helping so many people reach their goals!
I have always wanted a 6-pack. I thought I could ‘will’ it there without having to do all the work.After subscribing to the BTF newsletter and joining Bodyspace, I am finally motivated and ready to put forth the effort. I am going to Transform my body, and I want to continue a healthy, active lifestyle forever.
I NEED to transform my body now because I am sick to death of living with myself. I want to have more self-respect. I want to be proud when I look in the mirror. I also want to feel good and be able to be independent for as long as possible when I get older. Recently, when the woman who was the last of the Ziegfield girls died, they showed footage of her dancing when she was over 100 years old. I want to be able to do that.The reason I need to transform now is just because. Because there is no better time than now, nor will there ever be a better time than now. Because I will never have more discipline later than I have right now. Discipline is not something that comes to us when it is more convenient at a later time. Discipline is a gift we give to ourselves, but we can only give it right now. It will never come later — right now is the only time we can have it.
Hi Tom ,I have been within the healthy weight limits until my mid thirties but now over few years i kept adding a kg each year to the effect that i am 6 kgs overweight.I am presently 66 kgs and my height is 163 cms .This weight is not going away despite my efforts of eating right and walking regularly for half an hour everyday.I think i need something which is more scientific and healthy.I have a feeling that your approach will work for me .RegardsAlpa
I am SCARED to do this, I think I read something like if your goal doesn’t scare you a little it is too small, at least that is how I took it. I just started reading this stuff and been dancing around the web site, excited for all the great information… then here is this opportunity to dive in WOW… must be time to lose that extra 10%of fat I can’t get rid of I am certain I will then see all of my abs not just an outline of the perimeter. Good luck to us all, Burn Baby Burn!!!
I have been thinking about doing the “HCG” diet for the last few weeks. Prior to that I had lost 25 pounds eating healthy, only good carbs and lean meats and exercise. But I broke my heel and have not been able to exercise the way I was, and have been eating junk for the past few months. I have gained 8 pounds back and I am MAD at myself!I thought HCG would be a quick fix for me, but after further research and heart searching, I know I need to do this the real way.HCG may be dangerous and it is not worth it. I really want to prove to myself I can do the work and get the results the right way, not only because I want a better body, but because I know it will improve my confidence and results in every other area of my life. I must do this because I am not a quitter!
Why transforming my body this summer is important to me? Why is it a MUST, not just a “should?” Because I have been here many times before. Not just this summer challenge last year but many other challenges before. And unfortunately, I have always come so far yet never truly succeeded then start going back to my old habits again of emotional eating because I haven’t stuck to my daily action steps to achieve my goal. I am a long term diabetic and also a personal trainer so achieving a hard lean body is not only at the top of my list because of health reasons but also for my career so I can be a prime example and hugely motivational for my clients. I did body building many years ago so know that I have can get down to 12% body fat but just don’t believe it enough or can’t release so many past demons to achieve that again! I ‘must’ be a lean mean fighting machine to prove to myself that I am capable of anything I desire!
I’m a 31year old mom of 2 wonderful little girls and I’ll be the first to admit that I’ve let myself go. Last night when my eldest, Megan (4), said that I was fat, I nearly died! She made me take a long hard look at myself and now I’ve finally opened my eyes. For far too long I’ve focused on everything else and let bad habits and the junk I put into my body take over my life. I’ve used excuses like “I have a terribly sweet tooth”, “I can’t say no” and “can’t let that go to waste” become the norm. NO MORE! I want my life back. I want my body back! For once I want to be able to get dressed and not look at how best to hide my body or fade into the background so as not to be noticed. I want my husband to be proud of me, but most importantly I want to be proud of myself and have the confidence to wear those skinny jeans in the back of my wardrobe (that I’ve NEVER fit into!). I know that I can do this! I want to be different, I want to be better.I know now that no pill will change my life, and no amount of starvation or yo-yo dieting will change my body. I need to change my lifestyle. I need to take control. FOREVER! I’m ready and I hope that the world is ready for the new me! My new motto: Nothing tastes as good as being healthy feels.
I brought BTFFM Book three months ago, I have some changes in my lifestyle and in my sizes too BUT I need to do moreI think Burn the Fat Challenge Contest, is the most motivated thing to haveEven if I do not win the Contest; I will win MY BODY TRANFORMATION Thanks a lot for helping
HiI need to really transform myself(again!) right NOW. i have been on the healthy path for just over 2 years now but as of the last 6 months, progress has halted, self esteem has dropped and ive run out of ideas, ive started binge eating again and i just dont care anymore, im in the process of moving countries as well and the combined stress is just killing me, i know the path this is leading towards, ive walked it before(i used to be 45 kg’s heavier than i am now) and really want to get off while i still can, thats why i need your help badly.
Gday Tom,i have been in a healthy weight range for all of my life.I have always exercised and tried to eat right.Sometimes you need extra motivation to push on.I have found that in your blogs and emails.For people like me weight is not the issue,it’s about maintaining a healthy weight and adding muscle mass.Burning the fat and feeding the muscle sounds right to me.I have taken many approaches over the years but your program works very well.As long as i keep it simple and keep doing what i do one day at a time,i get excellent results.I am a house painter who by the nature of the job,needs to be very fit to do the work day in and day out.I also do it for long term health benefits.I am 46 years old and must keep up physically with my 2 grown boys and my 8 year old son.I need to be able to run,jump and climb with him.I love the lifestyle and the benefits.Since discovering your site my motivation and feeling of support have gone through the roof.I do train hard and i do get results,thanks Tom.
Hi everyone, all your comments have inspired me to get on board and do the challenge. I bought the ebook about a month ago and have made some progress already. The goal for me is not so much how I look, as here in Australia we are currently going into the colder months so my arms and legs are mostly kept covered with long pants and jumpers. The goal for me is to feel better about myself – in the way clothes will fit me better, the way my body responds better when I exercise and knowing my body will be stronger and healthier to ward of this season’s cold and flu and minimise my chances of disease as I get older.Like Andrea’s post above highlights, I too don’t want to have a body their deteriorates as I get older. I want to get and maintain a strong, healthy body that keeps me out of the health care system for as long as possible. I hope to be working out, jogging and doing weights till the day I die.Thanks to everyone who’s already made a post – Tom and all of you have helped inspire me to keep focused and motivated to continue with my new BTF lifestyle. GOOD LUCK EVERYONE!
Hi Tom,i had an accident two years ago that has made me gain some weight but since i started reading your stuff,it has really motivated me into action back to my normal shape.thanks
Hi guys entering this competition this summer has given me the inspiration to make a serious change in my life, i came back to ireland after over a years travelling and was over 14 stone, i have recently got down to 12. But my body should be in far better shape, this next three months is when i become a newer fitter person, taking the next step in creating a better life for myself. One problem though, i recently broke my wrist playing soccer and cannot start lifting weights for another month, also i cant afford to buy the ebook as my wages are sick pay only at min as i am of for another few weeks at least. But even if i dont win anything or have to join the inner circle in a month or two (if possible), i will still start this competition on my own and cannot wait. My cast comes of end of may then two weeks wrist rehabilitition and then its the beginning of the end for my old lifestyle.
Hoping to return to the UK this month and want to show my figure to all my friend. I have not been back for 2 years and have increased my weight. They say I can not do it, but I will show them that I can.
Dear Tom,I am a strong and confident person who has always had to fight to be accepted as I am by some of my immediate family. My beloved brother has always told me that I am the most beautiful woman he knows and that has helped me no end in forgetting about body stereotypes (I come from Indian heritage, where fair and skinny = beautiful) to be able to focus on more important things. However, I want to be healthy and feel confident that I will look as good as I feel inside when I get married one day to my beloved, who loves me as I am too. The best advice I’ve received on your website is that quick fixes don’t work, it takes a long time to get unhealthy and fat, so it will take at least as long to lose the weight through proper eating adn much more exercising. I have 16 pounds to lose and a lot more to tone up, but I am inspired by your words to take it one day at a time and make the small changes that will one day result in that “miraculous” tranformation. There will be good days and bad days, but anything worth having is worth the hard work. Thank you.
Losing fat and gaining lean muscle has got to be one of the hardest things I am about to try and accomplish. I am just grateful there is a website like this to help in achieving my goal.
Hi Tom,My ‘must’ do this reasons vary from self-centered (I wanna look gooood, man!) to more reasonable ones (I want be as healthy as I can be). Most importantly though, I want to do this for myself…no one is telling me I ‘should’ lose weight, but I know I need to. I have dropped 35 pounds on my own, with about that much to go to be at what my doctor calls my “ideal” weight. I won’t tell you I told him that was rubbish…he and I go back and forth all the time. LOL!Some of the more selfish reason for ‘must’ do are: I want to feel confident about having my picture taken and not immediately hating it, I want to really dominate on the softball field again with my 20-something year old team mates, I want to get my 5K time under 30 minutes, and I want to feel no self-consciousness when I order something less than stellar in a restaurant.On the flip side, I ‘must’ do this becuase I want to reduce the strain on my body lugging around the extra weight, I want to increase my lean muscle mass, I want to have better cardio health, and increase my flexibility. That’s a lot of wants, but with out the want then there is no will. I have the want and the will to make it happen!
For years I have come up with too many excuses why I can’t change my body and have the body of my dreams. I will not come up with any more excuses. The time is now. This summer will be the summer of my transformation!! Here I come Hawaii!!
In my 40s I want to feel the thrill of seeing my body in the mirror for the very first time in my life. I now realize those stunning physiques in the magazine cover can be mine too with the right knowledge and dedication. I’m willing to give it a try. Let’s go Tom
Hi Tom,I always enjoy hearing from you and reading your communications. About 3 months ago, I purchased “Burn the Fat” and read it. I started to follow your eating recommendations and rejoined a gym after a 5 year hiatus with a goal of significant progress before turning 68 at the end of June. I can already report great progress, including a reduction in blood pressure medicine (under Dr’s supervision). Your book is absolutely great. Bill.
Hi Tom,Great site and info. I am in the other boat, I am thin and trying to GAIN weight so I am interested in your site for the workout/protein diet info.Thanks,Jay
Besides the obvious of wanting to change the way I look, I want to change the way I feel. I am 23 yrs old and I am constantly tired. I have no energy and feel exhausted daily. At this age I should have tons of energy. I am also in a bad mood often and I hear that excercise is a way to change that. I need to make a change in my life and I need to do it now. I need to do it for the sake of my family and for myself. I need to eat healthier and be more active. I am hoping that this will be the motivation I need to make that change in my life.
Why I must loose weight.I am a swimmer. My weight is 50 kg with height 148.5 cm. 10 years oldMy extra 5 kg or so weight is coming in my way to my performances.I need to control my weight.My biggest problem: I love to eatMy second biggest problem: This site only talks of adults?Any advice on what type training we shhould do?
I have gained and lost the same weight over and over again. I am still struggling and really need help. I cannot seem to get a handle on this weight roller coaster. I try and try and sometimes it feels like I will never manage to tackle it. I need help, guidance, and to feel better about myself than the awful voices in my head tell me. I lose some pounds and gain it back…I feel like the biggest failure. Please consider me to help me finally get this under control this summer.
Well, the reason i really want to get in shape is for three reasons;1- to live happily is to be healthy and your weight and what you is everything…2- i am a medical student and i want to be a good role model when i ask my future patient to “exercise”3-i am tired of feeling heavy and not wearing what ever i want because it doesn’t fit…this summer i wanna go back home and be HEALTHY!! now and always =Dbtw: i love the scientific approach you have taken into this.
For me, I have something to prove not only to others but also to myself that I can be the best at whatever I want. My freshman season of baseball season will start next year and I want to blow the sox off of my competition. I want to know that when I step on to the field I am the best and no one will be able to touch me. I know that by whipping myslef into even better shape will improve my performance athletically and mentally giving me that exta edge I need to excel above and beyond.
There is a coupleof reasons I need to do this. (1) I have high blood pressure and if I don’t lose weight, bring it under control and get some fitness back, the Doc said I may not be around much longer. At almost 50 that’s not an option. (2) I hate being called “fatboy” by some of the family. And (3) I have 2 boys, 11 and 14 who are big into sport and want me to join and train with them. But most importantly is number 4, I really want to be around for the next 40 years so I can have a turn at annoying them.
I am so excited to do this challenge and learn more about how to transform my body! I have always measured sucess by how much weight I’ve lost without any regard to how it’s done. Now I’m understanding how important lean muscle gain is and how losing only fat is so important. I’ve been on my way to getting healthier since ctober 2009. I’ve lost 60 pounds so far. I look forward to being in the best shape of my life by the end of summer!
I am an ambitious soul.I come from the trenches, from the very bottom of the pile. I’ve had very humble beginnings. I grew up in a family where my parents worked very hard to provide me and my sister a decent living. Yet, there were times when we didn’t have money to pay for the rent, or the telephone bill. But we made ends meet.I am also a spiritual person. My spirit revolts against the monotony of routine existence. I have discovered my hitherto dormant, deep rooted urge to self-actualize and I wish to kindle it with action.I want to express my soul. I want to act, to do theatre, to do cinema, perhaps, and to do some modeling. I realize while doing these things alongside my software engineering career, I could not only find a let to vent the creative urge of my soul, but also earn more money and create abundance for me and my loved ones.Every day and every night, I vividly picture myself in the body I know I will be in. I also want to be in the best shape so that I may give that as a gift to my would-be-wife. I am single, and understand that I will make a very loving, a very uxorious husband, and it would delight me to give my wife the best body to love, as a husband, besides the many other material and spiritual gifts I wish to give her.So many reasons, but the most material ones being: I want to be healthy, I want to start modeling and rake in some serious dough, and I want to give my beloved would-be-wife (God knows where or who she is) the best body I can, to love.
I am nervous about doing this but it is a good thing to do!!! I am 53 and am very over weight but am just now reading the Ebook and I am looking for changes. I have been on workers cover for too long now and have gained too much weight and need to lose it so I can join the work force again soon as I think my injury is healing and will soon be called back to work. I hope! I am not fit and I don’t have much in the way of fiances so I can’t afford a gym program. So I have to do this at home as best as i can. Thank you for this.
Why is transforming your body this summer important to you? Why is it a MUST, not just a “should?” Transforming my body is very important to me to create a room in my life for the new positive energy and the healthy new me and in order to give my family the attention they desire to create a feeling of incredible unstoppable freedom in my self in all those in my life, so having a chance to use your program would definitely help me in my goals. So I choose MUST (because I make sure that what I am intending to achieve is what I really want) against should.